|
7
|
1 /* vi:set ts=8 sts=4 sw=4:
|
|
|
2 *
|
|
|
3 * VIM - Vi IMproved by Bram Moolenaar
|
|
|
4 *
|
|
|
5 * Do ":help uganda" in Vim to read copying and usage conditions.
|
|
|
6 * Do ":help credits" in Vim to see a list of people who contributed.
|
|
|
7 * See README.txt for an overview of the Vim source code.
|
|
|
8 */
|
|
|
9
|
|
|
10 /*
|
|
|
11 * edit.c: functions for Insert mode
|
|
|
12 */
|
|
|
13
|
|
|
14 #include "vim.h"
|
|
|
15
|
|
|
16 #ifdef FEAT_INS_EXPAND
|
|
|
17 /*
|
|
|
18 * definitions used for CTRL-X submode
|
|
|
19 */
|
|
|
20 #define CTRL_X_WANT_IDENT 0x100
|
|
|
21
|
|
|
22 #define CTRL_X_NOT_DEFINED_YET 1
|
|
|
23 #define CTRL_X_SCROLL 2
|
|
|
24 #define CTRL_X_WHOLE_LINE 3
|
|
|
25 #define CTRL_X_FILES 4
|
|
|
26 #define CTRL_X_TAGS (5 + CTRL_X_WANT_IDENT)
|
|
|
27 #define CTRL_X_PATH_PATTERNS (6 + CTRL_X_WANT_IDENT)
|
|
|
28 #define CTRL_X_PATH_DEFINES (7 + CTRL_X_WANT_IDENT)
|
|
|
29 #define CTRL_X_FINISHED 8
|
|
|
30 #define CTRL_X_DICTIONARY (9 + CTRL_X_WANT_IDENT)
|
|
|
31 #define CTRL_X_THESAURUS (10 + CTRL_X_WANT_IDENT)
|
|
|
32 #define CTRL_X_CMDLINE 11
|
|
12
|
33 #define CTRL_X_FUNCTION 12
|
|
449
|
34 #define CTRL_X_OCCULT 13
|
|
|
35 #define CTRL_X_LOCAL_MSG 14 /* only used in "ctrl_x_msgs" */
|
|
7
|
36
|
|
|
37 #define CHECK_KEYS_TIME 30
|
|
|
38
|
|
|
39 #define CTRL_X_MSG(i) ctrl_x_msgs[(i) & ~CTRL_X_WANT_IDENT]
|
|
|
40
|
|
|
41 static char *ctrl_x_msgs[] =
|
|
|
42 {
|
|
|
43 N_(" Keyword completion (^N^P)"), /* ctrl_x_mode == 0, ^P/^N compl. */
|
|
12
|
44 N_(" ^X mode (^E^Y^L^]^F^I^K^D^U^V^N^P)"),
|
|
449
|
45 NULL,
|
|
7
|
46 N_(" Whole line completion (^L^N^P)"),
|
|
|
47 N_(" File name completion (^F^N^P)"),
|
|
|
48 N_(" Tag completion (^]^N^P)"),
|
|
|
49 N_(" Path pattern completion (^N^P)"),
|
|
|
50 N_(" Definition completion (^D^N^P)"),
|
|
|
51 NULL,
|
|
|
52 N_(" Dictionary completion (^K^N^P)"),
|
|
|
53 N_(" Thesaurus completion (^T^N^P)"),
|
|
12
|
54 N_(" Command-line completion (^V^N^P)"),
|
|
|
55 N_(" User defined completion (^U^N^P)"),
|
|
449
|
56 N_(" Occult completion (^O^N^P)"),
|
|
|
57 N_(" Keyword Local completion (^N^P)"),
|
|
7
|
58 };
|
|
|
59
|
|
|
60 static char_u e_hitend[] = N_("Hit end of paragraph");
|
|
|
61
|
|
|
62 /*
|
|
|
63 * Structure used to store one match for insert completion.
|
|
|
64 */
|
|
|
65 struct Completion
|
|
|
66 {
|
|
|
67 struct Completion *next;
|
|
|
68 struct Completion *prev;
|
|
|
69 char_u *str; /* matched text */
|
|
|
70 char_u *fname; /* file containing the match */
|
|
|
71 int original; /* ORIGINAL_TEXT, CONT_S_IPOS or FREE_FNAME */
|
|
|
72 int number; /* sequence number */
|
|
|
73 };
|
|
|
74
|
|
|
75 /* the original text when the expansion begun */
|
|
|
76 #define ORIGINAL_TEXT (1)
|
|
|
77 #define FREE_FNAME (2)
|
|
|
78
|
|
|
79 /*
|
|
|
80 * All the current matches are stored in a list.
|
|
449
|
81 * "compl_first_match" points to the start of the list.
|
|
|
82 * "compl_curr_match" points to the currently selected entry.
|
|
|
83 * "compl_shown_match" is different from compl_curr_match during
|
|
|
84 * ins_compl_get_exp().
|
|
7
|
85 */
|
|
449
|
86 static struct Completion *compl_first_match = NULL;
|
|
|
87 static struct Completion *compl_curr_match = NULL;
|
|
|
88 static struct Completion *compl_shown_match = NULL;
|
|
|
89
|
|
|
90 /* When the first completion is done "compl_started" is set. When it's
|
|
|
91 * FALSE the word to be completed must be located. */
|
|
|
92 static int compl_started = FALSE;
|
|
|
93
|
|
|
94 static int compl_matches = 0;
|
|
|
95 static char_u *compl_pattern = NULL;
|
|
|
96 static int compl_direction = FORWARD;
|
|
|
97 static int compl_shows_dir = FORWARD;
|
|
|
98 static int compl_pending = FALSE;
|
|
|
99 static pos_T compl_startpos;
|
|
|
100 static colnr_T compl_col = 0; /* column where the text starts
|
|
7
|
101 that is being completed */
|
|
449
|
102 static int save_sm = -1;
|
|
|
103 static char_u *compl_orig_text = NULL; /* text as it was before
|
|
|
104 completion started */
|
|
|
105 static int compl_cont_mode = 0;
|
|
|
106 static expand_T compl_xp;
|
|
|
107
|
|
|
108 static void ins_ctrl_x __ARGS((void));
|
|
|
109 static int has_compl_option __ARGS((int dict_opt));
|
|
7
|
110 static int ins_compl_add __ARGS((char_u *str, int len, char_u *, int dir, int reuse));
|
|
|
111 static void ins_compl_add_matches __ARGS((int num_matches, char_u **matches, int dir));
|
|
|
112 static int ins_compl_make_cyclic __ARGS((void));
|
|
|
113 static void ins_compl_dictionaries __ARGS((char_u *dict, char_u *pat, int dir, int flags, int thesaurus));
|
|
|
114 static void ins_compl_free __ARGS((void));
|
|
|
115 static void ins_compl_clear __ARGS((void));
|
|
|
116 static void ins_compl_prep __ARGS((int c));
|
|
|
117 static buf_T *ins_compl_next_buf __ARGS((buf_T *buf, int flag));
|
|
|
118 static int ins_compl_get_exp __ARGS((pos_T *ini, int dir));
|
|
|
119 static void ins_compl_delete __ARGS((void));
|
|
|
120 static void ins_compl_insert __ARGS((void));
|
|
|
121 static int ins_compl_next __ARGS((int allow_get_expansion));
|
|
|
122 static int ins_complete __ARGS((int c));
|
|
|
123 static int quote_meta __ARGS((char_u *dest, char_u *str, int len));
|
|
|
124 #endif /* FEAT_INS_EXPAND */
|
|
|
125
|
|
|
126 #define BACKSPACE_CHAR 1
|
|
|
127 #define BACKSPACE_WORD 2
|
|
|
128 #define BACKSPACE_WORD_NOT_SPACE 3
|
|
|
129 #define BACKSPACE_LINE 4
|
|
|
130
|
|
|
131 static void ins_redraw __ARGS((void));
|
|
|
132 static void ins_ctrl_v __ARGS((void));
|
|
|
133 static void undisplay_dollar __ARGS((void));
|
|
|
134 static void insert_special __ARGS((int, int, int));
|
|
|
135 static void check_auto_format __ARGS((int));
|
|
|
136 static void redo_literal __ARGS((int c));
|
|
|
137 static void start_arrow __ARGS((pos_T *end_insert_pos));
|
|
221
|
138 #ifdef FEAT_SYN_HL
|
|
|
139 static void check_spell_redraw __ARGS((void));
|
|
|
140 #endif
|
|
7
|
141 static void stop_insert __ARGS((pos_T *end_insert_pos, int esc));
|
|
|
142 static int echeck_abbr __ARGS((int));
|
|
|
143 static void replace_push_off __ARGS((int c));
|
|
|
144 static int replace_pop __ARGS((void));
|
|
|
145 static void replace_join __ARGS((int off));
|
|
|
146 static void replace_pop_ins __ARGS((void));
|
|
|
147 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
|
|
|
148 static void mb_replace_pop_ins __ARGS((int cc));
|
|
|
149 #endif
|
|
|
150 static void replace_flush __ARGS((void));
|
|
|
151 static void replace_do_bs __ARGS((void));
|
|
|
152 #ifdef FEAT_CINDENT
|
|
|
153 static int cindent_on __ARGS((void));
|
|
|
154 #endif
|
|
|
155 static void ins_reg __ARGS((void));
|
|
|
156 static void ins_ctrl_g __ARGS((void));
|
|
449
|
157 static void ins_ctrl_hat __ARGS((void));
|
|
7
|
158 static int ins_esc __ARGS((long *count, int cmdchar));
|
|
|
159 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT
|
|
|
160 static void ins_ctrl_ __ARGS((void));
|
|
|
161 #endif
|
|
|
162 #ifdef FEAT_VISUAL
|
|
|
163 static int ins_start_select __ARGS((int c));
|
|
|
164 #endif
|
|
449
|
165 static void ins_insert __ARGS((int replaceState));
|
|
|
166 static void ins_ctrl_o __ARGS((void));
|
|
7
|
167 static void ins_shift __ARGS((int c, int lastc));
|
|
|
168 static void ins_del __ARGS((void));
|
|
|
169 static int ins_bs __ARGS((int c, int mode, int *inserted_space_p));
|
|
|
170 #ifdef FEAT_MOUSE
|
|
|
171 static void ins_mouse __ARGS((int c));
|
|
|
172 static void ins_mousescroll __ARGS((int up));
|
|
|
173 #endif
|
|
|
174 static void ins_left __ARGS((void));
|
|
|
175 static void ins_home __ARGS((int c));
|
|
|
176 static void ins_end __ARGS((int c));
|
|
|
177 static void ins_s_left __ARGS((void));
|
|
|
178 static void ins_right __ARGS((void));
|
|
|
179 static void ins_s_right __ARGS((void));
|
|
|
180 static void ins_up __ARGS((int startcol));
|
|
|
181 static void ins_pageup __ARGS((void));
|
|
|
182 static void ins_down __ARGS((int startcol));
|
|
|
183 static void ins_pagedown __ARGS((void));
|
|
|
184 #ifdef FEAT_DND
|
|
|
185 static void ins_drop __ARGS((void));
|
|
|
186 #endif
|
|
|
187 static int ins_tab __ARGS((void));
|
|
|
188 static int ins_eol __ARGS((int c));
|
|
|
189 #ifdef FEAT_DIGRAPHS
|
|
|
190 static int ins_digraph __ARGS((void));
|
|
|
191 #endif
|
|
|
192 static int ins_copychar __ARGS((linenr_T lnum));
|
|
449
|
193 static int ins_ctrl_ey __ARGS((int tc));
|
|
7
|
194 #ifdef FEAT_SMARTINDENT
|
|
|
195 static void ins_try_si __ARGS((int c));
|
|
|
196 #endif
|
|
|
197 static colnr_T get_nolist_virtcol __ARGS((void));
|
|
|
198
|
|
|
199 static colnr_T Insstart_textlen; /* length of line when insert started */
|
|
|
200 static colnr_T Insstart_blank_vcol; /* vcol for first inserted blank */
|
|
|
201
|
|
|
202 static char_u *last_insert = NULL; /* the text of the previous insert,
|
|
|
203 K_SPECIAL and CSI are escaped */
|
|
|
204 static int last_insert_skip; /* nr of chars in front of previous insert */
|
|
|
205 static int new_insert_skip; /* nr of chars in front of current insert */
|
|
|
206
|
|
|
207 #ifdef FEAT_CINDENT
|
|
|
208 static int can_cindent; /* may do cindenting on this line */
|
|
|
209 #endif
|
|
|
210
|
|
|
211 static int old_indent = 0; /* for ^^D command in insert mode */
|
|
|
212
|
|
|
213 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT
|
|
298
|
214 static int revins_on; /* reverse insert mode on */
|
|
|
215 static int revins_chars; /* how much to skip after edit */
|
|
|
216 static int revins_legal; /* was the last char 'legal'? */
|
|
|
217 static int revins_scol; /* start column of revins session */
|
|
7
|
218 #endif
|
|
|
219
|
|
|
220 #if defined(FEAT_MBYTE) && defined(MACOS_CLASSIC)
|
|
|
221 static short previous_script = smRoman;
|
|
|
222 #endif
|
|
|
223
|
|
|
224 static int ins_need_undo; /* call u_save() before inserting a
|
|
|
225 char. Set when edit() is called.
|
|
|
226 after that arrow_used is used. */
|
|
|
227
|
|
|
228 static int did_add_space = FALSE; /* auto_format() added an extra space
|
|
|
229 under the cursor */
|
|
|
230
|
|
|
231 /*
|
|
|
232 * edit(): Start inserting text.
|
|
|
233 *
|
|
|
234 * "cmdchar" can be:
|
|
|
235 * 'i' normal insert command
|
|
|
236 * 'a' normal append command
|
|
|
237 * 'R' replace command
|
|
|
238 * 'r' "r<CR>" command: insert one <CR>. Note: count can be > 1, for redo,
|
|
|
239 * but still only one <CR> is inserted. The <Esc> is not used for redo.
|
|
|
240 * 'g' "gI" command.
|
|
|
241 * 'V' "gR" command for Virtual Replace mode.
|
|
|
242 * 'v' "gr" command for single character Virtual Replace mode.
|
|
|
243 *
|
|
|
244 * This function is not called recursively. For CTRL-O commands, it returns
|
|
|
245 * and lets the caller handle the Normal-mode command.
|
|
|
246 *
|
|
|
247 * Return TRUE if a CTRL-O command caused the return (insert mode pending).
|
|
|
248 */
|
|
|
249 int
|
|
|
250 edit(cmdchar, startln, count)
|
|
|
251 int cmdchar;
|
|
|
252 int startln; /* if set, insert at start of line */
|
|
|
253 long count;
|
|
|
254 {
|
|
|
255 int c = 0;
|
|
|
256 char_u *ptr;
|
|
|
257 int lastc;
|
|
|
258 colnr_T mincol;
|
|
|
259 static linenr_T o_lnum = 0;
|
|
|
260 int i;
|
|
|
261 int did_backspace = TRUE; /* previous char was backspace */
|
|
|
262 #ifdef FEAT_CINDENT
|
|
|
263 int line_is_white = FALSE; /* line is empty before insert */
|
|
|
264 #endif
|
|
|
265 linenr_T old_topline = 0; /* topline before insertion */
|
|
|
266 #ifdef FEAT_DIFF
|
|
|
267 int old_topfill = -1;
|
|
|
268 #endif
|
|
|
269 int inserted_space = FALSE; /* just inserted a space */
|
|
|
270 int replaceState = REPLACE;
|
|
|
271 int did_restart_edit = restart_edit;
|
|
|
272
|
|
|
273 /* sleep before redrawing, needed for "CTRL-O :" that results in an
|
|
|
274 * error message */
|
|
|
275 check_for_delay(TRUE);
|
|
|
276
|
|
|
277 #ifdef HAVE_SANDBOX
|
|
|
278 /* Don't allow inserting in the sandbox. */
|
|
|
279 if (sandbox != 0)
|
|
|
280 {
|
|
|
281 EMSG(_(e_sandbox));
|
|
|
282 return FALSE;
|
|
|
283 }
|
|
|
284 #endif
|
|
|
285
|
|
|
286 #ifdef FEAT_INS_EXPAND
|
|
|
287 ins_compl_clear(); /* clear stuff for CTRL-X mode */
|
|
|
288 #endif
|
|
|
289
|
|
11
|
290 #ifdef FEAT_AUTOCMD
|
|
|
291 /*
|
|
|
292 * Trigger InsertEnter autocommands. Do not do this for "r<CR>" or "grx".
|
|
|
293 */
|
|
|
294 if (cmdchar != 'r' && cmdchar != 'v')
|
|
|
295 {
|
|
|
296 if (cmdchar == 'R')
|
|
|
297 ptr = (char_u *)"r";
|
|
|
298 else if (cmdchar == 'V')
|
|
|
299 ptr = (char_u *)"v";
|
|
|
300 else
|
|
|
301 ptr = (char_u *)"i";
|
|
|
302 set_vim_var_string(VV_INSERTMODE, ptr, 1);
|
|
|
303 apply_autocmds(EVENT_INSERTENTER, NULL, NULL, FALSE, curbuf);
|
|
|
304 }
|
|
|
305 #endif
|
|
|
306
|
|
7
|
307 #ifdef FEAT_MOUSE
|
|
|
308 /*
|
|
|
309 * When doing a paste with the middle mouse button, Insstart is set to
|
|
|
310 * where the paste started.
|
|
|
311 */
|
|
|
312 if (where_paste_started.lnum != 0)
|
|
|
313 Insstart = where_paste_started;
|
|
|
314 else
|
|
|
315 #endif
|
|
|
316 {
|
|
|
317 Insstart = curwin->w_cursor;
|
|
|
318 if (startln)
|
|
|
319 Insstart.col = 0;
|
|
|
320 }
|
|
|
321 Insstart_textlen = linetabsize(ml_get_curline());
|
|
|
322 Insstart_blank_vcol = MAXCOL;
|
|
|
323 if (!did_ai)
|
|
|
324 ai_col = 0;
|
|
|
325
|
|
|
326 if (cmdchar != NUL && restart_edit == 0)
|
|
|
327 {
|
|
|
328 ResetRedobuff();
|
|
|
329 AppendNumberToRedobuff(count);
|
|
|
330 #ifdef FEAT_VREPLACE
|
|
|
331 if (cmdchar == 'V' || cmdchar == 'v')
|
|
|
332 {
|
|
|
333 /* "gR" or "gr" command */
|
|
|
334 AppendCharToRedobuff('g');
|
|
|
335 AppendCharToRedobuff((cmdchar == 'v') ? 'r' : 'R');
|
|
|
336 }
|
|
|
337 else
|
|
|
338 #endif
|
|
|
339 {
|
|
|
340 AppendCharToRedobuff(cmdchar);
|
|
|
341 if (cmdchar == 'g') /* "gI" command */
|
|
|
342 AppendCharToRedobuff('I');
|
|
|
343 else if (cmdchar == 'r') /* "r<CR>" command */
|
|
|
344 count = 1; /* insert only one <CR> */
|
|
|
345 }
|
|
|
346 }
|
|
|
347
|
|
|
348 if (cmdchar == 'R')
|
|
|
349 {
|
|
|
350 #ifdef FEAT_FKMAP
|
|
|
351 if (p_fkmap && p_ri)
|
|
|
352 {
|
|
|
353 beep_flush();
|
|
|
354 EMSG(farsi_text_3); /* encoded in Farsi */
|
|
|
355 State = INSERT;
|
|
|
356 }
|
|
|
357 else
|
|
|
358 #endif
|
|
|
359 State = REPLACE;
|
|
|
360 }
|
|
|
361 #ifdef FEAT_VREPLACE
|
|
|
362 else if (cmdchar == 'V' || cmdchar == 'v')
|
|
|
363 {
|
|
|
364 State = VREPLACE;
|
|
|
365 replaceState = VREPLACE;
|
|
|
366 orig_line_count = curbuf->b_ml.ml_line_count;
|
|
|
367 vr_lines_changed = 1;
|
|
|
368 }
|
|
|
369 #endif
|
|
|
370 else
|
|
|
371 State = INSERT;
|
|
|
372
|
|
|
373 stop_insert_mode = FALSE;
|
|
|
374
|
|
|
375 /*
|
|
|
376 * Need to recompute the cursor position, it might move when the cursor is
|
|
|
377 * on a TAB or special character.
|
|
|
378 */
|
|
|
379 curs_columns(TRUE);
|
|
|
380
|
|
|
381 /*
|
|
|
382 * Enable langmap or IME, indicated by 'iminsert'.
|
|
|
383 * Note that IME may enabled/disabled without us noticing here, thus the
|
|
|
384 * 'iminsert' value may not reflect what is actually used. It is updated
|
|
|
385 * when hitting <Esc>.
|
|
|
386 */
|
|
|
387 if (curbuf->b_p_iminsert == B_IMODE_LMAP)
|
|
|
388 State |= LANGMAP;
|
|
|
389 #ifdef USE_IM_CONTROL
|
|
|
390 im_set_active(curbuf->b_p_iminsert == B_IMODE_IM);
|
|
|
391 #endif
|
|
|
392
|
|
|
393 #if defined(FEAT_MBYTE) && defined(MACOS_CLASSIC)
|
|
|
394 KeyScript(previous_script);
|
|
|
395 #endif
|
|
|
396
|
|
|
397 #ifdef FEAT_MOUSE
|
|
|
398 setmouse();
|
|
|
399 #endif
|
|
|
400 #ifdef FEAT_CMDL_INFO
|
|
|
401 clear_showcmd();
|
|
|
402 #endif
|
|
|
403 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT
|
|
|
404 /* there is no reverse replace mode */
|
|
|
405 revins_on = (State == INSERT && p_ri);
|
|
|
406 if (revins_on)
|
|
|
407 undisplay_dollar();
|
|
|
408 revins_chars = 0;
|
|
|
409 revins_legal = 0;
|
|
|
410 revins_scol = -1;
|
|
|
411 #endif
|
|
|
412
|
|
|
413 /*
|
|
|
414 * Handle restarting Insert mode.
|
|
|
415 * Don't do this for "CTRL-O ." (repeat an insert): we get here with
|
|
|
416 * restart_edit non-zero, and something in the stuff buffer.
|
|
|
417 */
|
|
|
418 if (restart_edit != 0 && stuff_empty())
|
|
|
419 {
|
|
|
420 #ifdef FEAT_MOUSE
|
|
|
421 /*
|
|
|
422 * After a paste we consider text typed to be part of the insert for
|
|
|
423 * the pasted text. You can backspace over the pasted text too.
|
|
|
424 */
|
|
|
425 if (where_paste_started.lnum)
|
|
|
426 arrow_used = FALSE;
|
|
|
427 else
|
|
|
428 #endif
|
|
|
429 arrow_used = TRUE;
|
|
|
430 restart_edit = 0;
|
|
|
431
|
|
|
432 /*
|
|
|
433 * If the cursor was after the end-of-line before the CTRL-O and it is
|
|
|
434 * now at the end-of-line, put it after the end-of-line (this is not
|
|
|
435 * correct in very rare cases).
|
|
|
436 * Also do this if curswant is greater than the current virtual
|
|
|
437 * column. Eg after "^O$" or "^O80|".
|
|
|
438 */
|
|
|
439 validate_virtcol();
|
|
|
440 update_curswant();
|
|
230
|
441 if (((ins_at_eol && curwin->w_cursor.lnum == o_lnum)
|
|
7
|
442 || curwin->w_curswant > curwin->w_virtcol)
|
|
|
443 && *(ptr = ml_get_curline() + curwin->w_cursor.col) != NUL)
|
|
|
444 {
|
|
|
445 if (ptr[1] == NUL)
|
|
|
446 ++curwin->w_cursor.col;
|
|
|
447 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
|
|
|
448 else if (has_mbyte)
|
|
|
449 {
|
|
|
450 i = (*mb_ptr2len_check)(ptr);
|
|
|
451 if (ptr[i] == NUL)
|
|
|
452 curwin->w_cursor.col += i;
|
|
|
453 }
|
|
|
454 #endif
|
|
|
455 }
|
|
230
|
456 ins_at_eol = FALSE;
|
|
7
|
457 }
|
|
|
458 else
|
|
|
459 arrow_used = FALSE;
|
|
|
460
|
|
|
461 /* we are in insert mode now, don't need to start it anymore */
|
|
|
462 need_start_insertmode = FALSE;
|
|
|
463
|
|
|
464 /* Need to save the line for undo before inserting the first char. */
|
|
|
465 ins_need_undo = TRUE;
|
|
|
466
|
|
|
467 #ifdef FEAT_MOUSE
|
|
|
468 where_paste_started.lnum = 0;
|
|
|
469 #endif
|
|
|
470 #ifdef FEAT_CINDENT
|
|
|
471 can_cindent = TRUE;
|
|
|
472 #endif
|
|
|
473 #ifdef FEAT_FOLDING
|
|
|
474 /* The cursor line is not in a closed fold, unless 'insertmode' is set or
|
|
|
475 * restarting. */
|
|
|
476 if (!p_im && did_restart_edit == 0)
|
|
|
477 foldOpenCursor();
|
|
|
478 #endif
|
|
|
479
|
|
|
480 /*
|
|
|
481 * If 'showmode' is set, show the current (insert/replace/..) mode.
|
|
|
482 * A warning message for changing a readonly file is given here, before
|
|
|
483 * actually changing anything. It's put after the mode, if any.
|
|
|
484 */
|
|
|
485 i = 0;
|
|
|
486 if (p_smd)
|
|
|
487 i = showmode();
|
|
|
488
|
|
|
489 if (!p_im && did_restart_edit == 0)
|
|
|
490 change_warning(i + 1);
|
|
|
491
|
|
|
492 #ifdef CURSOR_SHAPE
|
|
|
493 ui_cursor_shape(); /* may show different cursor shape */
|
|
|
494 #endif
|
|
|
495 #ifdef FEAT_DIGRAPHS
|
|
|
496 do_digraph(-1); /* clear digraphs */
|
|
|
497 #endif
|
|
|
498
|
|
|
499 /*
|
|
|
500 * Get the current length of the redo buffer, those characters have to be
|
|
|
501 * skipped if we want to get to the inserted characters.
|
|
|
502 */
|
|
|
503 ptr = get_inserted();
|
|
|
504 if (ptr == NULL)
|
|
|
505 new_insert_skip = 0;
|
|
|
506 else
|
|
|
507 {
|
|
|
508 new_insert_skip = (int)STRLEN(ptr);
|
|
|
509 vim_free(ptr);
|
|
|
510 }
|
|
|
511
|
|
|
512 old_indent = 0;
|
|
|
513
|
|
|
514 /*
|
|
|
515 * Main loop in Insert mode: repeat until Insert mode is left.
|
|
|
516 */
|
|
|
517 for (;;)
|
|
|
518 {
|
|
|
519 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT
|
|
|
520 if (!revins_legal)
|
|
|
521 revins_scol = -1; /* reset on illegal motions */
|
|
|
522 else
|
|
|
523 revins_legal = 0;
|
|
|
524 #endif
|
|
|
525 if (arrow_used) /* don't repeat insert when arrow key used */
|
|
|
526 count = 0;
|
|
|
527
|
|
|
528 if (stop_insert_mode)
|
|
|
529 {
|
|
|
530 /* ":stopinsert" used or 'insertmode' reset */
|
|
|
531 count = 0;
|
|
|
532 goto doESCkey;
|
|
|
533 }
|
|
|
534
|
|
|
535 /* set curwin->w_curswant for next K_DOWN or K_UP */
|
|
|
536 if (!arrow_used)
|
|
|
537 curwin->w_set_curswant = TRUE;
|
|
|
538
|
|
|
539 /* If there is no typeahead may check for timestamps (e.g., for when a
|
|
|
540 * menu invoked a shell command). */
|
|
|
541 if (stuff_empty())
|
|
|
542 {
|
|
|
543 did_check_timestamps = FALSE;
|
|
|
544 if (need_check_timestamps)
|
|
|
545 check_timestamps(FALSE);
|
|
|
546 }
|
|
|
547
|
|
|
548 /*
|
|
|
549 * When emsg() was called msg_scroll will have been set.
|
|
|
550 */
|
|
|
551 msg_scroll = FALSE;
|
|
|
552
|
|
|
553 #ifdef FEAT_GUI
|
|
|
554 /* When 'mousefocus' is set a mouse movement may have taken us to
|
|
|
555 * another window. "need_mouse_correct" may then be set because of an
|
|
|
556 * autocommand. */
|
|
|
557 if (need_mouse_correct)
|
|
|
558 gui_mouse_correct();
|
|
|
559 #endif
|
|
|
560
|
|
|
561 #ifdef FEAT_FOLDING
|
|
|
562 /* Open fold at the cursor line, according to 'foldopen'. */
|
|
|
563 if (fdo_flags & FDO_INSERT)
|
|
|
564 foldOpenCursor();
|
|
|
565 /* Close folds where the cursor isn't, according to 'foldclose' */
|
|
|
566 if (!char_avail())
|
|
|
567 foldCheckClose();
|
|
|
568 #endif
|
|
|
569
|
|
|
570 /*
|
|
|
571 * If we inserted a character at the last position of the last line in
|
|
|
572 * the window, scroll the window one line up. This avoids an extra
|
|
|
573 * redraw.
|
|
|
574 * This is detected when the cursor column is smaller after inserting
|
|
|
575 * something.
|
|
|
576 * Don't do this when the topline changed already, it has
|
|
|
577 * already been adjusted (by insertchar() calling open_line())).
|
|
|
578 */
|
|
|
579 if (curbuf->b_mod_set
|
|
|
580 && curwin->w_p_wrap
|
|
|
581 && !did_backspace
|
|
|
582 && curwin->w_topline == old_topline
|
|
|
583 #ifdef FEAT_DIFF
|
|
|
584 && curwin->w_topfill == old_topfill
|
|
|
585 #endif
|
|
|
586 )
|
|
|
587 {
|
|
|
588 mincol = curwin->w_wcol;
|
|
|
589 validate_cursor_col();
|
|
|
590
|
|
|
591 if ((int)curwin->w_wcol < (int)mincol - curbuf->b_p_ts
|
|
|
592 && curwin->w_wrow == W_WINROW(curwin)
|
|
|
593 + curwin->w_height - 1 - p_so
|
|
|
594 && (curwin->w_cursor.lnum != curwin->w_topline
|
|
|
595 #ifdef FEAT_DIFF
|
|
|
596 || curwin->w_topfill > 0
|
|
|
597 #endif
|
|
|
598 ))
|
|
|
599 {
|
|
|
600 #ifdef FEAT_DIFF
|
|
|
601 if (curwin->w_topfill > 0)
|
|
|
602 --curwin->w_topfill;
|
|
|
603 else
|
|
|
604 #endif
|
|
|
605 #ifdef FEAT_FOLDING
|
|
|
606 if (hasFolding(curwin->w_topline, NULL, &old_topline))
|
|
|
607 set_topline(curwin, old_topline + 1);
|
|
|
608 else
|
|
|
609 #endif
|
|
|
610 set_topline(curwin, curwin->w_topline + 1);
|
|
|
611 }
|
|
|
612 }
|
|
|
613
|
|
|
614 /* May need to adjust w_topline to show the cursor. */
|
|
|
615 update_topline();
|
|
|
616
|
|
|
617 did_backspace = FALSE;
|
|
|
618
|
|
|
619 validate_cursor(); /* may set must_redraw */
|
|
|
620
|
|
|
621 /*
|
|
|
622 * Redraw the display when no characters are waiting.
|
|
|
623 * Also shows mode, ruler and positions cursor.
|
|
|
624 */
|
|
|
625 ins_redraw();
|
|
|
626
|
|
|
627 #ifdef FEAT_SCROLLBIND
|
|
|
628 if (curwin->w_p_scb)
|
|
|
629 do_check_scrollbind(TRUE);
|
|
|
630 #endif
|
|
|
631
|
|
|
632 update_curswant();
|
|
|
633 old_topline = curwin->w_topline;
|
|
|
634 #ifdef FEAT_DIFF
|
|
|
635 old_topfill = curwin->w_topfill;
|
|
|
636 #endif
|
|
|
637
|
|
|
638 #ifdef USE_ON_FLY_SCROLL
|
|
|
639 dont_scroll = FALSE; /* allow scrolling here */
|
|
|
640 #endif
|
|
|
641
|
|
|
642 /*
|
|
|
643 * Get a character for Insert mode.
|
|
|
644 */
|
|
|
645 lastc = c; /* remember previous char for CTRL-D */
|
|
|
646 c = safe_vgetc();
|
|
|
647
|
|
|
648 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT
|
|
|
649 if (p_hkmap && KeyTyped)
|
|
|
650 c = hkmap(c); /* Hebrew mode mapping */
|
|
|
651 #endif
|
|
|
652 #ifdef FEAT_FKMAP
|
|
|
653 if (p_fkmap && KeyTyped)
|
|
|
654 c = fkmap(c); /* Farsi mode mapping */
|
|
|
655 #endif
|
|
|
656
|
|
|
657 #ifdef FEAT_INS_EXPAND
|
|
|
658 /* Prepare for or stop CTRL-X mode. This doesn't do completion, but
|
|
|
659 * it does fix up the text when finishing completion. */
|
|
|
660 ins_compl_prep(c);
|
|
|
661 #endif
|
|
|
662
|
|
|
663 /* CTRL-\ CTRL-N goes to Normal mode, CTRL-\ CTRL-G goes to mode
|
|
|
664 * selected with 'insertmode'. */
|
|
|
665 if (c == Ctrl_BSL)
|
|
|
666 {
|
|
|
667 /* may need to redraw when no more chars available now */
|
|
|
668 ins_redraw();
|
|
|
669 ++no_mapping;
|
|
|
670 ++allow_keys;
|
|
|
671 c = safe_vgetc();
|
|
|
672 --no_mapping;
|
|
|
673 --allow_keys;
|
|
|
674 if (c != Ctrl_N && c != Ctrl_G) /* it's something else */
|
|
|
675 {
|
|
|
676 vungetc(c);
|
|
|
677 c = Ctrl_BSL;
|
|
|
678 }
|
|
|
679 else if (c == Ctrl_G && p_im)
|
|
|
680 continue;
|
|
|
681 else
|
|
|
682 {
|
|
|
683 count = 0;
|
|
|
684 goto doESCkey;
|
|
|
685 }
|
|
|
686 }
|
|
|
687
|
|
|
688 #ifdef FEAT_DIGRAPHS
|
|
|
689 c = do_digraph(c);
|
|
|
690 #endif
|
|
|
691
|
|
|
692 #ifdef FEAT_INS_EXPAND
|
|
|
693 if ((c == Ctrl_V || c == Ctrl_Q) && ctrl_x_mode == CTRL_X_CMDLINE)
|
|
|
694 goto docomplete;
|
|
|
695 #endif
|
|
|
696 if (c == Ctrl_V || c == Ctrl_Q)
|
|
|
697 {
|
|
|
698 ins_ctrl_v();
|
|
|
699 c = Ctrl_V; /* pretend CTRL-V is last typed character */
|
|
|
700 continue;
|
|
|
701 }
|
|
|
702
|
|
|
703 #ifdef FEAT_CINDENT
|
|
|
704 if (cindent_on()
|
|
|
705 # ifdef FEAT_INS_EXPAND
|
|
|
706 && ctrl_x_mode == 0
|
|
|
707 # endif
|
|
|
708 )
|
|
|
709 {
|
|
|
710 /* A key name preceded by a bang means this key is not to be
|
|
|
711 * inserted. Skip ahead to the re-indenting below.
|
|
|
712 * A key name preceded by a star means that indenting has to be
|
|
|
713 * done before inserting the key. */
|
|
|
714 line_is_white = inindent(0);
|
|
|
715 if (in_cinkeys(c, '!', line_is_white))
|
|
|
716 goto force_cindent;
|
|
|
717 if (can_cindent && in_cinkeys(c, '*', line_is_white)
|
|
|
718 && stop_arrow() == OK)
|
|
|
719 do_c_expr_indent();
|
|
|
720 }
|
|
|
721 #endif
|
|
|
722
|
|
|
723 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT
|
|
|
724 if (curwin->w_p_rl)
|
|
|
725 switch (c)
|
|
|
726 {
|
|
|
727 case K_LEFT: c = K_RIGHT; break;
|
|
|
728 case K_S_LEFT: c = K_S_RIGHT; break;
|
|
|
729 case K_C_LEFT: c = K_C_RIGHT; break;
|
|
|
730 case K_RIGHT: c = K_LEFT; break;
|
|
|
731 case K_S_RIGHT: c = K_S_LEFT; break;
|
|
|
732 case K_C_RIGHT: c = K_C_LEFT; break;
|
|
|
733 }
|
|
|
734 #endif
|
|
|
735
|
|
|
736 #ifdef FEAT_VISUAL
|
|
|
737 /*
|
|
|
738 * If 'keymodel' contains "startsel", may start selection. If it
|
|
|
739 * does, a CTRL-O and c will be stuffed, we need to get these
|
|
|
740 * characters.
|
|
|
741 */
|
|
|
742 if (ins_start_select(c))
|
|
|
743 continue;
|
|
|
744 #endif
|
|
|
745
|
|
|
746 /*
|
|
|
747 * The big switch to handle a character in insert mode.
|
|
|
748 */
|
|
|
749 switch (c)
|
|
|
750 {
|
|
449
|
751 case ESC: /* End input mode */
|
|
7
|
752 if (echeck_abbr(ESC + ABBR_OFF))
|
|
|
753 break;
|
|
|
754 /*FALLTHROUGH*/
|
|
|
755
|
|
449
|
756 case Ctrl_C: /* End input mode */
|
|
7
|
757 #ifdef FEAT_CMDWIN
|
|
|
758 if (c == Ctrl_C && cmdwin_type != 0)
|
|
|
759 {
|
|
|
760 /* Close the cmdline window. */
|
|
|
761 cmdwin_result = K_IGNORE;
|
|
|
762 got_int = FALSE; /* don't stop executing autocommands et al. */
|
|
|
763 goto doESCkey;
|
|
|
764 }
|
|
|
765 #endif
|
|
|
766
|
|
|
767 #ifdef UNIX
|
|
|
768 do_intr:
|
|
|
769 #endif
|
|
|
770 /* when 'insertmode' set, and not halfway a mapping, don't leave
|
|
|
771 * Insert mode */
|
|
|
772 if (goto_im())
|
|
|
773 {
|
|
|
774 if (got_int)
|
|
|
775 {
|
|
|
776 (void)vgetc(); /* flush all buffers */
|
|
|
777 got_int = FALSE;
|
|
|
778 }
|
|
|
779 else
|
|
|
780 vim_beep();
|
|
|
781 break;
|
|
|
782 }
|
|
|
783 doESCkey:
|
|
|
784 /*
|
|
|
785 * This is the ONLY return from edit()!
|
|
|
786 */
|
|
|
787 /* Always update o_lnum, so that a "CTRL-O ." that adds a line
|
|
|
788 * still puts the cursor back after the inserted text. */
|
|
230
|
789 if (ins_at_eol && gchar_cursor() == NUL)
|
|
7
|
790 o_lnum = curwin->w_cursor.lnum;
|
|
|
791
|
|
|
792 if (ins_esc(&count, cmdchar))
|
|
11
|
793 {
|
|
|
794 #ifdef FEAT_AUTOCMD
|
|
|
795 if (cmdchar != 'r' && cmdchar != 'v')
|
|
|
796 apply_autocmds(EVENT_INSERTLEAVE, NULL, NULL,
|
|
|
797 FALSE, curbuf);
|
|
|
798 #endif
|
|
7
|
799 return (c == Ctrl_O);
|
|
11
|
800 }
|
|
7
|
801 continue;
|
|
|
802
|
|
449
|
803 case K_INS: /* toggle insert/replace mode */
|
|
|
804 case K_KINS:
|
|
|
805 ins_insert(replaceState);
|
|
|
806 break;
|
|
|
807
|
|
|
808 #ifdef FEAT_INS_EXPAND
|
|
|
809 case Ctrl_X: /* Enter CTRL-X mode */
|
|
|
810 ins_ctrl_x();
|
|
|
811 break;
|
|
|
812 #endif
|
|
|
813
|
|
|
814 case K_SELECT: /* end of Select mode mapping - ignore */
|
|
|
815 break;
|
|
|
816
|
|
|
817 case Ctrl_Z: /* suspend when 'insertmode' set */
|
|
|
818 if (!p_im)
|
|
|
819 goto normalchar; /* insert CTRL-Z as normal char */
|
|
|
820 stuffReadbuff((char_u *)":st\r");
|
|
|
821 c = Ctrl_O;
|
|
|
822 /*FALLTHROUGH*/
|
|
|
823
|
|
|
824 case Ctrl_O: /* execute one command */
|
|
|
825 #ifdef FEAT_INS_EXPAND
|
|
|
826 if (ctrl_x_mode == CTRL_X_OCCULT)
|
|
|
827 goto docomplete;
|
|
|
828 #endif
|
|
|
829 if (echeck_abbr(Ctrl_O + ABBR_OFF))
|
|
|
830 break;
|
|
|
831 ins_ctrl_o();
|
|
|
832 count = 0;
|
|
|
833 goto doESCkey;
|
|
|
834
|
|
|
835 #ifdef FEAT_SNIFF
|
|
|
836 case K_SNIFF: /* Sniff command received */
|
|
|
837 stuffcharReadbuff(K_SNIFF);
|
|
|
838 goto doESCkey;
|
|
|
839 #endif
|
|
|
840
|
|
|
841 case K_HELP: /* Help key works like <ESC> <Help> */
|
|
|
842 case K_F1:
|
|
|
843 case K_XF1:
|
|
|
844 stuffcharReadbuff(K_HELP);
|
|
|
845 if (p_im)
|
|
|
846 need_start_insertmode = TRUE;
|
|
|
847 goto doESCkey;
|
|
|
848
|
|
|
849 #ifdef FEAT_NETBEANS_INTG
|
|
|
850 case K_F21: /* NetBeans command */
|
|
|
851 ++no_mapping; /* don't map the next key hits */
|
|
|
852 i = safe_vgetc();
|
|
|
853 --no_mapping;
|
|
|
854 netbeans_keycommand(i);
|
|
|
855 break;
|
|
|
856 #endif
|
|
|
857
|
|
|
858 case K_ZERO: /* Insert the previously inserted text. */
|
|
7
|
859 case NUL:
|
|
|
860 case Ctrl_A:
|
|
449
|
861 /* For ^@ the trailing ESC will end the insert, unless there is an
|
|
|
862 * error. */
|
|
7
|
863 if (stuff_inserted(NUL, 1L, (c == Ctrl_A)) == FAIL
|
|
|
864 && c != Ctrl_A && !p_im)
|
|
|
865 goto doESCkey; /* quit insert mode */
|
|
|
866 inserted_space = FALSE;
|
|
|
867 break;
|
|
|
868
|
|
449
|
869 case Ctrl_R: /* insert the contents of a register */
|
|
7
|
870 ins_reg();
|
|
|
871 auto_format(FALSE, TRUE);
|
|
|
872 inserted_space = FALSE;
|
|
|
873 break;
|
|
|
874
|
|
449
|
875 case Ctrl_G: /* commands starting with CTRL-G */
|
|
7
|
876 ins_ctrl_g();
|
|
|
877 break;
|
|
|
878
|
|
449
|
879 case Ctrl_HAT: /* switch input mode and/or langmap */
|
|
|
880 ins_ctrl_hat();
|
|
7
|
881 break;
|
|
|
882
|
|
|
883 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT
|
|
449
|
884 case Ctrl__: /* switch between languages */
|
|
7
|
885 if (!p_ari)
|
|
|
886 goto normalchar;
|
|
|
887 ins_ctrl_();
|
|
|
888 break;
|
|
|
889 #endif
|
|
|
890
|
|
449
|
891 case Ctrl_D: /* Make indent one shiftwidth smaller. */
|
|
7
|
892 #if defined(FEAT_INS_EXPAND) && defined(FEAT_FIND_ID)
|
|
|
893 if (ctrl_x_mode == CTRL_X_PATH_DEFINES)
|
|
|
894 goto docomplete;
|
|
|
895 #endif
|
|
|
896 /* FALLTHROUGH */
|
|
|
897
|
|
449
|
898 case Ctrl_T: /* Make indent one shiftwidth greater. */
|
|
7
|
899 # ifdef FEAT_INS_EXPAND
|
|
|
900 if (c == Ctrl_T && ctrl_x_mode == CTRL_X_THESAURUS)
|
|
|
901 {
|
|
449
|
902 if (has_compl_option(FALSE))
|
|
|
903 goto docomplete;
|
|
|
904 break;
|
|
7
|
905 }
|
|
|
906 # endif
|
|
|
907 ins_shift(c, lastc);
|
|
|
908 auto_format(FALSE, TRUE);
|
|
|
909 inserted_space = FALSE;
|
|
|
910 break;
|
|
|
911
|
|
449
|
912 case K_DEL: /* delete character under the cursor */
|
|
7
|
913 case K_KDEL:
|
|
|
914 ins_del();
|
|
|
915 auto_format(FALSE, TRUE);
|
|
|
916 break;
|
|
|
917
|
|
449
|
918 case K_BS: /* delete character before the cursor */
|
|
7
|
919 case Ctrl_H:
|
|
|
920 did_backspace = ins_bs(c, BACKSPACE_CHAR, &inserted_space);
|
|
|
921 auto_format(FALSE, TRUE);
|
|
|
922 break;
|
|
|
923
|
|
449
|
924 case Ctrl_W: /* delete word before the cursor */
|
|
7
|
925 did_backspace = ins_bs(c, BACKSPACE_WORD, &inserted_space);
|
|
|
926 auto_format(FALSE, TRUE);
|
|
|
927 break;
|
|
|
928
|
|
449
|
929 case Ctrl_U: /* delete all inserted text in current line */
|
|
12
|
930 # ifdef FEAT_COMPL_FUNC
|
|
|
931 /* CTRL-X CTRL-U completes with 'completefunc'. */
|
|
449
|
932 if (ctrl_x_mode == CTRL_X_FUNCTION)
|
|
12
|
933 goto docomplete;
|
|
|
934 # endif
|
|
7
|
935 did_backspace = ins_bs(c, BACKSPACE_LINE, &inserted_space);
|
|
|
936 auto_format(FALSE, TRUE);
|
|
|
937 inserted_space = FALSE;
|
|
|
938 break;
|
|
|
939
|
|
|
940 #ifdef FEAT_MOUSE
|
|
449
|
941 case K_LEFTMOUSE: /* mouse keys */
|
|
7
|
942 case K_LEFTMOUSE_NM:
|
|
|
943 case K_LEFTDRAG:
|
|
|
944 case K_LEFTRELEASE:
|
|
|
945 case K_LEFTRELEASE_NM:
|
|
|
946 case K_MIDDLEMOUSE:
|
|
|
947 case K_MIDDLEDRAG:
|
|
|
948 case K_MIDDLERELEASE:
|
|
|
949 case K_RIGHTMOUSE:
|
|
|
950 case K_RIGHTDRAG:
|
|
|
951 case K_RIGHTRELEASE:
|
|
|
952 case K_X1MOUSE:
|
|
|
953 case K_X1DRAG:
|
|
|
954 case K_X1RELEASE:
|
|
|
955 case K_X2MOUSE:
|
|
|
956 case K_X2DRAG:
|
|
|
957 case K_X2RELEASE:
|
|
|
958 ins_mouse(c);
|
|
|
959 break;
|
|
|
960
|
|
449
|
961 case K_MOUSEDOWN: /* Default action for scroll wheel up: scroll up */
|
|
7
|
962 ins_mousescroll(FALSE);
|
|
|
963 break;
|
|
|
964
|
|
449
|
965 case K_MOUSEUP: /* Default action for scroll wheel down: scroll down */
|
|
7
|
966 ins_mousescroll(TRUE);
|
|
|
967 break;
|
|
|
968 #endif
|
|
|
969
|
|
449
|
970 case K_IGNORE: /* Something mapped to nothing */
|
|
7
|
971 break;
|
|
|
972
|
|
|
973 #ifdef FEAT_GUI
|
|
|
974 case K_VER_SCROLLBAR:
|
|
|
975 ins_scroll();
|
|
|
976 break;
|
|
|
977
|
|
|
978 case K_HOR_SCROLLBAR:
|
|
|
979 ins_horscroll();
|
|
|
980 break;
|
|
|
981 #endif
|
|
|
982
|
|
449
|
983 case K_HOME: /* <Home> */
|
|
7
|
984 case K_KHOME:
|
|
|
985 case K_S_HOME:
|
|
|
986 case K_C_HOME:
|
|
|
987 ins_home(c);
|
|
|
988 break;
|
|
|
989
|
|
449
|
990 case K_END: /* <End> */
|
|
7
|
991 case K_KEND:
|
|
|
992 case K_S_END:
|
|
|
993 case K_C_END:
|
|
|
994 ins_end(c);
|
|
|
995 break;
|
|
|
996
|
|
449
|
997 case K_LEFT: /* <Left> */
|
|
180
|
998 if (mod_mask & (MOD_MASK_SHIFT|MOD_MASK_CTRL))
|
|
|
999 ins_s_left();
|
|
|
1000 else
|
|
|
1001 ins_left();
|
|
7
|
1002 break;
|
|
|
1003
|
|
449
|
1004 case K_S_LEFT: /* <S-Left> */
|
|
7
|
1005 case K_C_LEFT:
|
|
|
1006 ins_s_left();
|
|
|
1007 break;
|
|
|
1008
|
|
449
|
1009 case K_RIGHT: /* <Right> */
|
|
180
|
1010 if (mod_mask & (MOD_MASK_SHIFT|MOD_MASK_CTRL))
|
|
|
1011 ins_s_right();
|
|
|
1012 else
|
|
|
1013 ins_right();
|
|
7
|
1014 break;
|
|
|
1015
|
|
449
|
1016 case K_S_RIGHT: /* <S-Right> */
|
|
7
|
1017 case K_C_RIGHT:
|
|
|
1018 ins_s_right();
|
|
|
1019 break;
|
|
|
1020
|
|
449
|
1021 case K_UP: /* <Up> */
|
|
180
|
1022 if (mod_mask & MOD_MASK_SHIFT)
|
|
|
1023 ins_pageup();
|
|
|
1024 else
|
|
|
1025 ins_up(FALSE);
|
|
7
|
1026 break;
|
|
|
1027
|
|
449
|
1028 case K_S_UP: /* <S-Up> */
|
|
7
|
1029 case K_PAGEUP:
|
|
|
1030 case K_KPAGEUP:
|
|
|
1031 ins_pageup();
|
|
|
1032 break;
|
|
|
1033
|
|
449
|
1034 case K_DOWN: /* <Down> */
|
|
180
|
1035 if (mod_mask & MOD_MASK_SHIFT)
|
|
|
1036 ins_pagedown();
|
|
|
1037 else
|
|
|
1038 ins_down(FALSE);
|
|
7
|
1039 break;
|
|
|
1040
|
|
449
|
1041 case K_S_DOWN: /* <S-Down> */
|
|
7
|
1042 case K_PAGEDOWN:
|
|
|
1043 case K_KPAGEDOWN:
|
|
|
1044 ins_pagedown();
|
|
|
1045 break;
|
|
|
1046
|
|
|
1047 #ifdef FEAT_DND
|
|
449
|
1048 case K_DROP: /* drag-n-drop event */
|
|
7
|
1049 ins_drop();
|
|
|
1050 break;
|
|
|
1051 #endif
|
|
|
1052
|
|
449
|
1053 case K_S_TAB: /* When not mapped, use like a normal TAB */
|
|
7
|
1054 c = TAB;
|
|
|
1055 /* FALLTHROUGH */
|
|
|
1056
|
|
449
|
1057 case TAB: /* TAB or Complete patterns along path */
|
|
7
|
1058 #if defined(FEAT_INS_EXPAND) && defined(FEAT_FIND_ID)
|
|
|
1059 if (ctrl_x_mode == CTRL_X_PATH_PATTERNS)
|
|
|
1060 goto docomplete;
|
|
|
1061 #endif
|
|
|
1062 inserted_space = FALSE;
|
|
|
1063 if (ins_tab())
|
|
|
1064 goto normalchar; /* insert TAB as a normal char */
|
|
|
1065 auto_format(FALSE, TRUE);
|
|
|
1066 break;
|
|
|
1067
|
|
449
|
1068 case K_KENTER: /* <Enter> */
|
|
7
|
1069 c = CAR;
|
|
|
1070 /* FALLTHROUGH */
|
|
|
1071 case CAR:
|
|
|
1072 case NL:
|
|
|
1073 #if defined(FEAT_WINDOWS) && defined(FEAT_QUICKFIX)
|
|
|
1074 /* In a quickfix window a <CR> jumps to the error under the
|
|
|
1075 * cursor. */
|
|
|
1076 if (bt_quickfix(curbuf) && c == CAR)
|
|
|
1077 {
|
|
|
1078 do_cmdline_cmd((char_u *)".cc");
|
|
|
1079 break;
|
|
|
1080 }
|
|
|
1081 #endif
|
|
|
1082 #ifdef FEAT_CMDWIN
|
|
|
1083 if (cmdwin_type != 0)
|
|
|
1084 {
|
|
|
1085 /* Execute the command in the cmdline window. */
|
|
|
1086 cmdwin_result = CAR;
|
|
|
1087 goto doESCkey;
|
|
|
1088 }
|
|
|
1089 #endif
|
|
|
1090 if (ins_eol(c) && !p_im)
|
|
|
1091 goto doESCkey; /* out of memory */
|
|
|
1092 auto_format(FALSE, FALSE);
|
|
|
1093 inserted_space = FALSE;
|
|
|
1094 break;
|
|
|
1095
|
|
|
1096 #if defined(FEAT_DIGRAPHS) || defined (FEAT_INS_EXPAND)
|
|
449
|
1097 case Ctrl_K: /* digraph or keyword completion */
|
|
7
|
1098 # ifdef FEAT_INS_EXPAND
|
|
|
1099 if (ctrl_x_mode == CTRL_X_DICTIONARY)
|
|
|
1100 {
|
|
449
|
1101 if (has_compl_option(TRUE))
|
|
|
1102 goto docomplete;
|
|
|
1103 break;
|
|
7
|
1104 }
|
|
|
1105 # endif
|
|
|
1106 # ifdef FEAT_DIGRAPHS
|
|
|
1107 c = ins_digraph();
|
|
|
1108 if (c == NUL)
|
|
|
1109 break;
|
|
|
1110 # endif
|
|
|
1111 goto normalchar;
|
|
449
|
1112 #endif
|
|
7
|
1113
|
|
|
1114 #ifdef FEAT_INS_EXPAND
|
|
449
|
1115 case Ctrl_RSB: /* Tag name completion after ^X */
|
|
7
|
1116 if (ctrl_x_mode != CTRL_X_TAGS)
|
|
|
1117 goto normalchar;
|
|
|
1118 goto docomplete;
|
|
|
1119
|
|
449
|
1120 case Ctrl_F: /* File name completion after ^X */
|
|
7
|
1121 if (ctrl_x_mode != CTRL_X_FILES)
|
|
|
1122 goto normalchar;
|
|
|
1123 goto docomplete;
|
|
|
1124 #endif
|
|
|
1125
|
|
449
|
1126 case Ctrl_L: /* Whole line completion after ^X */
|
|
7
|
1127 #ifdef FEAT_INS_EXPAND
|
|
|
1128 if (ctrl_x_mode != CTRL_X_WHOLE_LINE)
|
|
|
1129 #endif
|
|
|
1130 {
|
|
|
1131 /* CTRL-L with 'insertmode' set: Leave Insert mode */
|
|
|
1132 if (p_im)
|
|
|
1133 {
|
|
|
1134 if (echeck_abbr(Ctrl_L + ABBR_OFF))
|
|
|
1135 break;
|
|
|
1136 goto doESCkey;
|
|
|
1137 }
|
|
|
1138 goto normalchar;
|
|
|
1139 }
|
|
|
1140 #ifdef FEAT_INS_EXPAND
|
|
|
1141 /* FALLTHROUGH */
|
|
|
1142
|
|
449
|
1143 case Ctrl_P: /* Do previous/next pattern completion */
|
|
7
|
1144 case Ctrl_N:
|
|
|
1145 /* if 'complete' is empty then plain ^P is no longer special,
|
|
|
1146 * but it is under other ^X modes */
|
|
|
1147 if (*curbuf->b_p_cpt == NUL
|
|
|
1148 && ctrl_x_mode != 0
|
|
449
|
1149 && !(compl_cont_status & CONT_LOCAL))
|
|
7
|
1150 goto normalchar;
|
|
|
1151
|
|
|
1152 docomplete:
|
|
|
1153 if (ins_complete(c) == FAIL)
|
|
449
|
1154 compl_cont_status = 0;
|
|
7
|
1155 break;
|
|
|
1156 #endif /* FEAT_INS_EXPAND */
|
|
|
1157
|
|
449
|
1158 case Ctrl_Y: /* copy from previous line or scroll down */
|
|
|
1159 case Ctrl_E: /* copy from next line or scroll up */
|
|
|
1160 c = ins_ctrl_ey(c);
|
|
7
|
1161 break;
|
|
|
1162
|
|
|
1163 default:
|
|
|
1164 #ifdef UNIX
|
|
|
1165 if (c == intr_char) /* special interrupt char */
|
|
|
1166 goto do_intr;
|
|
|
1167 #endif
|
|
|
1168
|
|
|
1169 /*
|
|
|
1170 * Insert a nomal character.
|
|
|
1171 */
|
|
|
1172 normalchar:
|
|
|
1173 #ifdef FEAT_SMARTINDENT
|
|
|
1174 /* Try to perform smart-indenting. */
|
|
|
1175 ins_try_si(c);
|
|
|
1176 #endif
|
|
|
1177
|
|
|
1178 if (c == ' ')
|
|
|
1179 {
|
|
|
1180 inserted_space = TRUE;
|
|
|
1181 #ifdef FEAT_CINDENT
|
|
|
1182 if (inindent(0))
|
|
|
1183 can_cindent = FALSE;
|
|
|
1184 #endif
|
|
|
1185 if (Insstart_blank_vcol == MAXCOL
|
|
|
1186 && curwin->w_cursor.lnum == Insstart.lnum)
|
|
|
1187 Insstart_blank_vcol = get_nolist_virtcol();
|
|
|
1188 }
|
|
|
1189
|
|
|
1190 if (vim_iswordc(c) || !echeck_abbr(
|
|
|
1191 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
|
|
|
1192 /* Add ABBR_OFF for characters above 0x100, this is
|
|
|
1193 * what check_abbr() expects. */
|
|
|
1194 (has_mbyte && c >= 0x100) ? (c + ABBR_OFF) :
|
|
|
1195 #endif
|
|
|
1196 c))
|
|
|
1197 {
|
|
|
1198 insert_special(c, FALSE, FALSE);
|
|
|
1199 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT
|
|
|
1200 revins_legal++;
|
|
|
1201 revins_chars++;
|
|
|
1202 #endif
|
|
|
1203 }
|
|
|
1204
|
|
|
1205 auto_format(FALSE, TRUE);
|
|
|
1206
|
|
|
1207 #ifdef FEAT_FOLDING
|
|
|
1208 /* When inserting a character the cursor line must never be in a
|
|
|
1209 * closed fold. */
|
|
|
1210 foldOpenCursor();
|
|
|
1211 #endif
|
|
|
1212 break;
|
|
|
1213 } /* end of switch (c) */
|
|
|
1214
|
|
|
1215 /* If the cursor was moved we didn't just insert a space */
|
|
|
1216 if (arrow_used)
|
|
|
1217 inserted_space = FALSE;
|
|
|
1218
|
|
|
1219 #ifdef FEAT_CINDENT
|
|
|
1220 if (can_cindent && cindent_on()
|
|
|
1221 # ifdef FEAT_INS_EXPAND
|
|
|
1222 && ctrl_x_mode == 0
|
|
|
1223 # endif
|
|
|
1224 )
|
|
|
1225 {
|
|
|
1226 force_cindent:
|
|
|
1227 /*
|
|
|
1228 * Indent now if a key was typed that is in 'cinkeys'.
|
|
|
1229 */
|
|
|
1230 if (in_cinkeys(c, ' ', line_is_white))
|
|
|
1231 {
|
|
|
1232 if (stop_arrow() == OK)
|
|
|
1233 /* re-indent the current line */
|
|
|
1234 do_c_expr_indent();
|
|
|
1235 }
|
|
|
1236 }
|
|
|
1237 #endif /* FEAT_CINDENT */
|
|
|
1238
|
|
|
1239 } /* for (;;) */
|
|
|
1240 /* NOTREACHED */
|
|
|
1241 }
|
|
|
1242
|
|
|
1243 /*
|
|
|
1244 * Redraw for Insert mode.
|
|
|
1245 * This is postponed until getting the next character to make '$' in the 'cpo'
|
|
|
1246 * option work correctly.
|
|
|
1247 * Only redraw when there are no characters available. This speeds up
|
|
|
1248 * inserting sequences of characters (e.g., for CTRL-R).
|
|
|
1249 */
|
|
|
1250 static void
|
|
|
1251 ins_redraw()
|
|
|
1252 {
|
|
|
1253 if (!char_avail())
|
|
|
1254 {
|
|
|
1255 if (must_redraw)
|
|
|
1256 update_screen(0);
|
|
|
1257 else if (clear_cmdline || redraw_cmdline)
|
|
|
1258 showmode(); /* clear cmdline and show mode */
|
|
|
1259 showruler(FALSE);
|
|
|
1260 setcursor();
|
|
|
1261 emsg_on_display = FALSE; /* may remove error message now */
|
|
|
1262 }
|
|
|
1263 }
|
|
|
1264
|
|
|
1265 /*
|
|
|
1266 * Handle a CTRL-V or CTRL-Q typed in Insert mode.
|
|
|
1267 */
|
|
|
1268 static void
|
|
|
1269 ins_ctrl_v()
|
|
|
1270 {
|
|
|
1271 int c;
|
|
|
1272
|
|
|
1273 /* may need to redraw when no more chars available now */
|
|
|
1274 ins_redraw();
|
|
|
1275
|
|
|
1276 if (redrawing() && !char_avail())
|
|
|
1277 edit_putchar('^', TRUE);
|
|
|
1278 AppendToRedobuff((char_u *)CTRL_V_STR); /* CTRL-V */
|
|
|
1279
|
|
|
1280 #ifdef FEAT_CMDL_INFO
|
|
|
1281 add_to_showcmd_c(Ctrl_V);
|
|
|
1282 #endif
|
|
|
1283
|
|
|
1284 c = get_literal();
|
|
|
1285 #ifdef FEAT_CMDL_INFO
|
|
|
1286 clear_showcmd();
|
|
|
1287 #endif
|
|
|
1288 insert_special(c, FALSE, TRUE);
|
|
|
1289 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT
|
|
|
1290 revins_chars++;
|
|
|
1291 revins_legal++;
|
|
|
1292 #endif
|
|
|
1293 }
|
|
|
1294
|
|
|
1295 /*
|
|
|
1296 * Put a character directly onto the screen. It's not stored in a buffer.
|
|
|
1297 * Used while handling CTRL-K, CTRL-V, etc. in Insert mode.
|
|
|
1298 */
|
|
|
1299 static int pc_status;
|
|
|
1300 #define PC_STATUS_UNSET 0 /* pc_bytes was not set */
|
|
|
1301 #define PC_STATUS_RIGHT 1 /* right halve of double-wide char */
|
|
|
1302 #define PC_STATUS_LEFT 2 /* left halve of double-wide char */
|
|
|
1303 #define PC_STATUS_SET 3 /* pc_bytes was filled */
|
|
|
1304 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
|
|
|
1305 static char_u pc_bytes[MB_MAXBYTES + 1]; /* saved bytes */
|
|
|
1306 #else
|
|
|
1307 static char_u pc_bytes[2]; /* saved bytes */
|
|
|
1308 #endif
|
|
|
1309 static int pc_attr;
|
|
|
1310 static int pc_row;
|
|
|
1311 static int pc_col;
|
|
|
1312
|
|
|
1313 void
|
|
|
1314 edit_putchar(c, highlight)
|
|
|
1315 int c;
|
|
|
1316 int highlight;
|
|
|
1317 {
|
|
|
1318 int attr;
|
|
|
1319
|
|
|
1320 if (ScreenLines != NULL)
|
|
|
1321 {
|
|
|
1322 update_topline(); /* just in case w_topline isn't valid */
|
|
|
1323 validate_cursor();
|
|
|
1324 if (highlight)
|
|
|
1325 attr = hl_attr(HLF_8);
|
|
|
1326 else
|
|
|
1327 attr = 0;
|
|
|
1328 pc_row = W_WINROW(curwin) + curwin->w_wrow;
|
|
|
1329 pc_col = W_WINCOL(curwin);
|
|
|
1330 #if defined(FEAT_RIGHTLEFT) || defined(FEAT_MBYTE)
|
|
|
1331 pc_status = PC_STATUS_UNSET;
|
|
|
1332 #endif
|
|
|
1333 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT
|
|
|
1334 if (curwin->w_p_rl)
|
|
|
1335 {
|
|
|
1336 pc_col += W_WIDTH(curwin) - 1 - curwin->w_wcol;
|
|
|
1337 # ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
|
|
|
1338 if (has_mbyte)
|
|
|
1339 {
|
|
|
1340 int fix_col = mb_fix_col(pc_col, pc_row);
|
|
|
1341
|
|
|
1342 if (fix_col != pc_col)
|
|
|
1343 {
|
|
|
1344 screen_putchar(' ', pc_row, fix_col, attr);
|
|
|
1345 --curwin->w_wcol;
|
|
|
1346 pc_status = PC_STATUS_RIGHT;
|
|
|
1347 }
|
|
|
1348 }
|
|
|
1349 # endif
|
|
|
1350 }
|
|
|
1351 else
|
|
|
1352 #endif
|
|
|
1353 {
|
|
|
1354 pc_col += curwin->w_wcol;
|
|
|
1355 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
|
|
|
1356 if (mb_lefthalve(pc_row, pc_col))
|
|
|
1357 pc_status = PC_STATUS_LEFT;
|
|
|
1358 #endif
|
|
|
1359 }
|
|
|
1360
|
|
|
1361 /* save the character to be able to put it back */
|
|
|
1362 #if defined(FEAT_RIGHTLEFT) || defined(FEAT_MBYTE)
|
|
|
1363 if (pc_status == PC_STATUS_UNSET)
|
|
|
1364 #endif
|
|
|
1365 {
|
|
|
1366 screen_getbytes(pc_row, pc_col, pc_bytes, &pc_attr);
|
|
|
1367 pc_status = PC_STATUS_SET;
|
|
|
1368 }
|
|
|
1369 screen_putchar(c, pc_row, pc_col, attr);
|
|
|
1370 }
|
|
|
1371 }
|
|
|
1372
|
|
|
1373 /*
|
|
|
1374 * Undo the previous edit_putchar().
|
|
|
1375 */
|
|
|
1376 void
|
|
|
1377 edit_unputchar()
|
|
|
1378 {
|
|
|
1379 if (pc_status != PC_STATUS_UNSET && pc_row >= msg_scrolled)
|
|
|
1380 {
|
|
|
1381 #if defined(FEAT_MBYTE)
|
|
|
1382 if (pc_status == PC_STATUS_RIGHT)
|
|
|
1383 ++curwin->w_wcol;
|
|
|
1384 if (pc_status == PC_STATUS_RIGHT || pc_status == PC_STATUS_LEFT)
|
|
|
1385 redrawWinline(curwin->w_cursor.lnum, FALSE);
|
|
|
1386 else
|
|
|
1387 #endif
|
|
|
1388 screen_puts(pc_bytes, pc_row - msg_scrolled, pc_col, pc_attr);
|
|
|
1389 }
|
|
|
1390 }
|
|
|
1391
|
|
|
1392 /*
|
|
|
1393 * Called when p_dollar is set: display a '$' at the end of the changed text
|
|
|
1394 * Only works when cursor is in the line that changes.
|
|
|
1395 */
|
|
|
1396 void
|
|
|
1397 display_dollar(col)
|
|
|
1398 colnr_T col;
|
|
|
1399 {
|
|
|
1400 colnr_T save_col;
|
|
|
1401
|
|
|
1402 if (!redrawing())
|
|
|
1403 return;
|
|
|
1404
|
|
|
1405 cursor_off();
|
|
|
1406 save_col = curwin->w_cursor.col;
|
|
|
1407 curwin->w_cursor.col = col;
|
|
|
1408 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
|
|
|
1409 if (has_mbyte)
|
|
|
1410 {
|
|
|
1411 char_u *p;
|
|
|
1412
|
|
|
1413 /* If on the last byte of a multi-byte move to the first byte. */
|
|
|
1414 p = ml_get_curline();
|
|
|
1415 curwin->w_cursor.col -= (*mb_head_off)(p, p + col);
|
|
|
1416 }
|
|
|
1417 #endif
|
|
|
1418 curs_columns(FALSE); /* recompute w_wrow and w_wcol */
|
|
|
1419 if (curwin->w_wcol < W_WIDTH(curwin))
|
|
|
1420 {
|
|
|
1421 edit_putchar('$', FALSE);
|
|
|
1422 dollar_vcol = curwin->w_virtcol;
|
|
|
1423 }
|
|
|
1424 curwin->w_cursor.col = save_col;
|
|
|
1425 }
|
|
|
1426
|
|
|
1427 /*
|
|
|
1428 * Call this function before moving the cursor from the normal insert position
|
|
|
1429 * in insert mode.
|
|
|
1430 */
|
|
|
1431 static void
|
|
|
1432 undisplay_dollar()
|
|
|
1433 {
|
|
|
1434 if (dollar_vcol)
|
|
|
1435 {
|
|
|
1436 dollar_vcol = 0;
|
|
|
1437 redrawWinline(curwin->w_cursor.lnum, FALSE);
|
|
|
1438 }
|
|
|
1439 }
|
|
|
1440
|
|
|
1441 /*
|
|
|
1442 * Insert an indent (for <Tab> or CTRL-T) or delete an indent (for CTRL-D).
|
|
|
1443 * Keep the cursor on the same character.
|
|
|
1444 * type == INDENT_INC increase indent (for CTRL-T or <Tab>)
|
|
|
1445 * type == INDENT_DEC decrease indent (for CTRL-D)
|
|
|
1446 * type == INDENT_SET set indent to "amount"
|
|
|
1447 * if round is TRUE, round the indent to 'shiftwidth' (only with _INC and _Dec).
|
|
|
1448 */
|
|
|
1449 void
|
|
|
1450 change_indent(type, amount, round, replaced)
|
|
|
1451 int type;
|
|
|
1452 int amount;
|
|
|
1453 int round;
|
|
|
1454 int replaced; /* replaced character, put on replace stack */
|
|
|
1455 {
|
|
|
1456 int vcol;
|
|
|
1457 int last_vcol;
|
|
|
1458 int insstart_less; /* reduction for Insstart.col */
|
|
|
1459 int new_cursor_col;
|
|
|
1460 int i;
|
|
|
1461 char_u *ptr;
|
|
|
1462 int save_p_list;
|
|
|
1463 int start_col;
|
|
|
1464 colnr_T vc;
|
|
|
1465 #ifdef FEAT_VREPLACE
|
|
|
1466 colnr_T orig_col = 0; /* init for GCC */
|
|
|
1467 char_u *new_line, *orig_line = NULL; /* init for GCC */
|
|
|
1468
|
|
|
1469 /* VREPLACE mode needs to know what the line was like before changing */
|
|
|
1470 if (State & VREPLACE_FLAG)
|
|
|
1471 {
|
|
|
1472 orig_line = vim_strsave(ml_get_curline()); /* Deal with NULL below */
|
|
|
1473 orig_col = curwin->w_cursor.col;
|
|
|
1474 }
|
|
|
1475 #endif
|
|
|
1476
|
|
|
1477 /* for the following tricks we don't want list mode */
|
|
|
1478 save_p_list = curwin->w_p_list;
|
|
|
1479 curwin->w_p_list = FALSE;
|
|
|
1480 vc = getvcol_nolist(&curwin->w_cursor);
|
|
|
1481 vcol = vc;
|
|
|
1482
|
|
|
1483 /*
|
|
|
1484 * For Replace mode we need to fix the replace stack later, which is only
|
|
|
1485 * possible when the cursor is in the indent. Remember the number of
|
|
|
1486 * characters before the cursor if it's possible.
|
|
|
1487 */
|
|
|
1488 start_col = curwin->w_cursor.col;
|
|
|
1489
|
|
|
1490 /* determine offset from first non-blank */
|
|
|
1491 new_cursor_col = curwin->w_cursor.col;
|
|
|
1492 beginline(BL_WHITE);
|
|
|
1493 new_cursor_col -= curwin->w_cursor.col;
|
|
|
1494
|
|
|
1495 insstart_less = curwin->w_cursor.col;
|
|
|
1496
|
|
|
1497 /*
|
|
|
1498 * If the cursor is in the indent, compute how many screen columns the
|
|
|
1499 * cursor is to the left of the first non-blank.
|
|
|
1500 */
|
|
|
1501 if (new_cursor_col < 0)
|
|
|
1502 vcol = get_indent() - vcol;
|
|
|
1503
|
|
|
1504 if (new_cursor_col > 0) /* can't fix replace stack */
|
|
|
1505 start_col = -1;
|
|
|
1506
|
|
|
1507 /*
|
|
|
1508 * Set the new indent. The cursor will be put on the first non-blank.
|
|
|
1509 */
|
|
|
1510 if (type == INDENT_SET)
|
|
|
1511 (void)set_indent(amount, SIN_CHANGED);
|
|
|
1512 else
|
|
|
1513 {
|
|
|
1514 #ifdef FEAT_VREPLACE
|
|
|
1515 int save_State = State;
|
|
|
1516
|
|
|
1517 /* Avoid being called recursively. */
|
|
|
1518 if (State & VREPLACE_FLAG)
|
|
|
1519 State = INSERT;
|
|
|
1520 #endif
|
|
|
1521 shift_line(type == INDENT_DEC, round, 1);
|
|
|
1522 #ifdef FEAT_VREPLACE
|
|
|
1523 State = save_State;
|
|
|
1524 #endif
|
|
|
1525 }
|
|
|
1526 insstart_less -= curwin->w_cursor.col;
|
|
|
1527
|
|
|
1528 /*
|
|
|
1529 * Try to put cursor on same character.
|
|
|
1530 * If the cursor is at or after the first non-blank in the line,
|
|
|
1531 * compute the cursor column relative to the column of the first
|
|
|
1532 * non-blank character.
|
|
|
1533 * If we are not in insert mode, leave the cursor on the first non-blank.
|
|
|
1534 * If the cursor is before the first non-blank, position it relative
|
|
|
1535 * to the first non-blank, counted in screen columns.
|
|
|
1536 */
|
|
|
1537 if (new_cursor_col >= 0)
|
|
|
1538 {
|
|
|
1539 /*
|
|
|
1540 * When changing the indent while the cursor is touching it, reset
|
|
|
1541 * Insstart_col to 0.
|
|
|
1542 */
|
|
|
1543 if (new_cursor_col == 0)
|
|
|
1544 insstart_less = MAXCOL;
|
|
|
1545 new_cursor_col += curwin->w_cursor.col;
|
|
|
1546 }
|
|
|
1547 else if (!(State & INSERT))
|
|
|
1548 new_cursor_col = curwin->w_cursor.col;
|
|
|
1549 else
|
|
|
1550 {
|
|
|
1551 /*
|
|
|
1552 * Compute the screen column where the cursor should be.
|
|
|
1553 */
|
|
|
1554 vcol = get_indent() - vcol;
|
|
|
1555 curwin->w_virtcol = (vcol < 0) ? 0 : vcol;
|
|
|
1556
|
|
|
1557 /*
|
|
|
1558 * Advance the cursor until we reach the right screen column.
|
|
|
1559 */
|
|
|
1560 vcol = last_vcol = 0;
|
|
|
1561 new_cursor_col = -1;
|
|
|
1562 ptr = ml_get_curline();
|
|
|
1563 while (vcol <= (int)curwin->w_virtcol)
|
|
|
1564 {
|
|
|
1565 last_vcol = vcol;
|
|
|
1566 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
|
|
|
1567 if (has_mbyte && new_cursor_col >= 0)
|
|
|
1568 new_cursor_col += (*mb_ptr2len_check)(ptr + new_cursor_col);
|
|
|
1569 else
|
|
|
1570 #endif
|
|
|
1571 ++new_cursor_col;
|
|
|
1572 vcol += lbr_chartabsize(ptr + new_cursor_col, (colnr_T)vcol);
|
|
|
1573 }
|
|
|
1574 vcol = last_vcol;
|
|
|
1575
|
|
|
1576 /*
|
|
|
1577 * May need to insert spaces to be able to position the cursor on
|
|
|
1578 * the right screen column.
|
|
|
1579 */
|
|
|
1580 if (vcol != (int)curwin->w_virtcol)
|
|
|
1581 {
|
|
|
1582 curwin->w_cursor.col = new_cursor_col;
|
|
|
1583 i = (int)curwin->w_virtcol - vcol;
|
|
|
1584 ptr = alloc(i + 1);
|
|
|
1585 if (ptr != NULL)
|
|
|
1586 {
|
|
|
1587 new_cursor_col += i;
|
|
|
1588 ptr[i] = NUL;
|
|
|
1589 while (--i >= 0)
|
|
|
1590 ptr[i] = ' ';
|
|
|
1591 ins_str(ptr);
|
|
|
1592 vim_free(ptr);
|
|
|
1593 }
|
|
|
1594 }
|
|
|
1595
|
|
|
1596 /*
|
|
|
1597 * When changing the indent while the cursor is in it, reset
|
|
|
1598 * Insstart_col to 0.
|
|
|
1599 */
|
|
|
1600 insstart_less = MAXCOL;
|
|
|
1601 }
|
|
|
1602
|
|
|
1603 curwin->w_p_list = save_p_list;
|
|
|
1604
|
|
|
1605 if (new_cursor_col <= 0)
|
|
|
1606 curwin->w_cursor.col = 0;
|
|
|
1607 else
|
|
|
1608 curwin->w_cursor.col = new_cursor_col;
|
|
|
1609 curwin->w_set_curswant = TRUE;
|
|
|
1610 changed_cline_bef_curs();
|
|
|
1611
|
|
|
1612 /*
|
|
|
1613 * May have to adjust the start of the insert.
|
|
|
1614 */
|
|
|
1615 if (State & INSERT)
|
|
|
1616 {
|
|
|
1617 if (curwin->w_cursor.lnum == Insstart.lnum && Insstart.col != 0)
|
|
|
1618 {
|
|
|
1619 if ((int)Insstart.col <= insstart_less)
|
|
|
1620 Insstart.col = 0;
|
|
|
1621 else
|
|
|
1622 Insstart.col -= insstart_less;
|
|
|
1623 }
|
|
|
1624 if ((int)ai_col <= insstart_less)
|
|
|
1625 ai_col = 0;
|
|
|
1626 else
|
|
|
1627 ai_col -= insstart_less;
|
|
|
1628 }
|
|
|
1629
|
|
|
1630 /*
|
|
|
1631 * For REPLACE mode, may have to fix the replace stack, if it's possible.
|
|
|
1632 * If the number of characters before the cursor decreased, need to pop a
|
|
|
1633 * few characters from the replace stack.
|
|
|
1634 * If the number of characters before the cursor increased, need to push a
|
|
|
1635 * few NULs onto the replace stack.
|
|
|
1636 */
|
|
|
1637 if (REPLACE_NORMAL(State) && start_col >= 0)
|
|
|
1638 {
|
|
|
1639 while (start_col > (int)curwin->w_cursor.col)
|
|
|
1640 {
|
|
|
1641 replace_join(0); /* remove a NUL from the replace stack */
|
|
|
1642 --start_col;
|
|
|
1643 }
|
|
|
1644 while (start_col < (int)curwin->w_cursor.col || replaced)
|
|
|
1645 {
|
|
|
1646 replace_push(NUL);
|
|
|
1647 if (replaced)
|
|
|
1648 {
|
|
|
1649 replace_push(replaced);
|
|
|
1650 replaced = NUL;
|
|
|
1651 }
|
|
|
1652 ++start_col;
|
|
|
1653 }
|
|
|
1654 }
|
|
|
1655
|
|
|
1656 #ifdef FEAT_VREPLACE
|
|
|
1657 /*
|
|
|
1658 * For VREPLACE mode, we also have to fix the replace stack. In this case
|
|
|
1659 * it is always possible because we backspace over the whole line and then
|
|
|
1660 * put it back again the way we wanted it.
|
|
|
1661 */
|
|
|
1662 if (State & VREPLACE_FLAG)
|
|
|
1663 {
|
|
|
1664 /* If orig_line didn't allocate, just return. At least we did the job,
|
|
|
1665 * even if you can't backspace. */
|
|
|
1666 if (orig_line == NULL)
|
|
|
1667 return;
|
|
|
1668
|
|
|
1669 /* Save new line */
|
|
|
1670 new_line = vim_strsave(ml_get_curline());
|
|
|
1671 if (new_line == NULL)
|
|
|
1672 return;
|
|
|
1673
|
|
|
1674 /* We only put back the new line up to the cursor */
|
|
|
1675 new_line[curwin->w_cursor.col] = NUL;
|
|
|
1676
|
|
|
1677 /* Put back original line */
|
|
|
1678 ml_replace(curwin->w_cursor.lnum, orig_line, FALSE);
|
|
|
1679 curwin->w_cursor.col = orig_col;
|
|
|
1680
|
|
|
1681 /* Backspace from cursor to start of line */
|
|
|
1682 backspace_until_column(0);
|
|
|
1683
|
|
|
1684 /* Insert new stuff into line again */
|
|
|
1685 ins_bytes(new_line);
|
|
|
1686
|
|
|
1687 vim_free(new_line);
|
|
|
1688 }
|
|
|
1689 #endif
|
|
|
1690 }
|
|
|
1691
|
|
|
1692 /*
|
|
|
1693 * Truncate the space at the end of a line. This is to be used only in an
|
|
|
1694 * insert mode. It handles fixing the replace stack for REPLACE and VREPLACE
|
|
|
1695 * modes.
|
|
|
1696 */
|
|
|
1697 void
|
|
|
1698 truncate_spaces(line)
|
|
|
1699 char_u *line;
|
|
|
1700 {
|
|
|
1701 int i;
|
|
|
1702
|
|
|
1703 /* find start of trailing white space */
|
|
|
1704 for (i = (int)STRLEN(line) - 1; i >= 0 && vim_iswhite(line[i]); i--)
|
|
|
1705 {
|
|
|
1706 if (State & REPLACE_FLAG)
|
|
|
1707 replace_join(0); /* remove a NUL from the replace stack */
|
|
|
1708 }
|
|
|
1709 line[i + 1] = NUL;
|
|
|
1710 }
|
|
|
1711
|
|
|
1712 #if defined(FEAT_VREPLACE) || defined(FEAT_INS_EXPAND) \
|
|
|
1713 || defined(FEAT_COMMENTS) || defined(PROTO)
|
|
|
1714 /*
|
|
|
1715 * Backspace the cursor until the given column. Handles REPLACE and VREPLACE
|
|
|
1716 * modes correctly. May also be used when not in insert mode at all.
|
|
|
1717 */
|
|
|
1718 void
|
|
|
1719 backspace_until_column(col)
|
|
|
1720 int col;
|
|
|
1721 {
|
|
|
1722 while ((int)curwin->w_cursor.col > col)
|
|
|
1723 {
|
|
|
1724 curwin->w_cursor.col--;
|
|
|
1725 if (State & REPLACE_FLAG)
|
|
|
1726 replace_do_bs();
|
|
|
1727 else
|
|
|
1728 (void)del_char(FALSE);
|
|
|
1729 }
|
|
|
1730 }
|
|
|
1731 #endif
|
|
|
1732
|
|
|
1733 #if defined(FEAT_INS_EXPAND) || defined(PROTO)
|
|
|
1734 /*
|
|
449
|
1735 * CTRL-X pressed in Insert mode.
|
|
|
1736 */
|
|
|
1737 static void
|
|
|
1738 ins_ctrl_x()
|
|
|
1739 {
|
|
|
1740 /* CTRL-X after CTRL-X CTRL-V doesn't do anything, so that CTRL-X
|
|
|
1741 * CTRL-V works like CTRL-N */
|
|
|
1742 if (ctrl_x_mode != CTRL_X_CMDLINE)
|
|
|
1743 {
|
|
|
1744 /* if the next ^X<> won't ADD nothing, then reset
|
|
|
1745 * compl_cont_status */
|
|
|
1746 if (compl_cont_status & CONT_N_ADDS)
|
|
|
1747 compl_cont_status = (compl_cont_status | CONT_INTRPT);
|
|
|
1748 else
|
|
|
1749 compl_cont_status = 0;
|
|
|
1750 /* We're not sure which CTRL-X mode it will be yet */
|
|
|
1751 ctrl_x_mode = CTRL_X_NOT_DEFINED_YET;
|
|
|
1752 edit_submode = (char_u *)_(CTRL_X_MSG(ctrl_x_mode));
|
|
|
1753 edit_submode_pre = NULL;
|
|
|
1754 showmode();
|
|
|
1755 }
|
|
|
1756 }
|
|
|
1757
|
|
|
1758 /*
|
|
|
1759 * Return TRUE if the 'dict' or 'tsr' option can be used.
|
|
|
1760 */
|
|
|
1761 static int
|
|
|
1762 has_compl_option(dict_opt)
|
|
|
1763 int dict_opt;
|
|
|
1764 {
|
|
|
1765 if (dict_opt ? (*curbuf->b_p_dict == NUL && *p_dict == NUL)
|
|
|
1766 : (*curbuf->b_p_tsr == NUL && *p_tsr == NUL))
|
|
|
1767 {
|
|
|
1768 ctrl_x_mode = 0;
|
|
|
1769 edit_submode = NULL;
|
|
|
1770 msg_attr(dict_opt ? (char_u *)_("'dictionary' option is empty")
|
|
|
1771 : (char_u *)_("'thesaurus' option is empty"),
|
|
|
1772 hl_attr(HLF_E));
|
|
|
1773 if (emsg_silent == 0)
|
|
|
1774 {
|
|
|
1775 vim_beep();
|
|
|
1776 setcursor();
|
|
|
1777 out_flush();
|
|
|
1778 ui_delay(2000L, FALSE);
|
|
|
1779 }
|
|
|
1780 return FALSE;
|
|
|
1781 }
|
|
|
1782 return TRUE;
|
|
|
1783 }
|
|
|
1784
|
|
|
1785 /*
|
|
7
|
1786 * Is the character 'c' a valid key to go to or keep us in CTRL-X mode?
|
|
|
1787 * This depends on the current mode.
|
|
|
1788 */
|
|
|
1789 int
|
|
|
1790 vim_is_ctrl_x_key(c)
|
|
|
1791 int c;
|
|
|
1792 {
|
|
|
1793 /* Always allow ^R - let it's results then be checked */
|
|
|
1794 if (c == Ctrl_R)
|
|
|
1795 return TRUE;
|
|
|
1796
|
|
|
1797 switch (ctrl_x_mode)
|
|
|
1798 {
|
|
|
1799 case 0: /* Not in any CTRL-X mode */
|
|
|
1800 return (c == Ctrl_N || c == Ctrl_P || c == Ctrl_X);
|
|
|
1801 case CTRL_X_NOT_DEFINED_YET:
|
|
449
|
1802 return ( c == Ctrl_X || c == Ctrl_Y || c == Ctrl_E
|
|
7
|
1803 || c == Ctrl_L || c == Ctrl_F || c == Ctrl_RSB
|
|
|
1804 || c == Ctrl_I || c == Ctrl_D || c == Ctrl_P
|
|
|
1805 || c == Ctrl_N || c == Ctrl_T || c == Ctrl_V
|
|
|
1806 || c == Ctrl_Q);
|
|
|
1807 case CTRL_X_SCROLL:
|
|
|
1808 return (c == Ctrl_Y || c == Ctrl_E);
|
|
|
1809 case CTRL_X_WHOLE_LINE:
|
|
|
1810 return (c == Ctrl_L || c == Ctrl_P || c == Ctrl_N);
|
|
|
1811 case CTRL_X_FILES:
|
|
|
1812 return (c == Ctrl_F || c == Ctrl_P || c == Ctrl_N);
|
|
|
1813 case CTRL_X_DICTIONARY:
|
|
|
1814 return (c == Ctrl_K || c == Ctrl_P || c == Ctrl_N);
|
|
|
1815 case CTRL_X_THESAURUS:
|
|
|
1816 return (c == Ctrl_T || c == Ctrl_P || c == Ctrl_N);
|
|
|
1817 case CTRL_X_TAGS:
|
|
|
1818 return (c == Ctrl_RSB || c == Ctrl_P || c == Ctrl_N);
|
|
|
1819 #ifdef FEAT_FIND_ID
|
|
|
1820 case CTRL_X_PATH_PATTERNS:
|
|
|
1821 return (c == Ctrl_P || c == Ctrl_N);
|
|
|
1822 case CTRL_X_PATH_DEFINES:
|
|
|
1823 return (c == Ctrl_D || c == Ctrl_P || c == Ctrl_N);
|
|
|
1824 #endif
|
|
|
1825 case CTRL_X_CMDLINE:
|
|
|
1826 return (c == Ctrl_V || c == Ctrl_Q || c == Ctrl_P || c == Ctrl_N
|
|
|
1827 || c == Ctrl_X);
|
|
12
|
1828 #ifdef FEAT_COMPL_FUNC
|
|
|
1829 case CTRL_X_FUNCTION:
|
|
449
|
1830 return (c == Ctrl_U || c == Ctrl_P || c == Ctrl_N);
|
|
|
1831 #endif
|
|
|
1832 case CTRL_X_OCCULT:
|
|
|
1833 return (c == Ctrl_O || c == Ctrl_P || c == Ctrl_N);
|
|
7
|
1834 }
|
|
|
1835 EMSG(_(e_internal));
|
|
|
1836 return FALSE;
|
|
|
1837 }
|
|
|
1838
|
|
|
1839 /*
|
|
|
1840 * This is like ins_compl_add(), but if ic and inf are set, then the
|
|
|
1841 * case of the originally typed text is used, and the case of the completed
|
|
|
1842 * text is infered, ie this tries to work out what case you probably wanted
|
|
|
1843 * the rest of the word to be in -- webb
|
|
449
|
1844 * TODO: make this work for multi-byte characters.
|
|
7
|
1845 */
|
|
|
1846 int
|
|
|
1847 ins_compl_add_infercase(str, len, fname, dir, reuse)
|
|
|
1848 char_u *str;
|
|
|
1849 int len;
|
|
|
1850 char_u *fname;
|
|
|
1851 int dir;
|
|
|
1852 int reuse;
|
|
|
1853 {
|
|
|
1854 int has_lower = FALSE;
|
|
|
1855 int was_letter = FALSE;
|
|
|
1856 int idx;
|
|
|
1857
|
|
|
1858 if (p_ic && curbuf->b_p_inf && len < IOSIZE)
|
|
|
1859 {
|
|
|
1860 /* Infer case of completed part -- webb */
|
|
|
1861 /* Use IObuff, str would change text in buffer! */
|
|
419
|
1862 vim_strncpy(IObuff, str, len);
|
|
7
|
1863
|
|
|
1864 /* Rule 1: Were any chars converted to lower? */
|
|
449
|
1865 for (idx = 0; idx < compl_length; ++idx)
|
|
|
1866 {
|
|
|
1867 if (islower(compl_orig_text[idx]))
|
|
7
|
1868 {
|
|
|
1869 has_lower = TRUE;
|
|
|
1870 if (isupper(IObuff[idx]))
|
|
|
1871 {
|
|
|
1872 /* Rule 1 is satisfied */
|
|
449
|
1873 for (idx = compl_length; idx < len; ++idx)
|
|
7
|
1874 IObuff[idx] = TOLOWER_LOC(IObuff[idx]);
|
|
|
1875 break;
|
|
|
1876 }
|
|
|
1877 }
|
|
|
1878 }
|
|
|
1879
|
|
|
1880 /*
|
|
|
1881 * Rule 2: No lower case, 2nd consecutive letter converted to
|
|
|
1882 * upper case.
|
|
|
1883 */
|
|
|
1884 if (!has_lower)
|
|
|
1885 {
|
|
449
|
1886 for (idx = 0; idx < compl_length; ++idx)
|
|
7
|
1887 {
|
|
449
|
1888 if (was_letter && isupper(compl_orig_text[idx])
|
|
7
|
1889 && islower(IObuff[idx]))
|
|
|
1890 {
|
|
|
1891 /* Rule 2 is satisfied */
|
|
449
|
1892 for (idx = compl_length; idx < len; ++idx)
|
|
7
|
1893 IObuff[idx] = TOUPPER_LOC(IObuff[idx]);
|
|
|
1894 break;
|
|
|
1895 }
|
|
449
|
1896 was_letter = isalpha(compl_orig_text[idx]);
|
|
7
|
1897 }
|
|
|
1898 }
|
|
|
1899
|
|
|
1900 /* Copy the original case of the part we typed */
|
|
449
|
1901 STRNCPY(IObuff, compl_orig_text, compl_length);
|
|
7
|
1902
|
|
|
1903 return ins_compl_add(IObuff, len, fname, dir, reuse);
|
|
|
1904 }
|
|
|
1905 return ins_compl_add(str, len, fname, dir, reuse);
|
|
|
1906 }
|
|
|
1907
|
|
|
1908 /*
|
|
|
1909 * Add a match to the list of matches.
|
|
|
1910 * If the given string is already in the list of completions, then return
|
|
|
1911 * FAIL, otherwise add it to the list and return OK. If there is an error,
|
|
|
1912 * maybe because alloc returns NULL, then RET_ERROR is returned -- webb.
|
|
|
1913 */
|
|
|
1914 static int
|
|
|
1915 ins_compl_add(str, len, fname, dir, reuse)
|
|
|
1916 char_u *str;
|
|
|
1917 int len;
|
|
|
1918 char_u *fname;
|
|
|
1919 int dir;
|
|
|
1920 int reuse;
|
|
|
1921 {
|
|
|
1922 struct Completion *match;
|
|
|
1923
|
|
|
1924 ui_breakcheck();
|
|
|
1925 if (got_int)
|
|
|
1926 return RET_ERROR;
|
|
|
1927 if (len < 0)
|
|
|
1928 len = (int)STRLEN(str);
|
|
|
1929
|
|
|
1930 /*
|
|
|
1931 * If the same match is already present, don't add it.
|
|
|
1932 */
|
|
449
|
1933 if (compl_first_match != NULL)
|
|
|
1934 {
|
|
|
1935 match = compl_first_match;
|
|
7
|
1936 do
|
|
|
1937 {
|
|
|
1938 if ( !(match->original & ORIGINAL_TEXT)
|
|
|
1939 && STRNCMP(match->str, str, (size_t)len) == 0
|
|
|
1940 && match->str[len] == NUL)
|
|
|
1941 return FAIL;
|
|
|
1942 match = match->next;
|
|
449
|
1943 } while (match != NULL && match != compl_first_match);
|
|
7
|
1944 }
|
|
|
1945
|
|
|
1946 /*
|
|
|
1947 * Allocate a new match structure.
|
|
|
1948 * Copy the values to the new match structure.
|
|
|
1949 */
|
|
|
1950 match = (struct Completion *)alloc((unsigned)sizeof(struct Completion));
|
|
|
1951 if (match == NULL)
|
|
|
1952 return RET_ERROR;
|
|
|
1953 match->number = -1;
|
|
|
1954 if (reuse & ORIGINAL_TEXT)
|
|
|
1955 {
|
|
|
1956 match->number = 0;
|
|
449
|
1957 match->str = compl_orig_text;
|
|
7
|
1958 }
|
|
|
1959 else if ((match->str = vim_strnsave(str, len)) == NULL)
|
|
|
1960 {
|
|
|
1961 vim_free(match);
|
|
|
1962 return RET_ERROR;
|
|
|
1963 }
|
|
|
1964 /* match-fname is:
|
|
449
|
1965 * - compl_curr_match->fname if it is a string equal to fname.
|
|
7
|
1966 * - a copy of fname, FREE_FNAME is set to free later THE allocated mem.
|
|
|
1967 * - NULL otherwise. --Acevedo */
|
|
449
|
1968 if (fname && compl_curr_match && compl_curr_match->fname
|
|
|
1969 && STRCMP(fname, compl_curr_match->fname) == 0)
|
|
|
1970 match->fname = compl_curr_match->fname;
|
|
7
|
1971 else if (fname && (match->fname = vim_strsave(fname)) != NULL)
|
|
|
1972 reuse |= FREE_FNAME;
|
|
|
1973 else
|
|
|
1974 match->fname = NULL;
|
|
|
1975 match->original = reuse;
|
|
|
1976
|
|
|
1977 /*
|
|
|
1978 * Link the new match structure in the list of matches.
|
|
|
1979 */
|
|
449
|
1980 if (compl_first_match == NULL)
|
|
7
|
1981 match->next = match->prev = NULL;
|
|
|
1982 else if (dir == FORWARD)
|
|
|
1983 {
|
|
449
|
1984 match->next = compl_curr_match->next;
|
|
|
1985 match->prev = compl_curr_match;
|
|
7
|
1986 }
|
|
|
1987 else /* BACKWARD */
|
|
|
1988 {
|
|
449
|
1989 match->next = compl_curr_match;
|
|
|
1990 match->prev = compl_curr_match->prev;
|
|
7
|
1991 }
|
|
|
1992 if (match->next)
|
|
|
1993 match->next->prev = match;
|
|
|
1994 if (match->prev)
|
|
|
1995 match->prev->next = match;
|
|
|
1996 else /* if there's nothing before, it is the first match */
|
|
449
|
1997 compl_first_match = match;
|
|
|
1998 compl_curr_match = match;
|
|
7
|
1999
|
|
|
2000 return OK;
|
|
|
2001 }
|
|
|
2002
|
|
|
2003 /*
|
|
|
2004 * Add an array of matches to the list of matches.
|
|
|
2005 * Frees matches[].
|
|
|
2006 */
|
|
|
2007 static void
|
|
|
2008 ins_compl_add_matches(num_matches, matches, dir)
|
|
|
2009 int num_matches;
|
|
|
2010 char_u **matches;
|
|
|
2011 int dir;
|
|
|
2012 {
|
|
|
2013 int i;
|
|
|
2014 int add_r = OK;
|
|
|
2015 int ldir = dir;
|
|
|
2016
|
|
|
2017 for (i = 0; i < num_matches && add_r != RET_ERROR; i++)
|
|
|
2018 if ((add_r = ins_compl_add(matches[i], -1, NULL, ldir, 0)) == OK)
|
|
|
2019 /* if dir was BACKWARD then honor it just once */
|
|
|
2020 ldir = FORWARD;
|
|
|
2021 FreeWild(num_matches, matches);
|
|
|
2022 }
|
|
|
2023
|
|
|
2024 /* Make the completion list cyclic.
|
|
|
2025 * Return the number of matches (excluding the original).
|
|
|
2026 */
|
|
|
2027 static int
|
|
|
2028 ins_compl_make_cyclic()
|
|
|
2029 {
|
|
|
2030 struct Completion *match;
|
|
|
2031 int count = 0;
|
|
|
2032
|
|
449
|
2033 if (compl_first_match != NULL)
|
|
7
|
2034 {
|
|
|
2035 /*
|
|
|
2036 * Find the end of the list.
|
|
|
2037 */
|
|
449
|
2038 match = compl_first_match;
|
|
|
2039 /* there's always an entry for the compl_orig_text, it doesn't count. */
|
|
|
2040 while (match->next != NULL && match->next != compl_first_match)
|
|
7
|
2041 {
|
|
|
2042 match = match->next;
|
|
|
2043 ++count;
|
|
|
2044 }
|
|
449
|
2045 match->next = compl_first_match;
|
|
|
2046 compl_first_match->prev = match;
|
|
7
|
2047 }
|
|
|
2048 return count;
|
|
|
2049 }
|
|
|
2050
|
|
|
2051 #define DICT_FIRST (1) /* use just first element in "dict" */
|
|
|
2052 #define DICT_EXACT (2) /* "dict" is the exact name of a file */
|
|
|
2053 /*
|
|
|
2054 * Add any identifiers that match the given pattern to the list of
|
|
|
2055 * completions.
|
|
|
2056 */
|
|
|
2057 static void
|
|
|
2058 ins_compl_dictionaries(dict, pat, dir, flags, thesaurus)
|
|
|
2059 char_u *dict;
|
|
|
2060 char_u *pat;
|
|
|
2061 int dir;
|
|
|
2062 int flags;
|
|
|
2063 int thesaurus;
|
|
|
2064 {
|
|
|
2065 char_u *ptr;
|
|
|
2066 char_u *buf;
|
|
|
2067 FILE *fp;
|
|
|
2068 regmatch_T regmatch;
|
|
|
2069 int add_r;
|
|
|
2070 char_u **files;
|
|
|
2071 int count;
|
|
|
2072 int i;
|
|
|
2073 int save_p_scs;
|
|
|
2074
|
|
|
2075 buf = alloc(LSIZE);
|
|
|
2076 /* If 'infercase' is set, don't use 'smartcase' here */
|
|
|
2077 save_p_scs = p_scs;
|
|
|
2078 if (curbuf->b_p_inf)
|
|
|
2079 p_scs = FALSE;
|
|
|
2080 regmatch.regprog = vim_regcomp(pat, p_magic ? RE_MAGIC : 0);
|
|
|
2081 /* ignore case depends on 'ignorecase', 'smartcase' and "pat" */
|
|
|
2082 regmatch.rm_ic = ignorecase(pat);
|
|
|
2083 while (buf != NULL && regmatch.regprog != NULL && *dict != NUL
|
|
449
|
2084 && !got_int && !compl_interrupted)
|
|
7
|
2085 {
|
|
|
2086 /* copy one dictionary file name into buf */
|
|
|
2087 if (flags == DICT_EXACT)
|
|
|
2088 {
|
|
|
2089 count = 1;
|
|
|
2090 files = &dict;
|
|
|
2091 }
|
|
|
2092 else
|
|
|
2093 {
|
|
|
2094 /* Expand wildcards in the dictionary name, but do not allow
|
|
|
2095 * backticks (for security, the 'dict' option may have been set in
|
|
|
2096 * a modeline). */
|
|
|
2097 copy_option_part(&dict, buf, LSIZE, ",");
|
|
|
2098 if (vim_strchr(buf, '`') != NULL
|
|
|
2099 || expand_wildcards(1, &buf, &count, &files,
|
|
|
2100 EW_FILE|EW_SILENT) != OK)
|
|
|
2101 count = 0;
|
|
|
2102 }
|
|
|
2103
|
|
449
|
2104 for (i = 0; i < count && !got_int && !compl_interrupted; i++)
|
|
7
|
2105 {
|
|
|
2106 fp = mch_fopen((char *)files[i], "r"); /* open dictionary file */
|
|
|
2107 if (flags != DICT_EXACT)
|
|
|
2108 {
|
|
274
|
2109 vim_snprintf((char *)IObuff, IOSIZE,
|
|
|
2110 _("Scanning dictionary: %s"), (char *)files[i]);
|
|
7
|
2111 msg_trunc_attr(IObuff, TRUE, hl_attr(HLF_R));
|
|
|
2112 }
|
|
|
2113
|
|
|
2114 if (fp != NULL)
|
|
|
2115 {
|
|
|
2116 /*
|
|
|
2117 * Read dictionary file line by line.
|
|
|
2118 * Check each line for a match.
|
|
|
2119 */
|
|
449
|
2120 while (!got_int && !compl_interrupted
|
|
|
2121 && !vim_fgets(buf, LSIZE, fp))
|
|
7
|
2122 {
|
|
|
2123 ptr = buf;
|
|
|
2124 while (vim_regexec(®match, buf, (colnr_T)(ptr - buf)))
|
|
|
2125 {
|
|
|
2126 ptr = regmatch.startp[0];
|
|
|
2127 ptr = find_word_end(ptr);
|
|
|
2128 add_r = ins_compl_add_infercase(regmatch.startp[0],
|
|
|
2129 (int)(ptr - regmatch.startp[0]),
|
|
|
2130 files[i], dir, 0);
|
|
|
2131 if (thesaurus)
|
|
|
2132 {
|
|
|
2133 char_u *wstart;
|
|
|
2134
|
|
|
2135 /*
|
|
|
2136 * Add the other matches on the line
|
|
|
2137 */
|
|
|
2138 while (!got_int)
|
|
|
2139 {
|
|
|
2140 /* Find start of the next word. Skip white
|
|
|
2141 * space and punctuation. */
|
|
|
2142 ptr = find_word_start(ptr);
|
|
|
2143 if (*ptr == NUL || *ptr == NL)
|
|
|
2144 break;
|
|
|
2145 wstart = ptr;
|
|
|
2146
|
|
|
2147 /* Find end of the word and add it. */
|
|
|
2148 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
|
|
|
2149 if (has_mbyte)
|
|
|
2150 /* Japanese words may have characters in
|
|
|
2151 * different classes, only separate words
|
|
|
2152 * with single-byte non-word characters. */
|
|
|
2153 while (*ptr != NUL)
|
|
|
2154 {
|
|
|
2155 int l = (*mb_ptr2len_check)(ptr);
|
|
|
2156
|
|
|
2157 if (l < 2 && !vim_iswordc(*ptr))
|
|
|
2158 break;
|
|
|
2159 ptr += l;
|
|
|
2160 }
|
|
|
2161 else
|
|
|
2162 #endif
|
|
|
2163 ptr = find_word_end(ptr);
|
|
|
2164 add_r = ins_compl_add_infercase(wstart,
|
|
|
2165 (int)(ptr - wstart), files[i], dir, 0);
|
|
|
2166 }
|
|
|
2167 }
|
|
|
2168 if (add_r == OK)
|
|
|
2169 /* if dir was BACKWARD then honor it just once */
|
|
|
2170 dir = FORWARD;
|
|
|
2171 else if (add_r == RET_ERROR)
|
|
|
2172 break;
|
|
|
2173 /* avoid expensive call to vim_regexec() when at end
|
|
|
2174 * of line */
|
|
|
2175 if (*ptr == '\n' || got_int)
|
|
|
2176 break;
|
|
|
2177 }
|
|
|
2178 line_breakcheck();
|
|
|
2179 ins_compl_check_keys();
|
|
|
2180 }
|
|
|
2181 fclose(fp);
|
|
|
2182 }
|
|
|
2183 }
|
|
|
2184 if (flags != DICT_EXACT)
|
|
|
2185 FreeWild(count, files);
|
|
|
2186 if (flags)
|
|
|
2187 break;
|
|
|
2188 }
|
|
|
2189 p_scs = save_p_scs;
|
|
|
2190 vim_free(regmatch.regprog);
|
|
|
2191 vim_free(buf);
|
|
|
2192 }
|
|
|
2193
|
|
|
2194 /*
|
|
|
2195 * Find the start of the next word.
|
|
|
2196 * Returns a pointer to the first char of the word. Also stops at a NUL.
|
|
|
2197 */
|
|
|
2198 char_u *
|
|
|
2199 find_word_start(ptr)
|
|
|
2200 char_u *ptr;
|
|
|
2201 {
|
|
|
2202 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
|
|
|
2203 if (has_mbyte)
|
|
|
2204 while (*ptr != NUL && *ptr != '\n' && mb_get_class(ptr) <= 1)
|
|
|
2205 ptr += (*mb_ptr2len_check)(ptr);
|
|
|
2206 else
|
|
|
2207 #endif
|
|
|
2208 while (*ptr != NUL && *ptr != '\n' && !vim_iswordc(*ptr))
|
|
|
2209 ++ptr;
|
|
|
2210 return ptr;
|
|
|
2211 }
|
|
|
2212
|
|
|
2213 /*
|
|
|
2214 * Find the end of the word. Assumes it starts inside a word.
|
|
|
2215 * Returns a pointer to just after the word.
|
|
|
2216 */
|
|
|
2217 char_u *
|
|
|
2218 find_word_end(ptr)
|
|
|
2219 char_u *ptr;
|
|
|
2220 {
|
|
|
2221 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
|
|
|
2222 int start_class;
|
|
|
2223
|
|
|
2224 if (has_mbyte)
|
|
|
2225 {
|
|
|
2226 start_class = mb_get_class(ptr);
|
|
|
2227 if (start_class > 1)
|
|
|
2228 while (*ptr != NUL)
|
|
|
2229 {
|
|
|
2230 ptr += (*mb_ptr2len_check)(ptr);
|
|
|
2231 if (mb_get_class(ptr) != start_class)
|
|
|
2232 break;
|
|
|
2233 }
|
|
|
2234 }
|
|
|
2235 else
|
|
|
2236 #endif
|
|
|
2237 while (vim_iswordc(*ptr))
|
|
|
2238 ++ptr;
|
|
|
2239 return ptr;
|
|
|
2240 }
|
|
|
2241
|
|
|
2242 /*
|
|
|
2243 * Free the list of completions
|
|
|
2244 */
|
|
|
2245 static void
|
|
|
2246 ins_compl_free()
|
|
|
2247 {
|
|
|
2248 struct Completion *match;
|
|
|
2249
|
|
449
|
2250 vim_free(compl_pattern);
|
|
|
2251 compl_pattern = NULL;
|
|
|
2252
|
|
|
2253 if (compl_first_match == NULL)
|
|
7
|
2254 return;
|
|
449
|
2255 compl_curr_match = compl_first_match;
|
|
7
|
2256 do
|
|
|
2257 {
|
|
449
|
2258 match = compl_curr_match;
|
|
|
2259 compl_curr_match = compl_curr_match->next;
|
|
7
|
2260 vim_free(match->str);
|
|
|
2261 /* several entries may use the same fname, free it just once. */
|
|
|
2262 if (match->original & FREE_FNAME)
|
|
|
2263 vim_free(match->fname);
|
|
|
2264 vim_free(match);
|
|
449
|
2265 } while (compl_curr_match != NULL && compl_curr_match != compl_first_match);
|
|
|
2266 compl_first_match = compl_curr_match = NULL;
|
|
7
|
2267 }
|
|
|
2268
|
|
|
2269 static void
|
|
|
2270 ins_compl_clear()
|
|
|
2271 {
|
|
449
|
2272 compl_cont_status = 0;
|
|
|
2273 compl_started = FALSE;
|
|
|
2274 compl_matches = 0;
|
|
|
2275 vim_free(compl_pattern);
|
|
|
2276 compl_pattern = NULL;
|
|
7
|
2277 save_sm = -1;
|
|
|
2278 edit_submode_extra = NULL;
|
|
|
2279 }
|
|
|
2280
|
|
|
2281 /*
|
|
|
2282 * Prepare for Insert mode completion, or stop it.
|
|
|
2283 */
|
|
|
2284 static void
|
|
|
2285 ins_compl_prep(c)
|
|
|
2286 int c;
|
|
|
2287 {
|
|
|
2288 char_u *ptr;
|
|
|
2289 int temp;
|
|
|
2290 int want_cindent;
|
|
|
2291
|
|
|
2292 /* Forget any previous 'special' messages if this is actually
|
|
|
2293 * a ^X mode key - bar ^R, in which case we wait to see what it gives us.
|
|
|
2294 */
|
|
|
2295 if (c != Ctrl_R && vim_is_ctrl_x_key(c))
|
|
|
2296 edit_submode_extra = NULL;
|
|
|
2297
|
|
|
2298 /* Ignore end of Select mode mapping */
|
|
|
2299 if (c == K_SELECT)
|
|
|
2300 return;
|
|
|
2301
|
|
|
2302 if (ctrl_x_mode == CTRL_X_NOT_DEFINED_YET)
|
|
|
2303 {
|
|
|
2304 /*
|
|
|
2305 * We have just typed CTRL-X and aren't quite sure which CTRL-X mode
|
|
|
2306 * it will be yet. Now we decide.
|
|
|
2307 */
|
|
|
2308 switch (c)
|
|
|
2309 {
|
|
|
2310 case Ctrl_E:
|
|
|
2311 case Ctrl_Y:
|
|
|
2312 ctrl_x_mode = CTRL_X_SCROLL;
|
|
|
2313 if (!(State & REPLACE_FLAG))
|
|
|
2314 edit_submode = (char_u *)_(" (insert) Scroll (^E/^Y)");
|
|
|
2315 else
|
|
|
2316 edit_submode = (char_u *)_(" (replace) Scroll (^E/^Y)");
|
|
|
2317 edit_submode_pre = NULL;
|
|
|
2318 showmode();
|
|
|
2319 break;
|
|
|
2320 case Ctrl_L:
|
|
|
2321 ctrl_x_mode = CTRL_X_WHOLE_LINE;
|
|
|
2322 break;
|
|
|
2323 case Ctrl_F:
|
|
|
2324 ctrl_x_mode = CTRL_X_FILES;
|
|
|
2325 break;
|
|
|
2326 case Ctrl_K:
|
|
|
2327 ctrl_x_mode = CTRL_X_DICTIONARY;
|
|
|
2328 break;
|
|
|
2329 case Ctrl_R:
|
|
|
2330 /* Simply allow ^R to happen without affecting ^X mode */
|
|
|
2331 break;
|
|
|
2332 case Ctrl_T:
|
|
|
2333 ctrl_x_mode = CTRL_X_THESAURUS;
|
|
|
2334 break;
|
|
12
|
2335 #ifdef FEAT_COMPL_FUNC
|
|
|
2336 case Ctrl_U:
|
|
|
2337 ctrl_x_mode = CTRL_X_FUNCTION;
|
|
|
2338 break;
|
|
|
2339 #endif
|
|
449
|
2340 case Ctrl_O:
|
|
|
2341 ctrl_x_mode = CTRL_X_OCCULT;
|
|
|
2342 break;
|
|
7
|
2343 case Ctrl_RSB:
|
|
|
2344 ctrl_x_mode = CTRL_X_TAGS;
|
|
|
2345 break;
|
|
|
2346 #ifdef FEAT_FIND_ID
|
|
|
2347 case Ctrl_I:
|
|
|
2348 case K_S_TAB:
|
|
|
2349 ctrl_x_mode = CTRL_X_PATH_PATTERNS;
|
|
|
2350 break;
|
|
|
2351 case Ctrl_D:
|
|
|
2352 ctrl_x_mode = CTRL_X_PATH_DEFINES;
|
|
|
2353 break;
|
|
|
2354 #endif
|
|
|
2355 case Ctrl_V:
|
|
|
2356 case Ctrl_Q:
|
|
|
2357 ctrl_x_mode = CTRL_X_CMDLINE;
|
|
|
2358 break;
|
|
|
2359 case Ctrl_P:
|
|
|
2360 case Ctrl_N:
|
|
|
2361 /* ^X^P means LOCAL expansion if nothing interrupted (eg we
|
|
|
2362 * just started ^X mode, or there were enough ^X's to cancel
|
|
|
2363 * the previous mode, say ^X^F^X^X^P or ^P^X^X^X^P, see below)
|
|
|
2364 * do normal expansion when interrupting a different mode (say
|
|
|
2365 * ^X^F^X^P or ^P^X^X^P, see below)
|
|
|
2366 * nothing changes if interrupting mode 0, (eg, the flag
|
|
|
2367 * doesn't change when going to ADDING mode -- Acevedo */
|
|
449
|
2368 if (!(compl_cont_status & CONT_INTRPT))
|
|
|
2369 compl_cont_status |= CONT_LOCAL;
|
|
|
2370 else if (compl_cont_mode != 0)
|
|
|
2371 compl_cont_status &= ~CONT_LOCAL;
|
|
7
|
2372 /* FALLTHROUGH */
|
|
|
2373 default:
|
|
449
|
2374 /* If we have typed at least 2 ^X's... for modes != 0, we set
|
|
|
2375 * compl_cont_status = 0 (eg, as if we had just started ^X
|
|
|
2376 * mode).
|
|
|
2377 * For mode 0, we set "compl_cont_mode" to an impossible
|
|
|
2378 * value, in both cases ^X^X can be used to restart the same
|
|
|
2379 * mode (avoiding ADDING mode).
|
|
|
2380 * Undocumented feature: In a mode != 0 ^X^P and ^X^X^P start
|
|
|
2381 * 'complete' and local ^P expansions respectively.
|
|
|
2382 * In mode 0 an extra ^X is needed since ^X^P goes to ADDING
|
|
|
2383 * mode -- Acevedo */
|
|
7
|
2384 if (c == Ctrl_X)
|
|
|
2385 {
|
|
449
|
2386 if (compl_cont_mode != 0)
|
|
|
2387 compl_cont_status = 0;
|
|
7
|
2388 else
|
|
449
|
2389 compl_cont_mode = CTRL_X_NOT_DEFINED_YET;
|
|
7
|
2390 }
|
|
|
2391 ctrl_x_mode = 0;
|
|
|
2392 edit_submode = NULL;
|
|
|
2393 showmode();
|
|
|
2394 break;
|
|
|
2395 }
|
|
|
2396 }
|
|
|
2397 else if (ctrl_x_mode != 0)
|
|
|
2398 {
|
|
|
2399 /* We're already in CTRL-X mode, do we stay in it? */
|
|
|
2400 if (!vim_is_ctrl_x_key(c))
|
|
|
2401 {
|
|
|
2402 if (ctrl_x_mode == CTRL_X_SCROLL)
|
|
|
2403 ctrl_x_mode = 0;
|
|
|
2404 else
|
|
|
2405 ctrl_x_mode = CTRL_X_FINISHED;
|
|
|
2406 edit_submode = NULL;
|
|
|
2407 }
|
|
|
2408 showmode();
|
|
|
2409 }
|
|
|
2410
|
|
449
|
2411 if (compl_started || ctrl_x_mode == CTRL_X_FINISHED)
|
|
7
|
2412 {
|
|
|
2413 /* Show error message from attempted keyword completion (probably
|
|
|
2414 * 'Pattern not found') until another key is hit, then go back to
|
|
449
|
2415 * showing what mode we are in. */
|
|
7
|
2416 showmode();
|
|
|
2417 if ((ctrl_x_mode == 0 && c != Ctrl_N && c != Ctrl_P && c != Ctrl_R)
|
|
|
2418 || ctrl_x_mode == CTRL_X_FINISHED)
|
|
|
2419 {
|
|
|
2420 /* Get here when we have finished typing a sequence of ^N and
|
|
|
2421 * ^P or other completion characters in CTRL-X mode. Free up
|
|
449
|
2422 * memory that was used, and make sure we can redo the insert. */
|
|
|
2423 if (compl_curr_match != NULL)
|
|
7
|
2424 {
|
|
449
|
2425 char_u *p;
|
|
|
2426
|
|
7
|
2427 /*
|
|
|
2428 * If any of the original typed text has been changed,
|
|
|
2429 * eg when ignorecase is set, we must add back-spaces to
|
|
|
2430 * the redo buffer. We add as few as necessary to delete
|
|
|
2431 * just the part of the original text that has changed.
|
|
|
2432 */
|
|
449
|
2433 ptr = compl_curr_match->str;
|
|
|
2434 p = compl_orig_text;
|
|
|
2435 while (*p && *p == *ptr)
|
|
7
|
2436 {
|
|
449
|
2437 ++p;
|
|
7
|
2438 ++ptr;
|
|
|
2439 }
|
|
449
|
2440 for (temp = 0; p[temp]; ++temp)
|
|
7
|
2441 AppendCharToRedobuff(K_BS);
|
|
|
2442 AppendToRedobuffLit(ptr);
|
|
|
2443 }
|
|
|
2444
|
|
|
2445 #ifdef FEAT_CINDENT
|
|
|
2446 want_cindent = (can_cindent && cindent_on());
|
|
|
2447 #endif
|
|
|
2448 /*
|
|
|
2449 * When completing whole lines: fix indent for 'cindent'.
|
|
|
2450 * Otherwise, break line if it's too long.
|
|
|
2451 */
|
|
449
|
2452 if (compl_cont_mode == CTRL_X_WHOLE_LINE)
|
|
7
|
2453 {
|
|
|
2454 #ifdef FEAT_CINDENT
|
|
|
2455 /* re-indent the current line */
|
|
|
2456 if (want_cindent)
|
|
|
2457 {
|
|
|
2458 do_c_expr_indent();
|
|
|
2459 want_cindent = FALSE; /* don't do it again */
|
|
|
2460 }
|
|
|
2461 #endif
|
|
|
2462 }
|
|
|
2463 else
|
|
|
2464 {
|
|
|
2465 /* put the cursor on the last char, for 'tw' formatting */
|
|
|
2466 curwin->w_cursor.col--;
|
|
|
2467 if (stop_arrow() == OK)
|
|
|
2468 insertchar(NUL, 0, -1);
|
|
|
2469 curwin->w_cursor.col++;
|
|
|
2470 }
|
|
|
2471
|
|
|
2472 auto_format(FALSE, TRUE);
|
|
|
2473
|
|
|
2474 ins_compl_free();
|
|
449
|
2475 compl_started = FALSE;
|
|
|
2476 compl_matches = 0;
|
|
7
|
2477 msg_clr_cmdline(); /* necessary for "noshowmode" */
|
|
|
2478 ctrl_x_mode = 0;
|
|
449
|
2479 if (save_sm >= 0)
|
|
|
2480 p_sm = save_sm;
|
|
7
|
2481 if (edit_submode != NULL)
|
|
|
2482 {
|
|
|
2483 edit_submode = NULL;
|
|
|
2484 showmode();
|
|
|
2485 }
|
|
|
2486
|
|
|
2487 #ifdef FEAT_CINDENT
|
|
|
2488 /*
|
|
|
2489 * Indent now if a key was typed that is in 'cinkeys'.
|
|
|
2490 */
|
|
|
2491 if (want_cindent && in_cinkeys(KEY_COMPLETE, ' ', inindent(0)))
|
|
|
2492 do_c_expr_indent();
|
|
|
2493 #endif
|
|
|
2494 }
|
|
|
2495 }
|
|
|
2496
|
|
|
2497 /* reset continue_* if we left expansion-mode, if we stay they'll be
|
|
|
2498 * (re)set properly in ins_complete() */
|
|
|
2499 if (!vim_is_ctrl_x_key(c))
|
|
|
2500 {
|
|
449
|
2501 compl_cont_status = 0;
|
|
|
2502 compl_cont_mode = 0;
|
|
7
|
2503 }
|
|
|
2504 }
|
|
|
2505
|
|
|
2506 /*
|
|
|
2507 * Loops through the list of windows, loaded-buffers or non-loaded-buffers
|
|
|
2508 * (depending on flag) starting from buf and looking for a non-scanned
|
|
|
2509 * buffer (other than curbuf). curbuf is special, if it is called with
|
|
|
2510 * buf=curbuf then it has to be the first call for a given flag/expansion.
|
|
|
2511 *
|
|
|
2512 * Returns the buffer to scan, if any, otherwise returns curbuf -- Acevedo
|
|
|
2513 */
|
|
|
2514 static buf_T *
|
|
|
2515 ins_compl_next_buf(buf, flag)
|
|
|
2516 buf_T *buf;
|
|
|
2517 int flag;
|
|
|
2518 {
|
|
|
2519 #ifdef FEAT_WINDOWS
|
|
|
2520 static win_T *wp;
|
|
|
2521 #endif
|
|
|
2522
|
|
|
2523 if (flag == 'w') /* just windows */
|
|
|
2524 {
|
|
|
2525 #ifdef FEAT_WINDOWS
|
|
|
2526 if (buf == curbuf) /* first call for this flag/expansion */
|
|
|
2527 wp = curwin;
|
|
383
|
2528 while ((wp = (wp->w_next != NULL ? wp->w_next : firstwin)) != curwin
|
|
7
|
2529 && wp->w_buffer->b_scanned)
|
|
|
2530 ;
|
|
|
2531 buf = wp->w_buffer;
|
|
|
2532 #else
|
|
|
2533 buf = curbuf;
|
|
|
2534 #endif
|
|
|
2535 }
|
|
|
2536 else
|
|
|
2537 /* 'b' (just loaded buffers), 'u' (just non-loaded buffers) or 'U'
|
|
|
2538 * (unlisted buffers)
|
|
|
2539 * When completing whole lines skip unloaded buffers. */
|
|
383
|
2540 while ((buf = (buf->b_next != NULL ? buf->b_next : firstbuf)) != curbuf
|
|
7
|
2541 && ((flag == 'U'
|
|
|
2542 ? buf->b_p_bl
|
|
|
2543 : (!buf->b_p_bl
|
|
|
2544 || (buf->b_ml.ml_mfp == NULL) != (flag == 'u')))
|
|
|
2545 || buf->b_scanned
|
|
|
2546 || (buf->b_ml.ml_mfp == NULL
|
|
|
2547 && ctrl_x_mode == CTRL_X_WHOLE_LINE)))
|
|
|
2548 ;
|
|
|
2549 return buf;
|
|
|
2550 }
|
|
|
2551
|
|
12
|
2552 #ifdef FEAT_COMPL_FUNC
|
|
|
2553 static char_u *call_completefunc __ARGS((char_u *line, char_u *base, int col, int preproc));
|
|
20
|
2554 static int expand_by_function __ARGS((linenr_T lnum, int col, char_u *base, char_u ***matches));
|
|
12
|
2555
|
|
|
2556 /*
|
|
|
2557 * Execute user defined complete function 'completefunc'.
|
|
|
2558 * Return NULL if some error occurs.
|
|
|
2559 */
|
|
|
2560 static char_u *
|
|
|
2561 call_completefunc(line, base, col, preproc)
|
|
|
2562 char_u *line;
|
|
|
2563 char_u *base;
|
|
|
2564 int col;
|
|
|
2565 int preproc;
|
|
|
2566 {
|
|
|
2567 char_u colbuf[30];
|
|
|
2568 char_u *args[4];
|
|
|
2569
|
|
|
2570 /* Return NULL when 'completefunc' isn't set. */
|
|
|
2571 if (*curbuf->b_p_cfu == NUL)
|
|
|
2572 return NULL;
|
|
|
2573
|
|
|
2574 sprintf((char *)colbuf, "%d", col + (base ? (int)STRLEN(base) : 0));
|
|
|
2575 args[0] = line;
|
|
|
2576 args[1] = base;
|
|
|
2577 args[2] = colbuf;
|
|
20
|
2578 args[3] = (char_u *)(preproc ? "1" : "0");
|
|
408
|
2579 return (char_u *)call_func_retstr(curbuf->b_p_cfu, 4, args, FALSE);
|
|
12
|
2580 }
|
|
|
2581
|
|
|
2582 /*
|
|
|
2583 * Execute user defined complete function 'completefunc', and get candidates
|
|
|
2584 * are separeted with "\n". Return value is number of candidates and array
|
|
|
2585 * of candidates as "matches".
|
|
|
2586 */
|
|
|
2587 static int
|
|
|
2588 expand_by_function(lnum, col, base, matches)
|
|
20
|
2589 linenr_T lnum;
|
|
12
|
2590 int col;
|
|
|
2591 char_u *base;
|
|
|
2592 char_u ***matches;
|
|
|
2593 {
|
|
|
2594 char_u *matchstr = NULL;
|
|
449
|
2595 char_u *line_copy = vim_strsave(ml_get(lnum));
|
|
12
|
2596
|
|
|
2597 /* Execute 'completefunc' and get the result */
|
|
449
|
2598 matchstr = call_completefunc(line_copy, base, col, 0);
|
|
|
2599 vim_free(line_copy);
|
|
12
|
2600
|
|
|
2601 /* Parse returned string */
|
|
|
2602 if (matchstr != NULL)
|
|
|
2603 {
|
|
|
2604 garray_T ga;
|
|
|
2605 char_u *p, *pnext;
|
|
|
2606
|
|
|
2607 ga_init2(&ga, (int)sizeof(char*), 8);
|
|
|
2608 for (p = matchstr; *p != NUL; p = pnext)
|
|
|
2609 {
|
|
|
2610 int len;
|
|
|
2611
|
|
|
2612 pnext = vim_strchr(p, '\n');
|
|
|
2613 if (pnext == NULL)
|
|
|
2614 pnext = p + STRLEN(p);
|
|
|
2615 len = pnext - p;
|
|
|
2616 if (len > 0)
|
|
|
2617 {
|
|
|
2618 if (ga_grow(&ga, 1) == FAIL)
|
|
|
2619 break;
|
|
|
2620 ((char_u **)ga.ga_data)[ga.ga_len] = vim_strnsave(p, len);
|
|
|
2621 ++ga.ga_len;
|
|
|
2622 }
|
|
|
2623 if (*pnext != NUL)
|
|
|
2624 ++pnext;
|
|
|
2625 }
|
|
|
2626 vim_free(matchstr);
|
|
|
2627 if (ga.ga_len > 0)
|
|
|
2628 *matches = (char_u**)ga.ga_data;
|
|
|
2629 return ga.ga_len;
|
|
|
2630 }
|
|
|
2631 return 0;
|
|
|
2632 }
|
|
|
2633 #endif /* FEAT_COMPL_FUNC */
|
|
|
2634
|
|
449
|
2635 static int expand_occult __ARGS((linenr_T lnum, int col, char_u *base, char_u ***matches));
|
|
|
2636
|
|
7
|
2637 /*
|
|
449
|
2638 * Perform occult completion'
|
|
|
2639 * Return value is number of candidates and array of candidates as "matchp".
|
|
|
2640 */
|
|
|
2641 static int
|
|
|
2642 expand_occult(lnum, col, pat, matchp)
|
|
|
2643 linenr_T lnum;
|
|
|
2644 int col;
|
|
|
2645 char_u *pat;
|
|
|
2646 char_u ***matchp;
|
|
|
2647 {
|
|
|
2648 int num_matches;
|
|
|
2649
|
|
|
2650 /* Use tag completion for now. */
|
|
|
2651 if (find_tags(pat, &num_matches, matchp,
|
|
|
2652 TAG_REGEXP | TAG_NAMES | TAG_NOIC |
|
|
|
2653 TAG_INS_COMP | (ctrl_x_mode ? TAG_VERBOSE : 0),
|
|
|
2654 TAG_MANY, curbuf->b_ffname) == FAIL)
|
|
|
2655 return 0;
|
|
|
2656 return num_matches;
|
|
|
2657 }
|
|
|
2658
|
|
|
2659 /*
|
|
|
2660 * Get the next expansion(s), using "compl_pattern".
|
|
|
2661 * The search starts at position "ini" in curbuf and in the direction dir.
|
|
|
2662 * When "compl_started" is FALSE start at that position, otherwise
|
|
|
2663 * continue where we stopped searching before.
|
|
|
2664 * This may return before finding all the matches.
|
|
|
2665 * Return the total number of matches or -1 if still unknown -- Acevedo
|
|
7
|
2666 */
|
|
|
2667 static int
|
|
|
2668 ins_compl_get_exp(ini, dir)
|
|
|
2669 pos_T *ini;
|
|
|
2670 int dir;
|
|
|
2671 {
|
|
|
2672 static pos_T first_match_pos;
|
|
|
2673 static pos_T last_match_pos;
|
|
|
2674 static char_u *e_cpt = (char_u *)""; /* curr. entry in 'complete' */
|
|
449
|
2675 static int found_all = FALSE; /* Found all matches of a
|
|
|
2676 certain type. */
|
|
|
2677 static buf_T *ins_buf = NULL; /* buffer being scanned */
|
|
7
|
2678
|
|
|
2679 pos_T *pos;
|
|
|
2680 char_u **matches;
|
|
|
2681 int save_p_scs;
|
|
|
2682 int save_p_ws;
|
|
|
2683 int save_p_ic;
|
|
|
2684 int i;
|
|
|
2685 int num_matches;
|
|
|
2686 int len;
|
|
|
2687 int found_new_match;
|
|
|
2688 int type = ctrl_x_mode;
|
|
|
2689 char_u *ptr;
|
|
|
2690 char_u *dict = NULL;
|
|
|
2691 int dict_f = 0;
|
|
|
2692 struct Completion *old_match;
|
|
|
2693
|
|
449
|
2694 if (!compl_started)
|
|
7
|
2695 {
|
|
|
2696 for (ins_buf = firstbuf; ins_buf != NULL; ins_buf = ins_buf->b_next)
|
|
|
2697 ins_buf->b_scanned = 0;
|
|
|
2698 found_all = FALSE;
|
|
|
2699 ins_buf = curbuf;
|
|
449
|
2700 e_cpt = (compl_cont_status & CONT_LOCAL)
|
|
12
|
2701 ? (char_u *)"." : curbuf->b_p_cpt;
|
|
7
|
2702 last_match_pos = first_match_pos = *ini;
|
|
|
2703 }
|
|
|
2704
|
|
449
|
2705 old_match = compl_curr_match; /* remember the last current match */
|
|
7
|
2706 pos = (dir == FORWARD) ? &last_match_pos : &first_match_pos;
|
|
|
2707 /* For ^N/^P loop over all the flags/windows/buffers in 'complete' */
|
|
|
2708 for (;;)
|
|
|
2709 {
|
|
|
2710 found_new_match = FAIL;
|
|
|
2711
|
|
449
|
2712 /* For ^N/^P pick a new entry from e_cpt if compl_started is off,
|
|
7
|
2713 * or if found_all says this entry is done. For ^X^L only use the
|
|
|
2714 * entries from 'complete' that look in loaded buffers. */
|
|
|
2715 if ((ctrl_x_mode == 0 || ctrl_x_mode == CTRL_X_WHOLE_LINE)
|
|
449
|
2716 && (!compl_started || found_all))
|
|
7
|
2717 {
|
|
|
2718 found_all = FALSE;
|
|
|
2719 while (*e_cpt == ',' || *e_cpt == ' ')
|
|
|
2720 e_cpt++;
|
|
|
2721 if (*e_cpt == '.' && !curbuf->b_scanned)
|
|
|
2722 {
|
|
|
2723 ins_buf = curbuf;
|
|
|
2724 first_match_pos = *ini;
|
|
|
2725 /* So that ^N can match word immediately after cursor */
|
|
|
2726 if (ctrl_x_mode == 0)
|
|
|
2727 dec(&first_match_pos);
|
|
|
2728 last_match_pos = first_match_pos;
|
|
|
2729 type = 0;
|
|
|
2730 }
|
|
|
2731 else if (vim_strchr((char_u *)"buwU", *e_cpt) != NULL
|
|
|
2732 && (ins_buf = ins_compl_next_buf(ins_buf, *e_cpt)) != curbuf)
|
|
|
2733 {
|
|
|
2734 /* Scan a buffer, but not the current one. */
|
|
|
2735 if (ins_buf->b_ml.ml_mfp != NULL) /* loaded buffer */
|
|
|
2736 {
|
|
449
|
2737 compl_started = TRUE;
|
|
7
|
2738 first_match_pos.col = last_match_pos.col = 0;
|
|
|
2739 first_match_pos.lnum = ins_buf->b_ml.ml_line_count + 1;
|
|
|
2740 last_match_pos.lnum = 0;
|
|
|
2741 type = 0;
|
|
|
2742 }
|
|
|
2743 else /* unloaded buffer, scan like dictionary */
|
|
|
2744 {
|
|
|
2745 found_all = TRUE;
|
|
|
2746 if (ins_buf->b_fname == NULL)
|
|
|
2747 continue;
|
|
|
2748 type = CTRL_X_DICTIONARY;
|
|
|
2749 dict = ins_buf->b_fname;
|
|
|
2750 dict_f = DICT_EXACT;
|
|
|
2751 }
|
|
274
|
2752 vim_snprintf((char *)IObuff, IOSIZE, _("Scanning: %s"),
|
|
7
|
2753 ins_buf->b_fname == NULL
|
|
|
2754 ? buf_spname(ins_buf)
|
|
|
2755 : ins_buf->b_sfname == NULL
|
|
|
2756 ? (char *)ins_buf->b_fname
|
|
|
2757 : (char *)ins_buf->b_sfname);
|
|
|
2758 msg_trunc_attr(IObuff, TRUE, hl_attr(HLF_R));
|
|
|
2759 }
|
|
|
2760 else if (*e_cpt == NUL)
|
|
|
2761 break;
|
|
|
2762 else
|
|
|
2763 {
|
|
|
2764 if (ctrl_x_mode == CTRL_X_WHOLE_LINE)
|
|
|
2765 type = -1;
|
|
|
2766 else if (*e_cpt == 'k' || *e_cpt == 's')
|
|
|
2767 {
|
|
|
2768 if (*e_cpt == 'k')
|
|
|
2769 type = CTRL_X_DICTIONARY;
|
|
|
2770 else
|
|
|
2771 type = CTRL_X_THESAURUS;
|
|
|
2772 if (*++e_cpt != ',' && *e_cpt != NUL)
|
|
|
2773 {
|
|
|
2774 dict = e_cpt;
|
|
|
2775 dict_f = DICT_FIRST;
|
|
|
2776 }
|
|
|
2777 }
|
|
|
2778 #ifdef FEAT_FIND_ID
|
|
|
2779 else if (*e_cpt == 'i')
|
|
|
2780 type = CTRL_X_PATH_PATTERNS;
|
|
|
2781 else if (*e_cpt == 'd')
|
|
|
2782 type = CTRL_X_PATH_DEFINES;
|
|
|
2783 #endif
|
|
|
2784 else if (*e_cpt == ']' || *e_cpt == 't')
|
|
|
2785 {
|
|
|
2786 type = CTRL_X_TAGS;
|
|
|
2787 sprintf((char*)IObuff, _("Scanning tags."));
|
|
|
2788 msg_trunc_attr(IObuff, TRUE, hl_attr(HLF_R));
|
|
|
2789 }
|
|
|
2790 else
|
|
|
2791 type = -1;
|
|
|
2792
|
|
|
2793 /* in any case e_cpt is advanced to the next entry */
|
|
|
2794 (void)copy_option_part(&e_cpt, IObuff, IOSIZE, ",");
|
|
|
2795
|
|
|
2796 found_all = TRUE;
|
|
|
2797 if (type == -1)
|
|
|
2798 continue;
|
|
|
2799 }
|
|
|
2800 }
|
|
|
2801
|
|
|
2802 switch (type)
|
|
|
2803 {
|
|
|
2804 case -1:
|
|
|
2805 break;
|
|
|
2806 #ifdef FEAT_FIND_ID
|
|
|
2807 case CTRL_X_PATH_PATTERNS:
|
|
|
2808 case CTRL_X_PATH_DEFINES:
|
|
449
|
2809 find_pattern_in_path(compl_pattern, dir,
|
|
|
2810 (int)STRLEN(compl_pattern), FALSE, FALSE,
|
|
7
|
2811 (type == CTRL_X_PATH_DEFINES
|
|
449
|
2812 && !(compl_cont_status & CONT_SOL))
|
|
7
|
2813 ? FIND_DEFINE : FIND_ANY, 1L, ACTION_EXPAND,
|
|
|
2814 (linenr_T)1, (linenr_T)MAXLNUM);
|
|
|
2815 break;
|
|
|
2816 #endif
|
|
|
2817
|
|
|
2818 case CTRL_X_DICTIONARY:
|
|
|
2819 case CTRL_X_THESAURUS:
|
|
|
2820 ins_compl_dictionaries(
|
|
|
2821 dict ? dict
|
|
|
2822 : (type == CTRL_X_THESAURUS
|
|
|
2823 ? (*curbuf->b_p_tsr == NUL
|
|
|
2824 ? p_tsr
|
|
|
2825 : curbuf->b_p_tsr)
|
|
|
2826 : (*curbuf->b_p_dict == NUL
|
|
|
2827 ? p_dict
|
|
|
2828 : curbuf->b_p_dict)),
|
|
449
|
2829 compl_pattern, dir,
|
|
7
|
2830 dict ? dict_f : 0, type == CTRL_X_THESAURUS);
|
|
|
2831 dict = NULL;
|
|
|
2832 break;
|
|
|
2833
|
|
|
2834 case CTRL_X_TAGS:
|
|
|
2835 /* set p_ic according to p_ic, p_scs and pat for find_tags(). */
|
|
|
2836 save_p_ic = p_ic;
|
|
449
|
2837 p_ic = ignorecase(compl_pattern);
|
|
7
|
2838
|
|
|
2839 /* Find up to TAG_MANY matches. Avoids that an enourmous number
|
|
449
|
2840 * of matches is found when compl_pattern is empty */
|
|
|
2841 if (find_tags(compl_pattern, &num_matches, &matches,
|
|
7
|
2842 TAG_REGEXP | TAG_NAMES | TAG_NOIC |
|
|
|
2843 TAG_INS_COMP | (ctrl_x_mode ? TAG_VERBOSE : 0),
|
|
|
2844 TAG_MANY, curbuf->b_ffname) == OK && num_matches > 0)
|
|
|
2845 {
|
|
|
2846 ins_compl_add_matches(num_matches, matches, dir);
|
|
|
2847 }
|
|
|
2848 p_ic = save_p_ic;
|
|
|
2849 break;
|
|
|
2850
|
|
|
2851 case CTRL_X_FILES:
|
|
449
|
2852 if (expand_wildcards(1, &compl_pattern, &num_matches, &matches,
|
|
7
|
2853 EW_FILE|EW_DIR|EW_ADDSLASH|EW_SILENT) == OK)
|
|
|
2854 {
|
|
|
2855
|
|
|
2856 /* May change home directory back to "~". */
|
|
449
|
2857 tilde_replace(compl_pattern, num_matches, matches);
|
|
7
|
2858 ins_compl_add_matches(num_matches, matches, dir);
|
|
|
2859 }
|
|
|
2860 break;
|
|
|
2861
|
|
|
2862 case CTRL_X_CMDLINE:
|
|
449
|
2863 if (expand_cmdline(&compl_xp, compl_pattern,
|
|
|
2864 (int)STRLEN(compl_pattern),
|
|
7
|
2865 &num_matches, &matches) == EXPAND_OK)
|
|
|
2866 ins_compl_add_matches(num_matches, matches, dir);
|
|
|
2867 break;
|
|
|
2868
|
|
12
|
2869 #ifdef FEAT_COMPL_FUNC
|
|
|
2870 case CTRL_X_FUNCTION:
|
|
|
2871 num_matches = expand_by_function(first_match_pos.lnum,
|
|
449
|
2872 first_match_pos.col, compl_pattern, &matches);
|
|
12
|
2873 if (num_matches > 0)
|
|
|
2874 ins_compl_add_matches(num_matches, matches, dir);
|
|
|
2875 break;
|
|
|
2876 #endif
|
|
|
2877
|
|
449
|
2878 case CTRL_X_OCCULT:
|
|
|
2879 num_matches = expand_occult(first_match_pos.lnum,
|
|
|
2880 first_match_pos.col, compl_pattern, &matches);
|
|
|
2881 if (num_matches > 0)
|
|
|
2882 ins_compl_add_matches(num_matches, matches, dir);
|
|
|
2883 break;
|
|
|
2884
|
|
7
|
2885 default: /* normal ^P/^N and ^X^L */
|
|
|
2886 /*
|
|
|
2887 * If 'infercase' is set, don't use 'smartcase' here
|
|
|
2888 */
|
|
|
2889 save_p_scs = p_scs;
|
|
|
2890 if (ins_buf->b_p_inf)
|
|
|
2891 p_scs = FALSE;
|
|
449
|
2892
|
|
7
|
2893 /* buffers other than curbuf are scanned from the beginning or the
|
|
|
2894 * end but never from the middle, thus setting nowrapscan in this
|
|
|
2895 * buffers is a good idea, on the other hand, we always set
|
|
|
2896 * wrapscan for curbuf to avoid missing matches -- Acevedo,Webb */
|
|
|
2897 save_p_ws = p_ws;
|
|
|
2898 if (ins_buf != curbuf)
|
|
|
2899 p_ws = FALSE;
|
|
|
2900 else if (*e_cpt == '.')
|
|
|
2901 p_ws = TRUE;
|
|
|
2902 for (;;)
|
|
|
2903 {
|
|
|
2904 int reuse = 0;
|
|
|
2905
|
|
|
2906 /* ctrl_x_mode == CTRL_X_WHOLE_LINE || word-wise search that has
|
|
|
2907 * added a word that was at the beginning of the line */
|
|
|
2908 if ( ctrl_x_mode == CTRL_X_WHOLE_LINE
|
|
449
|
2909 || (compl_cont_status & CONT_SOL))
|
|
7
|
2910 found_new_match = search_for_exact_line(ins_buf, pos,
|
|
449
|
2911 dir, compl_pattern);
|
|
7
|
2912 else
|
|
|
2913 found_new_match = searchit(NULL, ins_buf, pos, dir,
|
|
449
|
2914 compl_pattern, 1L, SEARCH_KEEP + SEARCH_NFMSG,
|
|
7
|
2915 RE_LAST);
|
|
449
|
2916 if (!compl_started)
|
|
7
|
2917 {
|
|
449
|
2918 /* set compl_started even on fail */
|
|
|
2919 compl_started = TRUE;
|
|
7
|
2920 first_match_pos = *pos;
|
|
|
2921 last_match_pos = *pos;
|
|
|
2922 }
|
|
|
2923 else if (first_match_pos.lnum == last_match_pos.lnum
|
|
|
2924 && first_match_pos.col == last_match_pos.col)
|
|
|
2925 found_new_match = FAIL;
|
|
|
2926 if (found_new_match == FAIL)
|
|
|
2927 {
|
|
|
2928 if (ins_buf == curbuf)
|
|
|
2929 found_all = TRUE;
|
|
|
2930 break;
|
|
|
2931 }
|
|
|
2932
|
|
|
2933 /* when ADDING, the text before the cursor matches, skip it */
|
|
449
|
2934 if ( (compl_cont_status & CONT_ADDING) && ins_buf == curbuf
|
|
7
|
2935 && ini->lnum == pos->lnum
|
|
|
2936 && ini->col == pos->col)
|
|
|
2937 continue;
|
|
|
2938 ptr = ml_get_buf(ins_buf, pos->lnum, FALSE) + pos->col;
|
|
|
2939 if (ctrl_x_mode == CTRL_X_WHOLE_LINE)
|
|
|
2940 {
|
|
449
|
2941 if (compl_cont_status & CONT_ADDING)
|
|
7
|
2942 {
|
|
|
2943 if (pos->lnum >= ins_buf->b_ml.ml_line_count)
|
|
|
2944 continue;
|
|
|
2945 ptr = ml_get_buf(ins_buf, pos->lnum + 1, FALSE);
|
|
|
2946 if (!p_paste)
|
|
|
2947 ptr = skipwhite(ptr);
|
|
|
2948 }
|
|
|
2949 len = (int)STRLEN(ptr);
|
|
|
2950 }
|
|
|
2951 else
|
|
|
2952 {
|
|
449
|
2953 char_u *tmp_ptr = ptr;
|
|
|
2954
|
|
|
2955 if (compl_cont_status & CONT_ADDING)
|
|
7
|
2956 {
|
|
449
|
2957 tmp_ptr += compl_length;
|
|
7
|
2958 /* Skip if already inside a word. */
|
|
|
2959 if (vim_iswordp(tmp_ptr))
|
|
|
2960 continue;
|
|
|
2961 /* Find start of next word. */
|
|
|
2962 tmp_ptr = find_word_start(tmp_ptr);
|
|
|
2963 }
|
|
|
2964 /* Find end of this word. */
|
|
|
2965 tmp_ptr = find_word_end(tmp_ptr);
|
|
|
2966 len = (int)(tmp_ptr - ptr);
|
|
|
2967
|
|
449
|
2968 if ((compl_cont_status & CONT_ADDING)
|
|
|
2969 && len == compl_length)
|
|
7
|
2970 {
|
|
|
2971 if (pos->lnum < ins_buf->b_ml.ml_line_count)
|
|
|
2972 {
|
|
|
2973 /* Try next line, if any. the new word will be
|
|
|
2974 * "join" as if the normal command "J" was used.
|
|
|
2975 * IOSIZE is always greater than
|
|
449
|
2976 * compl_length, so the next STRNCPY always
|
|
7
|
2977 * works -- Acevedo */
|
|
|
2978 STRNCPY(IObuff, ptr, len);
|
|
|
2979 ptr = ml_get_buf(ins_buf, pos->lnum + 1, FALSE);
|
|
|
2980 tmp_ptr = ptr = skipwhite(ptr);
|
|
|
2981 /* Find start of next word. */
|
|
|
2982 tmp_ptr = find_word_start(tmp_ptr);
|
|
|
2983 /* Find end of next word. */
|
|
|
2984 tmp_ptr = find_word_end(tmp_ptr);
|
|
|
2985 if (tmp_ptr > ptr)
|
|
|
2986 {
|
|
419
|
2987 if (*ptr != ')' && IObuff[len - 1] != TAB)
|
|
7
|
2988 {
|
|
419
|
2989 if (IObuff[len - 1] != ' ')
|
|
7
|
2990 IObuff[len++] = ' ';
|
|
|
2991 /* IObuf =~ "\k.* ", thus len >= 2 */
|
|
|
2992 if (p_js
|
|
419
|
2993 && (IObuff[len - 2] == '.'
|
|
7
|
2994 || (vim_strchr(p_cpo, CPO_JOINSP)
|
|
|
2995 == NULL
|
|
419
|
2996 && (IObuff[len - 2] == '?'
|
|
|
2997 || IObuff[len - 2] == '!'))))
|
|
7
|
2998 IObuff[len++] = ' ';
|
|
|
2999 }
|
|
|
3000 /* copy as much as posible of the new word */
|
|
|
3001 if (tmp_ptr - ptr >= IOSIZE - len)
|
|
|
3002 tmp_ptr = ptr + IOSIZE - len - 1;
|
|
|
3003 STRNCPY(IObuff + len, ptr, tmp_ptr - ptr);
|
|
|
3004 len += (int)(tmp_ptr - ptr);
|
|
|
3005 reuse |= CONT_S_IPOS;
|
|
|
3006 }
|
|
|
3007 IObuff[len] = NUL;
|
|
|
3008 ptr = IObuff;
|
|
|
3009 }
|
|
449
|
3010 if (len == compl_length)
|
|
7
|
3011 continue;
|
|
|
3012 }
|
|
|
3013 }
|
|
|
3014 if (ins_compl_add_infercase(ptr, len,
|
|
|
3015 ins_buf == curbuf ? NULL : ins_buf->b_sfname,
|
|
|
3016 dir, reuse) != FAIL)
|
|
|
3017 {
|
|
|
3018 found_new_match = OK;
|
|
|
3019 break;
|
|
|
3020 }
|
|
|
3021 }
|
|
|
3022 p_scs = save_p_scs;
|
|
|
3023 p_ws = save_p_ws;
|
|
|
3024 }
|
|
449
|
3025 /* check if compl_curr_match has changed, (e.g. other type of
|
|
|
3026 * expansion added somenthing) */
|
|
|
3027 if (compl_curr_match != old_match)
|
|
7
|
3028 found_new_match = OK;
|
|
|
3029
|
|
|
3030 /* break the loop for specialized modes (use 'complete' just for the
|
|
|
3031 * generic ctrl_x_mode == 0) or when we've found a new match */
|
|
|
3032 if ((ctrl_x_mode != 0 && ctrl_x_mode != CTRL_X_WHOLE_LINE)
|
|
449
|
3033 || found_new_match != FAIL)
|
|
7
|
3034 break;
|
|
|
3035
|
|
|
3036 /* Mark a buffer scanned when it has been scanned completely */
|
|
|
3037 if (type == 0 || type == CTRL_X_PATH_PATTERNS)
|
|
|
3038 ins_buf->b_scanned = TRUE;
|
|
|
3039
|
|
449
|
3040 compl_started = FALSE;
|
|
|
3041 }
|
|
|
3042 compl_started = TRUE;
|
|
7
|
3043
|
|
|
3044 if ((ctrl_x_mode == 0 || ctrl_x_mode == CTRL_X_WHOLE_LINE)
|
|
|
3045 && *e_cpt == NUL) /* Got to end of 'complete' */
|
|
|
3046 found_new_match = FAIL;
|
|
|
3047
|
|
|
3048 i = -1; /* total of matches, unknown */
|
|
|
3049 if (found_new_match == FAIL
|
|
|
3050 || (ctrl_x_mode != 0 && ctrl_x_mode != CTRL_X_WHOLE_LINE))
|
|
|
3051 i = ins_compl_make_cyclic();
|
|
|
3052
|
|
|
3053 /* If several matches were added (FORWARD) or the search failed and has
|
|
449
|
3054 * just been made cyclic then we have to move compl_curr_match to the next
|
|
|
3055 * or previous entry (if any) -- Acevedo */
|
|
|
3056 compl_curr_match = dir == FORWARD ? old_match->next : old_match->prev;
|
|
|
3057 if (compl_curr_match == NULL)
|
|
|
3058 compl_curr_match = old_match;
|
|
7
|
3059 return i;
|
|
|
3060 }
|
|
|
3061
|
|
|
3062 /* Delete the old text being completed. */
|
|
|
3063 static void
|
|
|
3064 ins_compl_delete()
|
|
|
3065 {
|
|
|
3066 int i;
|
|
|
3067
|
|
|
3068 /*
|
|
|
3069 * In insert mode: Delete the typed part.
|
|
|
3070 * In replace mode: Put the old characters back, if any.
|
|
|
3071 */
|
|
449
|
3072 i = compl_col + (compl_cont_status & CONT_ADDING ? compl_length : 0);
|
|
7
|
3073 backspace_until_column(i);
|
|
|
3074 changed_cline_bef_curs();
|
|
|
3075 }
|
|
|
3076
|
|
|
3077 /* Insert the new text being completed. */
|
|
|
3078 static void
|
|
|
3079 ins_compl_insert()
|
|
|
3080 {
|
|
449
|
3081 ins_bytes(compl_shown_match->str + curwin->w_cursor.col - compl_col);
|
|
7
|
3082 }
|
|
|
3083
|
|
|
3084 /*
|
|
|
3085 * Fill in the next completion in the current direction.
|
|
|
3086 * If allow_get_expansion is TRUE, then we may call ins_compl_get_exp() to get
|
|
|
3087 * more completions. If it is FALSE, then we just do nothing when there are
|
|
|
3088 * no more completions in a given direction. The latter case is used when we
|
|
|
3089 * are still in the middle of finding completions, to allow browsing through
|
|
|
3090 * the ones found so far.
|
|
|
3091 * Return the total number of matches, or -1 if still unknown -- webb.
|
|
|
3092 *
|
|
449
|
3093 * compl_curr_match is currently being used by ins_compl_get_exp(), so we use
|
|
|
3094 * compl_shown_match here.
|
|
7
|
3095 *
|
|
|
3096 * Note that this function may be called recursively once only. First with
|
|
|
3097 * allow_get_expansion TRUE, which calls ins_compl_get_exp(), which in turn
|
|
|
3098 * calls this function with allow_get_expansion FALSE.
|
|
|
3099 */
|
|
|
3100 static int
|
|
|
3101 ins_compl_next(allow_get_expansion)
|
|
|
3102 int allow_get_expansion;
|
|
|
3103 {
|
|
|
3104 int num_matches = -1;
|
|
|
3105 int i;
|
|
|
3106
|
|
|
3107 if (allow_get_expansion)
|
|
|
3108 {
|
|
|
3109 /* Delete old text to be replaced */
|
|
|
3110 ins_compl_delete();
|
|
|
3111 }
|
|
449
|
3112 compl_pending = FALSE;
|
|
|
3113 if (compl_shows_dir == FORWARD && compl_shown_match->next != NULL)
|
|
|
3114 compl_shown_match = compl_shown_match->next;
|
|
|
3115 else if (compl_shows_dir == BACKWARD && compl_shown_match->prev != NULL)
|
|
|
3116 compl_shown_match = compl_shown_match->prev;
|
|
7
|
3117 else
|
|
|
3118 {
|
|
449
|
3119 compl_pending = TRUE;
|
|
7
|
3120 if (allow_get_expansion)
|
|
|
3121 {
|
|
449
|
3122 num_matches = ins_compl_get_exp(&compl_startpos,
|
|
|
3123 compl_direction);
|
|
|
3124 if (compl_pending)
|
|
7
|
3125 {
|
|
449
|
3126 if (compl_direction == compl_shows_dir)
|
|
|
3127 compl_shown_match = compl_curr_match;
|
|
7
|
3128 }
|
|
|
3129 }
|
|
|
3130 else
|
|
|
3131 return -1;
|
|
|
3132 }
|
|
|
3133
|
|
|
3134 /* Insert the text of the new completion */
|
|
|
3135 ins_compl_insert();
|
|
|
3136
|
|
|
3137 if (!allow_get_expansion)
|
|
|
3138 {
|
|
|
3139 /* Display the current match. */
|
|
|
3140 update_screen(0);
|
|
|
3141
|
|
|
3142 /* Delete old text to be replaced, since we're still searching and
|
|
|
3143 * don't want to match ourselves! */
|
|
|
3144 ins_compl_delete();
|
|
|
3145 }
|
|
|
3146
|
|
|
3147 /*
|
|
|
3148 * Show the file name for the match (if any)
|
|
|
3149 * Truncate the file name to avoid a wait for return.
|
|
|
3150 */
|
|
449
|
3151 if (compl_shown_match->fname != NULL)
|
|
7
|
3152 {
|
|
|
3153 STRCPY(IObuff, "match in file ");
|
|
449
|
3154 i = (vim_strsize(compl_shown_match->fname) + 16) - sc_col;
|
|
7
|
3155 if (i <= 0)
|
|
|
3156 i = 0;
|
|
|
3157 else
|
|
|
3158 STRCAT(IObuff, "<");
|
|
449
|
3159 STRCAT(IObuff, compl_shown_match->fname + i);
|
|
7
|
3160 msg(IObuff);
|
|
|
3161 redraw_cmdline = FALSE; /* don't overwrite! */
|
|
|
3162 }
|
|
|
3163
|
|
|
3164 return num_matches;
|
|
|
3165 }
|
|
|
3166
|
|
|
3167 /*
|
|
|
3168 * Call this while finding completions, to check whether the user has hit a key
|
|
|
3169 * that should change the currently displayed completion, or exit completion
|
|
449
|
3170 * mode. Also, when compl_pending is TRUE, show a completion as soon as
|
|
7
|
3171 * possible. -- webb
|
|
|
3172 */
|
|
|
3173 void
|
|
|
3174 ins_compl_check_keys()
|
|
|
3175 {
|
|
|
3176 static int count = 0;
|
|
|
3177
|
|
|
3178 int c;
|
|
|
3179
|
|
|
3180 /* Don't check when reading keys from a script. That would break the test
|
|
|
3181 * scripts */
|
|
|
3182 if (using_script())
|
|
|
3183 return;
|
|
|
3184
|
|
|
3185 /* Only do this at regular intervals */
|
|
|
3186 if (++count < CHECK_KEYS_TIME)
|
|
|
3187 return;
|
|
|
3188 count = 0;
|
|
|
3189
|
|
|
3190 ++no_mapping;
|
|
|
3191 c = vpeekc_any();
|
|
|
3192 --no_mapping;
|
|
|
3193 if (c != NUL)
|
|
|
3194 {
|
|
|
3195 if (vim_is_ctrl_x_key(c) && c != Ctrl_X && c != Ctrl_R)
|
|
|
3196 {
|
|
|
3197 c = safe_vgetc(); /* Eat the character */
|
|
|
3198 if (c == Ctrl_P || c == Ctrl_L)
|
|
449
|
3199 compl_shows_dir = BACKWARD;
|
|
7
|
3200 else
|
|
449
|
3201 compl_shows_dir = FORWARD;
|
|
7
|
3202 (void)ins_compl_next(FALSE);
|
|
|
3203 }
|
|
|
3204 else if (c != Ctrl_R)
|
|
449
|
3205 compl_interrupted = TRUE;
|
|
|
3206 }
|
|
|
3207 if (compl_pending && !got_int)
|
|
7
|
3208 (void)ins_compl_next(FALSE);
|
|
|
3209 }
|
|
|
3210
|
|
|
3211 /*
|
|
|
3212 * Do Insert mode completion.
|
|
|
3213 * Called when character "c" was typed, which has a meaning for completion.
|
|
|
3214 * Returns OK if completion was done, FAIL if something failed (out of mem).
|
|
|
3215 */
|
|
|
3216 static int
|
|
|
3217 ins_complete(c)
|
|
449
|
3218 int c;
|
|
7
|
3219 {
|
|
449
|
3220 char_u *line;
|
|
|
3221 int startcol = 0; /* column where searched text starts */
|
|
|
3222 colnr_T curs_col; /* cursor column */
|
|
|
3223 int n;
|
|
7
|
3224
|
|
|
3225 if (c == Ctrl_P || c == Ctrl_L)
|
|
449
|
3226 compl_direction = BACKWARD;
|
|
7
|
3227 else
|
|
449
|
3228 compl_direction = FORWARD;
|
|
|
3229 if (!compl_started)
|
|
7
|
3230 {
|
|
|
3231 /* First time we hit ^N or ^P (in a row, I mean) */
|
|
|
3232
|
|
|
3233 /* Turn off 'sm' so we don't show matches with ^X^L */
|
|
|
3234 save_sm = p_sm;
|
|
|
3235 p_sm = FALSE;
|
|
|
3236
|
|
|
3237 did_ai = FALSE;
|
|
|
3238 #ifdef FEAT_SMARTINDENT
|
|
|
3239 did_si = FALSE;
|
|
|
3240 can_si = FALSE;
|
|
|
3241 can_si_back = FALSE;
|
|
|
3242 #endif
|
|
|
3243 if (stop_arrow() == FAIL)
|
|
|
3244 return FAIL;
|
|
|
3245
|
|
|
3246 line = ml_get(curwin->w_cursor.lnum);
|
|
449
|
3247 curs_col = curwin->w_cursor.col;
|
|
7
|
3248
|
|
|
3249 /* if this same ctrl_x_mode has been interrupted use the text from
|
|
449
|
3250 * "compl_startpos" to the cursor as a pattern to add a new word
|
|
|
3251 * instead of expand the one before the cursor, in word-wise if
|
|
|
3252 * "compl_startpos"
|
|
7
|
3253 * is not in the same line as the cursor then fix it (the line has
|
|
|
3254 * been split because it was longer than 'tw'). if SOL is set then
|
|
|
3255 * skip the previous pattern, a word at the beginning of the line has
|
|
|
3256 * been inserted, we'll look for that -- Acevedo. */
|
|
449
|
3257 if ((compl_cont_status & CONT_INTRPT) && compl_cont_mode == ctrl_x_mode)
|
|
7
|
3258 {
|
|
|
3259 /*
|
|
|
3260 * it is a continued search
|
|
|
3261 */
|
|
449
|
3262 compl_cont_status &= ~CONT_INTRPT; /* remove INTRPT */
|
|
7
|
3263 if (ctrl_x_mode == 0 || ctrl_x_mode == CTRL_X_PATH_PATTERNS
|
|
|
3264 || ctrl_x_mode == CTRL_X_PATH_DEFINES)
|
|
|
3265 {
|
|
449
|
3266 if (compl_startpos.lnum != curwin->w_cursor.lnum)
|
|
7
|
3267 {
|
|
449
|
3268 /* line (probably) wrapped, set compl_startpos to the
|
|
|
3269 * first non_blank in the line, if it is not a wordchar
|
|
|
3270 * include it to get a better pattern, but then we don't
|
|
|
3271 * want the "\\<" prefix, check it bellow */
|
|
|
3272 compl_col = (colnr_T)(skipwhite(line) - line);
|
|
|
3273 compl_startpos.col = compl_col;
|
|
|
3274 compl_startpos.lnum = curwin->w_cursor.lnum;
|
|
|
3275 compl_cont_status &= ~CONT_SOL; /* clear SOL if present */
|
|
7
|
3276 }
|
|
|
3277 else
|
|
|
3278 {
|
|
|
3279 /* S_IPOS was set when we inserted a word that was at the
|
|
|
3280 * beginning of the line, which means that we'll go to SOL
|
|
449
|
3281 * mode but first we need to redefine compl_startpos */
|
|
|
3282 if (compl_cont_status & CONT_S_IPOS)
|
|
7
|
3283 {
|
|
449
|
3284 compl_cont_status |= CONT_SOL;
|
|
|
3285 compl_startpos.col = (colnr_T)(skipwhite(
|
|
|
3286 line + compl_length
|
|
|
3287 + compl_startpos.col) - line);
|
|
7
|
3288 }
|
|
449
|
3289 compl_col = compl_startpos.col;
|
|
7
|
3290 }
|
|
449
|
3291 compl_length = curwin->w_cursor.col - (int)compl_col;
|
|
7
|
3292 /* IObuf is used to add a "word from the next line" would we
|
|
|
3293 * have enough space? just being paranoic */
|
|
|
3294 #define MIN_SPACE 75
|
|
449
|
3295 if (compl_length > (IOSIZE - MIN_SPACE))
|
|
7
|
3296 {
|
|
449
|
3297 compl_cont_status &= ~CONT_SOL;
|
|
|
3298 compl_length = (IOSIZE - MIN_SPACE);
|
|
|
3299 compl_col = curwin->w_cursor.col - compl_length;
|
|
7
|
3300 }
|
|
449
|
3301 compl_cont_status |= CONT_ADDING | CONT_N_ADDS;
|
|
|
3302 if (compl_length < 1)
|
|
|
3303 compl_cont_status &= CONT_LOCAL;
|
|
7
|
3304 }
|
|
|
3305 else if (ctrl_x_mode == CTRL_X_WHOLE_LINE)
|
|
449
|
3306 compl_cont_status = CONT_ADDING | CONT_N_ADDS;
|
|
7
|
3307 else
|
|
449
|
3308 compl_cont_status = 0;
|
|
7
|
3309 }
|
|
|
3310 else
|
|
449
|
3311 compl_cont_status &= CONT_LOCAL;
|
|
|
3312
|
|
|
3313 if (!(compl_cont_status & CONT_ADDING)) /* normal expansion */
|
|
|
3314 {
|
|
|
3315 compl_cont_mode = ctrl_x_mode;
|
|
7
|
3316 if (ctrl_x_mode != 0) /* Remove LOCAL if ctrl_x_mode != 0 */
|
|
449
|
3317 compl_cont_status = 0;
|
|
|
3318 compl_cont_status |= CONT_N_ADDS;
|
|
|
3319 compl_startpos = curwin->w_cursor;
|
|
|
3320 startcol = (int)curs_col;
|
|
|
3321 compl_col = 0;
|
|
7
|
3322 }
|
|
|
3323
|
|
|
3324 /* Work out completion pattern and original text -- webb */
|
|
|
3325 if (ctrl_x_mode == 0 || (ctrl_x_mode & CTRL_X_WANT_IDENT))
|
|
|
3326 {
|
|
449
|
3327 if ((compl_cont_status & CONT_SOL)
|
|
7
|
3328 || ctrl_x_mode == CTRL_X_PATH_DEFINES)
|
|
|
3329 {
|
|
449
|
3330 if (!(compl_cont_status & CONT_ADDING))
|
|
7
|
3331 {
|
|
449
|
3332 while (--startcol >= 0 && vim_isIDc(line[startcol]))
|
|
7
|
3333 ;
|
|
449
|
3334 compl_col += ++startcol;
|
|
|
3335 compl_length = curs_col - startcol;
|
|
7
|
3336 }
|
|
|
3337 if (p_ic)
|
|
449
|
3338 compl_pattern = str_foldcase(line + compl_col,
|
|
|
3339 compl_length, NULL, 0);
|
|
7
|
3340 else
|
|
449
|
3341 compl_pattern = vim_strnsave(line + compl_col,
|
|
|
3342 compl_length);
|
|
|
3343 if (compl_pattern == NULL)
|
|
7
|
3344 return FAIL;
|
|
|
3345 }
|
|
449
|
3346 else if (compl_cont_status & CONT_ADDING)
|
|
7
|
3347 {
|
|
|
3348 char_u *prefix = (char_u *)"\\<";
|
|
|
3349
|
|
|
3350 /* we need 3 extra chars, 1 for the NUL and
|
|
|
3351 * 2 >= strlen(prefix) -- Acevedo */
|
|
449
|
3352 compl_pattern = alloc(quote_meta(NULL, line + compl_col,
|
|
|
3353 compl_length) + 3);
|
|
|
3354 if (compl_pattern == NULL)
|
|
7
|
3355 return FAIL;
|
|
449
|
3356 if (!vim_iswordp(line + compl_col)
|
|
|
3357 || (compl_col > 0
|
|
7
|
3358 && (
|
|
|
3359 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
|
|
449
|
3360 vim_iswordp(mb_prevptr(line, line + compl_col))
|
|
7
|
3361 #else
|
|
449
|
3362 vim_iswordc(line[compl_col - 1])
|
|
7
|
3363 #endif
|
|
|
3364 )))
|
|
|
3365 prefix = (char_u *)"";
|
|
449
|
3366 STRCPY((char *)compl_pattern, prefix);
|
|
|
3367 (void)quote_meta(compl_pattern + STRLEN(prefix),
|
|
|
3368 line + compl_col, compl_length);
|
|
7
|
3369 }
|
|
449
|
3370 else if (--startcol < 0 ||
|
|
7
|
3371 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
|
|
449
|
3372 !vim_iswordp(mb_prevptr(line, line + startcol + 1))
|
|
7
|
3373 #else
|
|
449
|
3374 !vim_iswordc(line[startcol])
|
|
7
|
3375 #endif
|
|
|
3376 )
|
|
|
3377 {
|
|
|
3378 /* Match any word of at least two chars */
|
|
449
|
3379 compl_pattern = vim_strsave((char_u *)"\\<\\k\\k");
|
|
|
3380 if (compl_pattern == NULL)
|
|
7
|
3381 return FAIL;
|
|
449
|
3382 compl_col += curs_col;
|
|
|
3383 compl_length = 0;
|
|
7
|
3384 }
|
|
|
3385 else
|
|
|
3386 {
|
|
|
3387 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
|
|
|
3388 /* Search the point of change class of multibyte character
|
|
|
3389 * or not a word single byte character backward. */
|
|
|
3390 if (has_mbyte)
|
|
|
3391 {
|
|
|
3392 int base_class;
|
|
|
3393 int head_off;
|
|
|
3394
|
|
449
|
3395 startcol -= (*mb_head_off)(line, line + startcol);
|
|
|
3396 base_class = mb_get_class(line + startcol);
|
|
|
3397 while (--startcol >= 0)
|
|
7
|
3398 {
|
|
449
|
3399 head_off = (*mb_head_off)(line, line + startcol);
|
|
|
3400 if (base_class != mb_get_class(line + startcol
|
|
|
3401 - head_off))
|
|
7
|
3402 break;
|
|
449
|
3403 startcol -= head_off;
|
|
7
|
3404 }
|
|
|
3405 }
|
|
|
3406 else
|
|
|
3407 #endif
|
|
449
|
3408 while (--startcol >= 0 && vim_iswordc(line[startcol]))
|
|
7
|
3409 ;
|
|
449
|
3410 compl_col += ++startcol;
|
|
|
3411 compl_length = (int)curs_col - startcol;
|
|
|
3412 if (compl_length == 1)
|
|
7
|
3413 {
|
|
|
3414 /* Only match word with at least two chars -- webb
|
|
|
3415 * there's no need to call quote_meta,
|
|
|
3416 * alloc(7) is enough -- Acevedo
|
|
|
3417 */
|
|
449
|
3418 compl_pattern = alloc(7);
|
|
|
3419 if (compl_pattern == NULL)
|
|
7
|
3420 return FAIL;
|
|
449
|
3421 STRCPY((char *)compl_pattern, "\\<");
|
|
|
3422 (void)quote_meta(compl_pattern + 2, line + compl_col, 1);
|
|
|
3423 STRCAT((char *)compl_pattern, "\\k");
|
|
7
|
3424 }
|
|
|
3425 else
|
|
|
3426 {
|
|
449
|
3427 compl_pattern = alloc(quote_meta(NULL, line + compl_col,
|
|
|
3428 compl_length) + 3);
|
|
|
3429 if (compl_pattern == NULL)
|
|
7
|
3430 return FAIL;
|
|
449
|
3431 STRCPY((char *)compl_pattern, "\\<");
|
|
|
3432 (void)quote_meta(compl_pattern + 2, line + compl_col,
|
|
|
3433 compl_length);
|
|
7
|
3434 }
|
|
|
3435 }
|
|
|
3436 }
|
|
|
3437 else if (ctrl_x_mode == CTRL_X_WHOLE_LINE)
|
|
|
3438 {
|
|
449
|
3439 compl_col = skipwhite(line) - line;
|
|
|
3440 compl_length = (int)curs_col - (int)compl_col;
|
|
|
3441 if (compl_length < 0) /* cursor in indent: empty pattern */
|
|
|
3442 compl_length = 0;
|
|
7
|
3443 if (p_ic)
|
|
449
|
3444 compl_pattern = str_foldcase(line + compl_col, compl_length,
|
|
|
3445 NULL, 0);
|
|
7
|
3446 else
|
|
449
|
3447 compl_pattern = vim_strnsave(line + compl_col, compl_length);
|
|
|
3448 if (compl_pattern == NULL)
|
|
7
|
3449 return FAIL;
|
|
|
3450 }
|
|
|
3451 else if (ctrl_x_mode == CTRL_X_FILES)
|
|
|
3452 {
|
|
449
|
3453 while (--startcol >= 0 && vim_isfilec(line[startcol]))
|
|
7
|
3454 ;
|
|
449
|
3455 compl_col += ++startcol;
|
|
|
3456 compl_length = (int)curs_col - startcol;
|
|
|
3457 compl_pattern = addstar(line + compl_col, compl_length,
|
|
|
3458 EXPAND_FILES);
|
|
|
3459 if (compl_pattern == NULL)
|
|
7
|
3460 return FAIL;
|
|
|
3461 }
|
|
|
3462 else if (ctrl_x_mode == CTRL_X_CMDLINE)
|
|
|
3463 {
|
|
449
|
3464 compl_pattern = vim_strnsave(line, curs_col);
|
|
|
3465 if (compl_pattern == NULL)
|
|
7
|
3466 return FAIL;
|
|
449
|
3467 set_cmd_context(&compl_xp, compl_pattern,
|
|
|
3468 (int)STRLEN(compl_pattern), curs_col);
|
|
|
3469 if (compl_xp.xp_context == EXPAND_UNSUCCESSFUL
|
|
|
3470 || compl_xp.xp_context == EXPAND_NOTHING)
|
|
7
|
3471 return FAIL;
|
|
449
|
3472 startcol = (int)(compl_xp.xp_pattern - compl_pattern);
|
|
|
3473 compl_col = startcol;
|
|
|
3474 compl_length = curs_col - startcol;
|
|
7
|
3475 }
|
|
12
|
3476 #ifdef FEAT_COMPL_FUNC
|
|
|
3477 else if (ctrl_x_mode == CTRL_X_FUNCTION)
|
|
|
3478 {
|
|
|
3479 /*
|
|
|
3480 * Call user defined function 'completefunc' with line content,
|
|
|
3481 * cursor column number and preproc is 1. Obtain length of text
|
|
|
3482 * to use for completion.
|
|
|
3483 */
|
|
|
3484 char_u *lenstr;
|
|
|
3485 int keeplen = 0;
|
|
449
|
3486 char_u *line_copy = vim_strsave(line);
|
|
12
|
3487
|
|
|
3488 /* Call 'completefunc' and get pattern length as a string */
|
|
449
|
3489 lenstr = call_completefunc(line_copy, NULL, curs_col, 1);
|
|
|
3490 vim_free(line_copy);
|
|
12
|
3491 if (lenstr == NULL)
|
|
|
3492 return FAIL;
|
|
20
|
3493 keeplen = atoi((char *)lenstr);
|
|
12
|
3494 vim_free(lenstr);
|
|
|
3495 if (keeplen < 0)
|
|
|
3496 return FAIL;
|
|
449
|
3497 if ((colnr_T)keeplen > curs_col)
|
|
|
3498 keeplen = curs_col;
|
|
|
3499
|
|
|
3500 /* Setup variables for completion. Need to obtain "line" again,
|
|
|
3501 * it may have become invalid. */
|
|
|
3502 line = ml_get(curwin->w_cursor.lnum);
|
|
|
3503 compl_col = keeplen;
|
|
|
3504 compl_length = curs_col - keeplen;
|
|
|
3505 compl_pattern = vim_strnsave(line + compl_col, compl_length);
|
|
|
3506 if (compl_pattern == NULL)
|
|
12
|
3507 return FAIL;
|
|
|
3508 }
|
|
|
3509 #endif
|
|
449
|
3510 else if (ctrl_x_mode == CTRL_X_OCCULT)
|
|
|
3511 {
|
|
|
3512 /* TODO: let language-specific function handle locating the text
|
|
|
3513 * to be completed or use 'coupler' option. */
|
|
|
3514 while (--startcol >= 0 && vim_isIDc(line[startcol]))
|
|
|
3515 ;
|
|
|
3516 compl_col += ++startcol;
|
|
|
3517 compl_length = (int)curs_col - startcol;
|
|
|
3518 compl_pattern = vim_strnsave(line + compl_col, compl_length);
|
|
|
3519 if (compl_pattern == NULL)
|
|
|
3520 return FAIL;
|
|
|
3521 }
|
|
|
3522 else
|
|
|
3523 {
|
|
|
3524 EMSG2(_(e_intern2), "ins_complete()");
|
|
|
3525 return FAIL;
|
|
|
3526 }
|
|
|
3527
|
|
|
3528 if (compl_cont_status & CONT_ADDING)
|
|
7
|
3529 {
|
|
|
3530 edit_submode_pre = (char_u *)_(" Adding");
|
|
|
3531 if (ctrl_x_mode == CTRL_X_WHOLE_LINE)
|
|
|
3532 {
|
|
|
3533 /* Insert a new line, keep indentation but ignore 'comments' */
|
|
|
3534 #ifdef FEAT_COMMENTS
|
|
|
3535 char_u *old = curbuf->b_p_com;
|
|
|
3536
|
|
|
3537 curbuf->b_p_com = (char_u *)"";
|
|
|
3538 #endif
|
|
449
|
3539 compl_startpos.lnum = curwin->w_cursor.lnum;
|
|
|
3540 compl_startpos.col = compl_col;
|
|
7
|
3541 ins_eol('\r');
|
|
|
3542 #ifdef FEAT_COMMENTS
|
|
|
3543 curbuf->b_p_com = old;
|
|
|
3544 #endif
|
|
449
|
3545 compl_length = 0;
|
|
|
3546 compl_col = curwin->w_cursor.col;
|
|
7
|
3547 }
|
|
|
3548 }
|
|
|
3549 else
|
|
|
3550 {
|
|
|
3551 edit_submode_pre = NULL;
|
|
449
|
3552 compl_startpos.col = compl_col;
|
|
|
3553 }
|
|
|
3554
|
|
|
3555 if (compl_cont_status & CONT_LOCAL)
|
|
|
3556 edit_submode = (char_u *)_(ctrl_x_msgs[CTRL_X_LOCAL_MSG]);
|
|
7
|
3557 else
|
|
|
3558 edit_submode = (char_u *)_(CTRL_X_MSG(ctrl_x_mode));
|
|
|
3559
|
|
|
3560 /* Always add completion for the original text. Note that
|
|
449
|
3561 * "compl_orig_text" itself (not a copy) is added, it will be freed
|
|
|
3562 * when the list of matches is freed. */
|
|
|
3563 compl_orig_text = vim_strnsave(line + compl_col, compl_length);
|
|
|
3564 if (compl_orig_text == NULL || ins_compl_add(compl_orig_text,
|
|
|
3565 -1, NULL, 0, ORIGINAL_TEXT) != OK)
|
|
|
3566 {
|
|
|
3567 vim_free(compl_pattern);
|
|
|
3568 compl_pattern = NULL;
|
|
|
3569 vim_free(compl_orig_text);
|
|
|
3570 compl_orig_text = NULL;
|
|
7
|
3571 return FAIL;
|
|
|
3572 }
|
|
|
3573
|
|
|
3574 /* showmode might reset the internal line pointers, so it must
|
|
|
3575 * be called before line = ml_get(), or when this address is no
|
|
|
3576 * longer needed. -- Acevedo.
|
|
|
3577 */
|
|
|
3578 edit_submode_extra = (char_u *)_("-- Searching...");
|
|
|
3579 edit_submode_highl = HLF_COUNT;
|
|
|
3580 showmode();
|
|
|
3581 edit_submode_extra = NULL;
|
|
|
3582 out_flush();
|
|
|
3583 }
|
|
|
3584
|
|
449
|
3585 compl_shown_match = compl_curr_match;
|
|
|
3586 compl_shows_dir = compl_direction;
|
|
7
|
3587
|
|
|
3588 /*
|
|
|
3589 * Find next match.
|
|
|
3590 */
|
|
449
|
3591 n = ins_compl_next(TRUE);
|
|
|
3592
|
|
|
3593 if (n > 1) /* all matches have been found */
|
|
|
3594 compl_matches = n;
|
|
|
3595 compl_curr_match = compl_shown_match;
|
|
|
3596 compl_direction = compl_shows_dir;
|
|
|
3597 compl_interrupted = FALSE;
|
|
7
|
3598
|
|
|
3599 /* eat the ESC to avoid leaving insert mode */
|
|
|
3600 if (got_int && !global_busy)
|
|
|
3601 {
|
|
|
3602 (void)vgetc();
|
|
|
3603 got_int = FALSE;
|
|
|
3604 }
|
|
|
3605
|
|
449
|
3606 /* we found no match if the list has only the "compl_orig_text"-entry */
|
|
|
3607 if (compl_first_match == compl_first_match->next)
|
|
|
3608 {
|
|
|
3609 edit_submode_extra = (compl_cont_status & CONT_ADDING)
|
|
|
3610 && compl_length > 1
|
|
7
|
3611 ? (char_u *)_(e_hitend) : (char_u *)_(e_patnotf);
|
|
|
3612 edit_submode_highl = HLF_E;
|
|
|
3613 /* remove N_ADDS flag, so next ^X<> won't try to go to ADDING mode,
|
|
|
3614 * because we couldn't expand anything at first place, but if we used
|
|
|
3615 * ^P, ^N, ^X^I or ^X^D we might want to add-expand a single-char-word
|
|
|
3616 * (such as M in M'exico) if not tried already. -- Acevedo */
|
|
449
|
3617 if ( compl_length > 1
|
|
|
3618 || (compl_cont_status & CONT_ADDING)
|
|
7
|
3619 || (ctrl_x_mode != 0
|
|
|
3620 && ctrl_x_mode != CTRL_X_PATH_PATTERNS
|
|
|
3621 && ctrl_x_mode != CTRL_X_PATH_DEFINES))
|
|
449
|
3622 compl_cont_status &= ~CONT_N_ADDS;
|
|
|
3623 }
|
|
|
3624
|
|
|
3625 if (compl_curr_match->original & CONT_S_IPOS)
|
|
|
3626 compl_cont_status |= CONT_S_IPOS;
|
|
7
|
3627 else
|
|
449
|
3628 compl_cont_status &= ~CONT_S_IPOS;
|
|
7
|
3629
|
|
|
3630 if (edit_submode_extra == NULL)
|
|
|
3631 {
|
|
449
|
3632 if (compl_curr_match->original & ORIGINAL_TEXT)
|
|
7
|
3633 {
|
|
|
3634 edit_submode_extra = (char_u *)_("Back at original");
|
|
|
3635 edit_submode_highl = HLF_W;
|
|
|
3636 }
|
|
449
|
3637 else if (compl_cont_status & CONT_S_IPOS)
|
|
7
|
3638 {
|
|
|
3639 edit_submode_extra = (char_u *)_("Word from other line");
|
|
|
3640 edit_submode_highl = HLF_COUNT;
|
|
|
3641 }
|
|
449
|
3642 else if (compl_curr_match->next == compl_curr_match->prev)
|
|
7
|
3643 {
|
|
|
3644 edit_submode_extra = (char_u *)_("The only match");
|
|
|
3645 edit_submode_highl = HLF_COUNT;
|
|
|
3646 }
|
|
|
3647 else
|
|
|
3648 {
|
|
|
3649 /* Update completion sequence number when needed. */
|
|
449
|
3650 if (compl_curr_match->number == -1)
|
|
7
|
3651 {
|
|
|
3652 int number = 0;
|
|
|
3653 struct Completion *match;
|
|
|
3654
|
|
449
|
3655 if (compl_direction == FORWARD)
|
|
7
|
3656 {
|
|
|
3657 /* search backwards for the first valid (!= -1) number.
|
|
|
3658 * This should normally succeed already at the first loop
|
|
|
3659 * cycle, so it's fast! */
|
|
449
|
3660 for (match = compl_curr_match->prev; match != NULL
|
|
|
3661 && match != compl_first_match; match = match->prev)
|
|
7
|
3662 if (match->number != -1)
|
|
|
3663 {
|
|
|
3664 number = match->number;
|
|
|
3665 break;
|
|
|
3666 }
|
|
|
3667 if (match != NULL)
|
|
|
3668 /* go up and assign all numbers which are not assigned
|
|
|
3669 * yet */
|
|
|
3670 for (match = match->next; match
|
|
|
3671 && match->number == -1; match = match->next)
|
|
|
3672 match->number = ++number;
|
|
|
3673 }
|
|
|
3674 else /* BACKWARD */
|
|
|
3675 {
|
|
|
3676 /* search forwards (upwards) for the first valid (!= -1)
|
|
|
3677 * number. This should normally succeed already at the
|
|
|
3678 * first loop cycle, so it's fast! */
|
|
449
|
3679 for (match = compl_curr_match->next; match != NULL
|
|
|
3680 && match != compl_first_match; match = match->next)
|
|
7
|
3681 if (match->number != -1)
|
|
|
3682 {
|
|
|
3683 number = match->number;
|
|
|
3684 break;
|
|
|
3685 }
|
|
|
3686 if (match != NULL)
|
|
|
3687 /* go down and assign all numbers which are not
|
|
|
3688 * assigned yet */
|
|
|
3689 for (match = match->prev; match
|
|
|
3690 && match->number == -1; match = match->prev)
|
|
|
3691 match->number = ++number;
|
|
|
3692 }
|
|
|
3693 }
|
|
|
3694
|
|
|
3695 /* The match should always have a sequnce number now, this is just
|
|
|
3696 * a safety check. */
|
|
449
|
3697 if (compl_curr_match->number != -1)
|
|
7
|
3698 {
|
|
|
3699 /* Space for 10 text chars. + 2x10-digit no.s */
|
|
|
3700 static char_u match_ref[31];
|
|
|
3701
|
|
449
|
3702 if (compl_matches > 0)
|
|
7
|
3703 sprintf((char *)IObuff, _("match %d of %d"),
|
|
449
|
3704 compl_curr_match->number, compl_matches);
|
|
7
|
3705 else
|
|
449
|
3706 sprintf((char *)IObuff, _("match %d"),
|
|
|
3707 compl_curr_match->number);
|
|
419
|
3708 vim_strncpy(match_ref, IObuff, 30);
|
|
7
|
3709 edit_submode_extra = match_ref;
|
|
|
3710 edit_submode_highl = HLF_R;
|
|
|
3711 if (dollar_vcol)
|
|
|
3712 curs_columns(FALSE);
|
|
|
3713 }
|
|
|
3714 }
|
|
|
3715 }
|
|
|
3716
|
|
|
3717 /* Show a message about what (completion) mode we're in. */
|
|
|
3718 showmode();
|
|
|
3719 if (edit_submode_extra != NULL)
|
|
|
3720 {
|
|
|
3721 if (!p_smd)
|
|
|
3722 msg_attr(edit_submode_extra,
|
|
|
3723 edit_submode_highl < HLF_COUNT
|
|
|
3724 ? hl_attr(edit_submode_highl) : 0);
|
|
|
3725 }
|
|
|
3726 else
|
|
|
3727 msg_clr_cmdline(); /* necessary for "noshowmode" */
|
|
|
3728
|
|
|
3729 return OK;
|
|
|
3730 }
|
|
|
3731
|
|
|
3732 /*
|
|
|
3733 * Looks in the first "len" chars. of "src" for search-metachars.
|
|
|
3734 * If dest is not NULL the chars. are copied there quoting (with
|
|
|
3735 * a backslash) the metachars, and dest would be NUL terminated.
|
|
|
3736 * Returns the length (needed) of dest
|
|
|
3737 */
|
|
|
3738 static int
|
|
|
3739 quote_meta(dest, src, len)
|
|
|
3740 char_u *dest;
|
|
|
3741 char_u *src;
|
|
|
3742 int len;
|
|
|
3743 {
|
|
|
3744 int m;
|
|
|
3745
|
|
|
3746 for (m = len; --len >= 0; src++)
|
|
|
3747 {
|
|
|
3748 switch (*src)
|
|
|
3749 {
|
|
|
3750 case '.':
|
|
|
3751 case '*':
|
|
|
3752 case '[':
|
|
|
3753 if (ctrl_x_mode == CTRL_X_DICTIONARY
|
|
|
3754 || ctrl_x_mode == CTRL_X_THESAURUS)
|
|
|
3755 break;
|
|
|
3756 case '~':
|
|
|
3757 if (!p_magic) /* quote these only if magic is set */
|
|
|
3758 break;
|
|
|
3759 case '\\':
|
|
|
3760 if (ctrl_x_mode == CTRL_X_DICTIONARY
|
|
|
3761 || ctrl_x_mode == CTRL_X_THESAURUS)
|
|
|
3762 break;
|
|
|
3763 case '^': /* currently it's not needed. */
|
|
|
3764 case '$':
|
|
|
3765 m++;
|
|
|
3766 if (dest != NULL)
|
|
|
3767 *dest++ = '\\';
|
|
|
3768 break;
|
|
|
3769 }
|
|
|
3770 if (dest != NULL)
|
|
|
3771 *dest++ = *src;
|
|
|
3772 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
|
|
|
3773 /* Copy remaining bytes of a multibyte character. */
|
|
|
3774 if (has_mbyte)
|
|
|
3775 {
|
|
|
3776 int i, mb_len;
|
|
|
3777
|
|
|
3778 mb_len = (*mb_ptr2len_check)(src) - 1;
|
|
|
3779 if (mb_len > 0 && len >= mb_len)
|
|
|
3780 for (i = 0; i < mb_len; ++i)
|
|
|
3781 {
|
|
|
3782 --len;
|
|
|
3783 ++src;
|
|
|
3784 if (dest != NULL)
|
|
|
3785 *dest++ = *src;
|
|
|
3786 }
|
|
|
3787 }
|
|
|
3788 #endif
|
|
|
3789 }
|
|
|
3790 if (dest != NULL)
|
|
|
3791 *dest = NUL;
|
|
|
3792
|
|
|
3793 return m;
|
|
|
3794 }
|
|
|
3795 #endif /* FEAT_INS_EXPAND */
|
|
|
3796
|
|
|
3797 /*
|
|
|
3798 * Next character is interpreted literally.
|
|
|
3799 * A one, two or three digit decimal number is interpreted as its byte value.
|
|
|
3800 * If one or two digits are entered, the next character is given to vungetc().
|
|
|
3801 * For Unicode a character > 255 may be returned.
|
|
|
3802 */
|
|
|
3803 int
|
|
|
3804 get_literal()
|
|
|
3805 {
|
|
|
3806 int cc;
|
|
|
3807 int nc;
|
|
|
3808 int i;
|
|
|
3809 int hex = FALSE;
|
|
|
3810 int octal = FALSE;
|
|
|
3811 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
|
|
|
3812 int unicode = 0;
|
|
|
3813 #endif
|
|
|
3814
|
|
|
3815 if (got_int)
|
|
|
3816 return Ctrl_C;
|
|
|
3817
|
|
|
3818 #ifdef FEAT_GUI
|
|
|
3819 /*
|
|
|
3820 * In GUI there is no point inserting the internal code for a special key.
|
|
|
3821 * It is more useful to insert the string "<KEY>" instead. This would
|
|
|
3822 * probably be useful in a text window too, but it would not be
|
|
|
3823 * vi-compatible (maybe there should be an option for it?) -- webb
|
|
|
3824 */
|
|
|
3825 if (gui.in_use)
|
|
|
3826 ++allow_keys;
|
|
|
3827 #endif
|
|
|
3828 #ifdef USE_ON_FLY_SCROLL
|
|
|
3829 dont_scroll = TRUE; /* disallow scrolling here */
|
|
|
3830 #endif
|
|
|
3831 ++no_mapping; /* don't map the next key hits */
|
|
|
3832 cc = 0;
|
|
|
3833 i = 0;
|
|
|
3834 for (;;)
|
|
|
3835 {
|
|
|
3836 do
|
|
|
3837 nc = safe_vgetc();
|
|
|
3838 while (nc == K_IGNORE || nc == K_VER_SCROLLBAR
|
|
|
3839 || nc == K_HOR_SCROLLBAR);
|
|
|
3840 #ifdef FEAT_CMDL_INFO
|
|
|
3841 if (!(State & CMDLINE)
|
|
|
3842 # ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
|
|
|
3843 && MB_BYTE2LEN_CHECK(nc) == 1
|
|
|
3844 # endif
|
|
|
3845 )
|
|
|
3846 add_to_showcmd(nc);
|
|
|
3847 #endif
|
|
|
3848 if (nc == 'x' || nc == 'X')
|
|
|
3849 hex = TRUE;
|
|
|
3850 else if (nc == 'o' || nc == 'O')
|
|
|
3851 octal = TRUE;
|
|
|
3852 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
|
|
|
3853 else if (nc == 'u' || nc == 'U')
|
|
|
3854 unicode = nc;
|
|
|
3855 #endif
|
|
|
3856 else
|
|
|
3857 {
|
|
|
3858 if (hex
|
|
|
3859 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
|
|
|
3860 || unicode != 0
|
|
|
3861 #endif
|
|
|
3862 )
|
|
|
3863 {
|
|
|
3864 if (!vim_isxdigit(nc))
|
|
|
3865 break;
|
|
|
3866 cc = cc * 16 + hex2nr(nc);
|
|
|
3867 }
|
|
|
3868 else if (octal)
|
|
|
3869 {
|
|
|
3870 if (nc < '0' || nc > '7')
|
|
|
3871 break;
|
|
|
3872 cc = cc * 8 + nc - '0';
|
|
|
3873 }
|
|
|
3874 else
|
|
|
3875 {
|
|
|
3876 if (!VIM_ISDIGIT(nc))
|
|
|
3877 break;
|
|
|
3878 cc = cc * 10 + nc - '0';
|
|
|
3879 }
|
|
|
3880
|
|
|
3881 ++i;
|
|
|
3882 }
|
|
|
3883
|
|
|
3884 if (cc > 255
|
|
|
3885 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
|
|
|
3886 && unicode == 0
|
|
|
3887 #endif
|
|
|
3888 )
|
|
|
3889 cc = 255; /* limit range to 0-255 */
|
|
|
3890 nc = 0;
|
|
|
3891
|
|
|
3892 if (hex) /* hex: up to two chars */
|
|
|
3893 {
|
|
|
3894 if (i >= 2)
|
|
|
3895 break;
|
|
|
3896 }
|
|
|
3897 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
|
|
|
3898 else if (unicode) /* Unicode: up to four or eight chars */
|
|
|
3899 {
|
|
|
3900 if ((unicode == 'u' && i >= 4) || (unicode == 'U' && i >= 8))
|
|
|
3901 break;
|
|
|
3902 }
|
|
|
3903 #endif
|
|
|
3904 else if (i >= 3) /* decimal or octal: up to three chars */
|
|
|
3905 break;
|
|
|
3906 }
|
|
|
3907 if (i == 0) /* no number entered */
|
|
|
3908 {
|
|
|
3909 if (nc == K_ZERO) /* NUL is stored as NL */
|
|
|
3910 {
|
|
|
3911 cc = '\n';
|
|
|
3912 nc = 0;
|
|
|
3913 }
|
|
|
3914 else
|
|
|
3915 {
|
|
|
3916 cc = nc;
|
|
|
3917 nc = 0;
|
|
|
3918 }
|
|
|
3919 }
|
|
|
3920
|
|
|
3921 if (cc == 0) /* NUL is stored as NL */
|
|
|
3922 cc = '\n';
|
|
221
|
3923 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
|
|
|
3924 if (enc_dbcs && (cc & 0xff) == 0)
|
|
|
3925 cc = '?'; /* don't accept an illegal DBCS char, the NUL in the
|
|
|
3926 second byte will cause trouble! */
|
|
|
3927 #endif
|
|
7
|
3928
|
|
|
3929 --no_mapping;
|
|
|
3930 #ifdef FEAT_GUI
|
|
|
3931 if (gui.in_use)
|
|
|
3932 --allow_keys;
|
|
|
3933 #endif
|
|
|
3934 if (nc)
|
|
|
3935 vungetc(nc);
|
|
|
3936 got_int = FALSE; /* CTRL-C typed after CTRL-V is not an interrupt */
|
|
|
3937 return cc;
|
|
|
3938 }
|
|
|
3939
|
|
|
3940 /*
|
|
|
3941 * Insert character, taking care of special keys and mod_mask
|
|
|
3942 */
|
|
|
3943 static void
|
|
|
3944 insert_special(c, allow_modmask, ctrlv)
|
|
|
3945 int c;
|
|
|
3946 int allow_modmask;
|
|
|
3947 int ctrlv; /* c was typed after CTRL-V */
|
|
|
3948 {
|
|
|
3949 char_u *p;
|
|
|
3950 int len;
|
|
|
3951
|
|
|
3952 /*
|
|
|
3953 * Special function key, translate into "<Key>". Up to the last '>' is
|
|
|
3954 * inserted with ins_str(), so as not to replace characters in replace
|
|
|
3955 * mode.
|
|
|
3956 * Only use mod_mask for special keys, to avoid things like <S-Space>,
|
|
|
3957 * unless 'allow_modmask' is TRUE.
|
|
|
3958 */
|
|
|
3959 #ifdef MACOS
|
|
|
3960 /* Command-key never produces a normal key */
|
|
|
3961 if (mod_mask & MOD_MASK_CMD)
|
|
|
3962 allow_modmask = TRUE;
|
|
|
3963 #endif
|
|
|
3964 if (IS_SPECIAL(c) || (mod_mask && allow_modmask))
|
|
|
3965 {
|
|
|
3966 p = get_special_key_name(c, mod_mask);
|
|
|
3967 len = (int)STRLEN(p);
|
|
|
3968 c = p[len - 1];
|
|
|
3969 if (len > 2)
|
|
|
3970 {
|
|
|
3971 if (stop_arrow() == FAIL)
|
|
|
3972 return;
|
|
|
3973 p[len - 1] = NUL;
|
|
|
3974 ins_str(p);
|
|
|
3975 AppendToRedobuffLit(p);
|
|
|
3976 ctrlv = FALSE;
|
|
|
3977 }
|
|
|
3978 }
|
|
|
3979 if (stop_arrow() == OK)
|
|
|
3980 insertchar(c, ctrlv ? INSCHAR_CTRLV : 0, -1);
|
|
|
3981 }
|
|
|
3982
|
|
|
3983 /*
|
|
|
3984 * Special characters in this context are those that need processing other
|
|
|
3985 * than the simple insertion that can be performed here. This includes ESC
|
|
|
3986 * which terminates the insert, and CR/NL which need special processing to
|
|
|
3987 * open up a new line. This routine tries to optimize insertions performed by
|
|
|
3988 * the "redo", "undo" or "put" commands, so it needs to know when it should
|
|
|
3989 * stop and defer processing to the "normal" mechanism.
|
|
|
3990 * '0' and '^' are special, because they can be followed by CTRL-D.
|
|
|
3991 */
|
|
|
3992 #ifdef EBCDIC
|
|
|
3993 # define ISSPECIAL(c) ((c) < ' ' || (c) == '0' || (c) == '^')
|
|
|
3994 #else
|
|
|
3995 # define ISSPECIAL(c) ((c) < ' ' || (c) >= DEL || (c) == '0' || (c) == '^')
|
|
|
3996 #endif
|
|
|
3997
|
|
|
3998 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
|
|
|
3999 # define WHITECHAR(cc) (vim_iswhite(cc) && (!enc_utf8 || !utf_iscomposing(utf_ptr2char(ml_get_cursor() + 1))))
|
|
|
4000 #else
|
|
|
4001 # define WHITECHAR(cc) vim_iswhite(cc)
|
|
|
4002 #endif
|
|
|
4003
|
|
|
4004 void
|
|
|
4005 insertchar(c, flags, second_indent)
|
|
|
4006 int c; /* character to insert or NUL */
|
|
|
4007 int flags; /* INSCHAR_FORMAT, etc. */
|
|
|
4008 int second_indent; /* indent for second line if >= 0 */
|
|
|
4009 {
|
|
|
4010 int haveto_redraw = FALSE;
|
|
|
4011 int textwidth;
|
|
|
4012 #ifdef FEAT_COMMENTS
|
|
|
4013 colnr_T leader_len;
|
|
|
4014 char_u *p;
|
|
|
4015 int no_leader = FALSE;
|
|
|
4016 int do_comments = (flags & INSCHAR_DO_COM);
|
|
|
4017 #endif
|
|
|
4018 int fo_white_par;
|
|
|
4019 int first_line = TRUE;
|
|
|
4020 int fo_ins_blank;
|
|
|
4021 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
|
|
|
4022 int fo_multibyte;
|
|
|
4023 #endif
|
|
|
4024 int save_char = NUL;
|
|
|
4025 int cc;
|
|
|
4026
|
|
|
4027 textwidth = comp_textwidth(flags & INSCHAR_FORMAT);
|
|
|
4028 fo_ins_blank = has_format_option(FO_INS_BLANK);
|
|
|
4029 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
|
|
|
4030 fo_multibyte = has_format_option(FO_MBYTE_BREAK);
|
|
|
4031 #endif
|
|
|
4032 fo_white_par = has_format_option(FO_WHITE_PAR);
|
|
|
4033
|
|
|
4034 /*
|
|
|
4035 * Try to break the line in two or more pieces when:
|
|
|
4036 * - Always do this if we have been called to do formatting only.
|
|
|
4037 * - Always do this when 'formatoptions' has the 'a' flag and the line
|
|
|
4038 * ends in white space.
|
|
|
4039 * - Otherwise:
|
|
|
4040 * - Don't do this if inserting a blank
|
|
|
4041 * - Don't do this if an existing character is being replaced, unless
|
|
|
4042 * we're in VREPLACE mode.
|
|
|
4043 * - Do this if the cursor is not on the line where insert started
|
|
|
4044 * or - 'formatoptions' doesn't have 'l' or the line was not too long
|
|
|
4045 * before the insert.
|
|
|
4046 * - 'formatoptions' doesn't have 'b' or a blank was inserted at or
|
|
|
4047 * before 'textwidth'
|
|
|
4048 */
|
|
|
4049 if (textwidth
|
|
|
4050 && ((flags & INSCHAR_FORMAT)
|
|
|
4051 || (!vim_iswhite(c)
|
|
|
4052 && !((State & REPLACE_FLAG)
|
|
|
4053 #ifdef FEAT_VREPLACE
|
|
|
4054 && !(State & VREPLACE_FLAG)
|
|
|
4055 #endif
|
|
|
4056 && *ml_get_cursor() != NUL)
|
|
|
4057 && (curwin->w_cursor.lnum != Insstart.lnum
|
|
|
4058 || ((!has_format_option(FO_INS_LONG)
|
|
|
4059 || Insstart_textlen <= (colnr_T)textwidth)
|
|
|
4060 && (!fo_ins_blank
|
|
|
4061 || Insstart_blank_vcol <= (colnr_T)textwidth
|
|
|
4062 ))))))
|
|
|
4063 {
|
|
|
4064 /*
|
|
|
4065 * When 'ai' is off we don't want a space under the cursor to be
|
|
|
4066 * deleted. Replace it with an 'x' temporarily.
|
|
|
4067 */
|
|
|
4068 if (!curbuf->b_p_ai)
|
|
|
4069 {
|
|
|
4070 cc = gchar_cursor();
|
|
|
4071 if (vim_iswhite(cc))
|
|
|
4072 {
|
|
|
4073 save_char = cc;
|
|
|
4074 pchar_cursor('x');
|
|
|
4075 }
|
|
|
4076 }
|
|
|
4077
|
|
|
4078 /*
|
|
|
4079 * Repeat breaking lines, until the current line is not too long.
|
|
|
4080 */
|
|
|
4081 while (!got_int)
|
|
|
4082 {
|
|
|
4083 int startcol; /* Cursor column at entry */
|
|
|
4084 int wantcol; /* column at textwidth border */
|
|
|
4085 int foundcol; /* column for start of spaces */
|
|
|
4086 int end_foundcol = 0; /* column for start of word */
|
|
|
4087 colnr_T len;
|
|
|
4088 colnr_T virtcol;
|
|
|
4089 #ifdef FEAT_VREPLACE
|
|
|
4090 int orig_col = 0;
|
|
|
4091 char_u *saved_text = NULL;
|
|
|
4092 #endif
|
|
|
4093 colnr_T col;
|
|
|
4094
|
|
|
4095 virtcol = get_nolist_virtcol();
|
|
|
4096 if (virtcol < (colnr_T)textwidth)
|
|
|
4097 break;
|
|
|
4098
|
|
|
4099 #ifdef FEAT_COMMENTS
|
|
|
4100 if (no_leader)
|
|
|
4101 do_comments = FALSE;
|
|
|
4102 else if (!(flags & INSCHAR_FORMAT)
|
|
|
4103 && has_format_option(FO_WRAP_COMS))
|
|
|
4104 do_comments = TRUE;
|
|
|
4105
|
|
|
4106 /* Don't break until after the comment leader */
|
|
|
4107 if (do_comments)
|
|
|
4108 leader_len = get_leader_len(ml_get_curline(), NULL, FALSE);
|
|
|
4109 else
|
|
|
4110 leader_len = 0;
|
|
|
4111
|
|
|
4112 /* If the line doesn't start with a comment leader, then don't
|
|
|
4113 * start one in a following broken line. Avoids that a %word
|
|
|
4114 * moved to the start of the next line causes all following lines
|
|
|
4115 * to start with %. */
|
|
|
4116 if (leader_len == 0)
|
|
|
4117 no_leader = TRUE;
|
|
|
4118 #endif
|
|
|
4119 if (!(flags & INSCHAR_FORMAT)
|
|
|
4120 #ifdef FEAT_COMMENTS
|
|
|
4121 && leader_len == 0
|
|
|
4122 #endif
|
|
|
4123 && !has_format_option(FO_WRAP))
|
|
|
4124
|
|
|
4125 {
|
|
|
4126 textwidth = 0;
|
|
|
4127 break;
|
|
|
4128 }
|
|
|
4129 if ((startcol = curwin->w_cursor.col) == 0)
|
|
|
4130 break;
|
|
|
4131
|
|
|
4132 /* find column of textwidth border */
|
|
|
4133 coladvance((colnr_T)textwidth);
|
|
|
4134 wantcol = curwin->w_cursor.col;
|
|
|
4135
|
|
|
4136 curwin->w_cursor.col = startcol - 1;
|
|
|
4137 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
|
|
|
4138 /* Correct cursor for multi-byte character. */
|
|
|
4139 if (has_mbyte)
|
|
|
4140 mb_adjust_cursor();
|
|
|
4141 #endif
|
|
|
4142 foundcol = 0;
|
|
|
4143
|
|
|
4144 /*
|
|
|
4145 * Find position to break at.
|
|
|
4146 * Stop at first entered white when 'formatoptions' has 'v'
|
|
|
4147 */
|
|
|
4148 while ((!fo_ins_blank && !has_format_option(FO_INS_VI))
|
|
|
4149 || curwin->w_cursor.lnum != Insstart.lnum
|
|
|
4150 || curwin->w_cursor.col >= Insstart.col)
|
|
|
4151 {
|
|
|
4152 cc = gchar_cursor();
|
|
|
4153 if (WHITECHAR(cc))
|
|
|
4154 {
|
|
|
4155 /* remember position of blank just before text */
|
|
|
4156 end_foundcol = curwin->w_cursor.col;
|
|
|
4157
|
|
|
4158 /* find start of sequence of blanks */
|
|
|
4159 while (curwin->w_cursor.col > 0 && WHITECHAR(cc))
|
|
|
4160 {
|
|
|
4161 dec_cursor();
|
|
|
4162 cc = gchar_cursor();
|
|
|
4163 }
|
|
|
4164 if (curwin->w_cursor.col == 0 && WHITECHAR(cc))
|
|
|
4165 break; /* only spaces in front of text */
|
|
|
4166 #ifdef FEAT_COMMENTS
|
|
|
4167 /* Don't break until after the comment leader */
|
|
|
4168 if (curwin->w_cursor.col < leader_len)
|
|
|
4169 break;
|
|
|
4170 #endif
|
|
|
4171 if (has_format_option(FO_ONE_LETTER))
|
|
|
4172 {
|
|
|
4173 /* do not break after one-letter words */
|
|
|
4174 if (curwin->w_cursor.col == 0)
|
|
|
4175 break; /* one-letter word at begin */
|
|
|
4176
|
|
|
4177 col = curwin->w_cursor.col;
|
|
|
4178 dec_cursor();
|
|
|
4179 cc = gchar_cursor();
|
|
|
4180
|
|
|
4181 if (WHITECHAR(cc))
|
|
|
4182 continue; /* one-letter, continue */
|
|
|
4183 curwin->w_cursor.col = col;
|
|
|
4184 }
|
|
|
4185 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
|
|
|
4186 if (has_mbyte)
|
|
|
4187 foundcol = curwin->w_cursor.col
|
|
|
4188 + (*mb_ptr2len_check)(ml_get_cursor());
|
|
|
4189 else
|
|
|
4190 #endif
|
|
|
4191 foundcol = curwin->w_cursor.col + 1;
|
|
|
4192 if (curwin->w_cursor.col < (colnr_T)wantcol)
|
|
|
4193 break;
|
|
|
4194 }
|
|
|
4195 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
|
|
|
4196 else if (cc >= 0x100 && fo_multibyte
|
|
|
4197 && curwin->w_cursor.col <= (colnr_T)wantcol)
|
|
|
4198 {
|
|
|
4199 /* Break after or before a multi-byte character. */
|
|
|
4200 foundcol = curwin->w_cursor.col;
|
|
|
4201 if (curwin->w_cursor.col < (colnr_T)wantcol)
|
|
|
4202 foundcol += (*mb_char2len)(cc);
|
|
|
4203 end_foundcol = foundcol;
|
|
|
4204 break;
|
|
|
4205 }
|
|
|
4206 #endif
|
|
|
4207 if (curwin->w_cursor.col == 0)
|
|
|
4208 break;
|
|
|
4209 dec_cursor();
|
|
|
4210 }
|
|
|
4211
|
|
|
4212 if (foundcol == 0) /* no spaces, cannot break line */
|
|
|
4213 {
|
|
|
4214 curwin->w_cursor.col = startcol;
|
|
|
4215 break;
|
|
|
4216 }
|
|
|
4217
|
|
|
4218 /* Going to break the line, remove any "$" now. */
|
|
|
4219 undisplay_dollar();
|
|
|
4220
|
|
|
4221 /*
|
|
|
4222 * Offset between cursor position and line break is used by replace
|
|
|
4223 * stack functions. VREPLACE does not use this, and backspaces
|
|
|
4224 * over the text instead.
|
|
|
4225 */
|
|
|
4226 #ifdef FEAT_VREPLACE
|
|
|
4227 if (State & VREPLACE_FLAG)
|
|
|
4228 orig_col = startcol; /* Will start backspacing from here */
|
|
|
4229 else
|
|
|
4230 #endif
|
|
|
4231 replace_offset = startcol - end_foundcol - 1;
|
|
|
4232
|
|
|
4233 /*
|
|
|
4234 * adjust startcol for spaces that will be deleted and
|
|
|
4235 * characters that will remain on top line
|
|
|
4236 */
|
|
|
4237 curwin->w_cursor.col = foundcol;
|
|
|
4238 while (cc = gchar_cursor(), WHITECHAR(cc))
|
|
|
4239 inc_cursor();
|
|
|
4240 startcol -= curwin->w_cursor.col;
|
|
|
4241 if (startcol < 0)
|
|
|
4242 startcol = 0;
|
|
|
4243
|
|
|
4244 #ifdef FEAT_VREPLACE
|
|
|
4245 if (State & VREPLACE_FLAG)
|
|
|
4246 {
|
|
|
4247 /*
|
|
|
4248 * In VREPLACE mode, we will backspace over the text to be
|
|
|
4249 * wrapped, so save a copy now to put on the next line.
|
|
|
4250 */
|
|
|
4251 saved_text = vim_strsave(ml_get_cursor());
|
|
|
4252 curwin->w_cursor.col = orig_col;
|
|
|
4253 if (saved_text == NULL)
|
|
|
4254 break; /* Can't do it, out of memory */
|
|
|
4255 saved_text[startcol] = NUL;
|
|
|
4256
|
|
|
4257 /* Backspace over characters that will move to the next line */
|
|
|
4258 if (!fo_white_par)
|
|
|
4259 backspace_until_column(foundcol);
|
|
|
4260 }
|
|
|
4261 else
|
|
|
4262 #endif
|
|
|
4263 {
|
|
|
4264 /* put cursor after pos. to break line */
|
|
|
4265 if (!fo_white_par)
|
|
|
4266 curwin->w_cursor.col = foundcol;
|
|
|
4267 }
|
|
|
4268
|
|
|
4269 /*
|
|
|
4270 * Split the line just before the margin.
|
|
|
4271 * Only insert/delete lines, but don't really redraw the window.
|
|
|
4272 */
|
|
|
4273 open_line(FORWARD, OPENLINE_DELSPACES + OPENLINE_MARKFIX
|
|
|
4274 + (fo_white_par ? OPENLINE_KEEPTRAIL : 0)
|
|
|
4275 #ifdef FEAT_COMMENTS
|
|
|
4276 + (do_comments ? OPENLINE_DO_COM : 0)
|
|
|
4277 #endif
|
|
|
4278 , old_indent);
|
|
|
4279 old_indent = 0;
|
|
|
4280
|
|
|
4281 replace_offset = 0;
|
|
|
4282 if (first_line)
|
|
|
4283 {
|
|
|
4284 if (second_indent < 0 && has_format_option(FO_Q_NUMBER))
|
|
|
4285 second_indent = get_number_indent(curwin->w_cursor.lnum -1);
|
|
|
4286 if (second_indent >= 0)
|
|
|
4287 {
|
|
|
4288 #ifdef FEAT_VREPLACE
|
|
|
4289 if (State & VREPLACE_FLAG)
|
|
|
4290 change_indent(INDENT_SET, second_indent, FALSE, NUL);
|
|
|
4291 else
|
|
|
4292 #endif
|
|
|
4293 (void)set_indent(second_indent, SIN_CHANGED);
|
|
|
4294 }
|
|
|
4295 first_line = FALSE;
|
|
|
4296 }
|
|
|
4297
|
|
|
4298 #ifdef FEAT_VREPLACE
|
|
|
4299 if (State & VREPLACE_FLAG)
|
|
|
4300 {
|
|
|
4301 /*
|
|
|
4302 * In VREPLACE mode we have backspaced over the text to be
|
|
|
4303 * moved, now we re-insert it into the new line.
|
|
|
4304 */
|
|
|
4305 ins_bytes(saved_text);
|
|
|
4306 vim_free(saved_text);
|
|
|
4307 }
|
|
|
4308 else
|
|
|
4309 #endif
|
|
|
4310 {
|
|
|
4311 /*
|
|
|
4312 * Check if cursor is not past the NUL off the line, cindent
|
|
|
4313 * may have added or removed indent.
|
|
|
4314 */
|
|
|
4315 curwin->w_cursor.col += startcol;
|
|
|
4316 len = (colnr_T)STRLEN(ml_get_curline());
|
|
|
4317 if (curwin->w_cursor.col > len)
|
|
|
4318 curwin->w_cursor.col = len;
|
|
|
4319 }
|
|
|
4320
|
|
|
4321 haveto_redraw = TRUE;
|
|
|
4322 #ifdef FEAT_CINDENT
|
|
|
4323 can_cindent = TRUE;
|
|
|
4324 #endif
|
|
|
4325 /* moved the cursor, don't autoindent or cindent now */
|
|
|
4326 did_ai = FALSE;
|
|
|
4327 #ifdef FEAT_SMARTINDENT
|
|
|
4328 did_si = FALSE;
|
|
|
4329 can_si = FALSE;
|
|
|
4330 can_si_back = FALSE;
|
|
|
4331 #endif
|
|
|
4332 line_breakcheck();
|
|
|
4333 }
|
|
|
4334
|
|
|
4335 if (save_char) /* put back space after cursor */
|
|
|
4336 pchar_cursor(save_char);
|
|
|
4337
|
|
|
4338 if (c == NUL) /* formatting only */
|
|
|
4339 return;
|
|
|
4340 if (haveto_redraw)
|
|
|
4341 {
|
|
|
4342 update_topline();
|
|
|
4343 redraw_curbuf_later(VALID);
|
|
|
4344 }
|
|
|
4345 }
|
|
|
4346 if (c == NUL) /* only formatting was wanted */
|
|
|
4347 return;
|
|
|
4348
|
|
|
4349 #ifdef FEAT_COMMENTS
|
|
|
4350 /* Check whether this character should end a comment. */
|
|
|
4351 if (did_ai && (int)c == end_comment_pending)
|
|
|
4352 {
|
|
|
4353 char_u *line;
|
|
|
4354 char_u lead_end[COM_MAX_LEN]; /* end-comment string */
|
|
|
4355 int middle_len, end_len;
|
|
|
4356 int i;
|
|
|
4357
|
|
|
4358 /*
|
|
|
4359 * Need to remove existing (middle) comment leader and insert end
|
|
|
4360 * comment leader. First, check what comment leader we can find.
|
|
|
4361 */
|
|
|
4362 i = get_leader_len(line = ml_get_curline(), &p, FALSE);
|
|
|
4363 if (i > 0 && vim_strchr(p, COM_MIDDLE) != NULL) /* Just checking */
|
|
|
4364 {
|
|
|
4365 /* Skip middle-comment string */
|
|
|
4366 while (*p && p[-1] != ':') /* find end of middle flags */
|
|
|
4367 ++p;
|
|
|
4368 middle_len = copy_option_part(&p, lead_end, COM_MAX_LEN, ",");
|
|
|
4369 /* Don't count trailing white space for middle_len */
|
|
|
4370 while (middle_len > 0 && vim_iswhite(lead_end[middle_len - 1]))
|
|
|
4371 --middle_len;
|
|
|
4372
|
|
|
4373 /* Find the end-comment string */
|
|
|
4374 while (*p && p[-1] != ':') /* find end of end flags */
|
|
|
4375 ++p;
|
|
|
4376 end_len = copy_option_part(&p, lead_end, COM_MAX_LEN, ",");
|
|
|
4377
|
|
|
4378 /* Skip white space before the cursor */
|
|
|
4379 i = curwin->w_cursor.col;
|
|
|
4380 while (--i >= 0 && vim_iswhite(line[i]))
|
|
|
4381 ;
|
|
|
4382 i++;
|
|
|
4383
|
|
|
4384 /* Skip to before the middle leader */
|
|
|
4385 i -= middle_len;
|
|
|
4386
|
|
|
4387 /* Check some expected things before we go on */
|
|
|
4388 if (i >= 0 && lead_end[end_len - 1] == end_comment_pending)
|
|
|
4389 {
|
|
|
4390 /* Backspace over all the stuff we want to replace */
|
|
|
4391 backspace_until_column(i);
|
|
|
4392
|
|
|
4393 /*
|
|
|
4394 * Insert the end-comment string, except for the last
|
|
|
4395 * character, which will get inserted as normal later.
|
|
|
4396 */
|
|
|
4397 ins_bytes_len(lead_end, end_len - 1);
|
|
|
4398 }
|
|
|
4399 }
|
|
|
4400 }
|
|
|
4401 end_comment_pending = NUL;
|
|
|
4402 #endif
|
|
|
4403
|
|
|
4404 did_ai = FALSE;
|
|
|
4405 #ifdef FEAT_SMARTINDENT
|
|
|
4406 did_si = FALSE;
|
|
|
4407 can_si = FALSE;
|
|
|
4408 can_si_back = FALSE;
|
|
|
4409 #endif
|
|
|
4410
|
|
|
4411 /*
|
|
|
4412 * If there's any pending input, grab up to INPUT_BUFLEN at once.
|
|
|
4413 * This speeds up normal text input considerably.
|
|
|
4414 * Don't do this when 'cindent' or 'indentexpr' is set, because we might
|
|
|
4415 * need to re-indent at a ':', or any other character (but not what
|
|
|
4416 * 'paste' is set)..
|
|
|
4417 */
|
|
|
4418 #ifdef USE_ON_FLY_SCROLL
|
|
|
4419 dont_scroll = FALSE; /* allow scrolling here */
|
|
|
4420 #endif
|
|
|
4421
|
|
|
4422 if ( !ISSPECIAL(c)
|
|
|
4423 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
|
|
|
4424 && (!has_mbyte || (*mb_char2len)(c) == 1)
|
|
|
4425 #endif
|
|
|
4426 && vpeekc() != NUL
|
|
|
4427 && !(State & REPLACE_FLAG)
|
|
|
4428 #ifdef FEAT_CINDENT
|
|
|
4429 && !cindent_on()
|
|
|
4430 #endif
|
|
|
4431 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT
|
|
|
4432 && !p_ri
|
|
|
4433 #endif
|
|
|
4434 )
|
|
|
4435 {
|
|
|
4436 #define INPUT_BUFLEN 100
|
|
|
4437 char_u buf[INPUT_BUFLEN + 1];
|
|
|
4438 int i;
|
|
|
4439 colnr_T virtcol = 0;
|
|
|
4440
|
|
|
4441 buf[0] = c;
|
|
|
4442 i = 1;
|
|
|
4443 if (textwidth)
|
|
|
4444 virtcol = get_nolist_virtcol();
|
|
|
4445 /*
|
|
|
4446 * Stop the string when:
|
|
|
4447 * - no more chars available
|
|
|
4448 * - finding a special character (command key)
|
|
|
4449 * - buffer is full
|
|
|
4450 * - running into the 'textwidth' boundary
|
|
|
4451 * - need to check for abbreviation: A non-word char after a word-char
|
|
|
4452 */
|
|
|
4453 while ( (c = vpeekc()) != NUL
|
|
|
4454 && !ISSPECIAL(c)
|
|
|
4455 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
|
|
|
4456 && (!has_mbyte || MB_BYTE2LEN_CHECK(c) == 1)
|
|
|
4457 #endif
|
|
|
4458 && i < INPUT_BUFLEN
|
|
|
4459 && (textwidth == 0
|
|
|
4460 || (virtcol += byte2cells(buf[i - 1])) < (colnr_T)textwidth)
|
|
|
4461 && !(!no_abbr && !vim_iswordc(c) && vim_iswordc(buf[i - 1])))
|
|
|
4462 {
|
|
|
4463 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT
|
|
|
4464 c = vgetc();
|
|
|
4465 if (p_hkmap && KeyTyped)
|
|
|
4466 c = hkmap(c); /* Hebrew mode mapping */
|
|
|
4467 # ifdef FEAT_FKMAP
|
|
|
4468 if (p_fkmap && KeyTyped)
|
|
|
4469 c = fkmap(c); /* Farsi mode mapping */
|
|
|
4470 # endif
|
|
|
4471 buf[i++] = c;
|
|
|
4472 #else
|
|
|
4473 buf[i++] = vgetc();
|
|
|
4474 #endif
|
|
|
4475 }
|
|
|
4476
|
|
|
4477 #ifdef FEAT_DIGRAPHS
|
|
|
4478 do_digraph(-1); /* clear digraphs */
|
|
|
4479 do_digraph(buf[i-1]); /* may be the start of a digraph */
|
|
|
4480 #endif
|
|
|
4481 buf[i] = NUL;
|
|
|
4482 ins_str(buf);
|
|
|
4483 if (flags & INSCHAR_CTRLV)
|
|
|
4484 {
|
|
|
4485 redo_literal(*buf);
|
|
|
4486 i = 1;
|
|
|
4487 }
|
|
|
4488 else
|
|
|
4489 i = 0;
|
|
|
4490 if (buf[i] != NUL)
|
|
|
4491 AppendToRedobuffLit(buf + i);
|
|
|
4492 }
|
|
|
4493 else
|
|
|
4494 {
|
|
|
4495 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
|
|
|
4496 if (has_mbyte && (cc = (*mb_char2len)(c)) > 1)
|
|
|
4497 {
|
|
|
4498 char_u buf[MB_MAXBYTES + 1];
|
|
|
4499
|
|
|
4500 (*mb_char2bytes)(c, buf);
|
|
|
4501 buf[cc] = NUL;
|
|
|
4502 ins_char_bytes(buf, cc);
|
|
|
4503 AppendCharToRedobuff(c);
|
|
|
4504 }
|
|
|
4505 else
|
|
|
4506 #endif
|
|
|
4507 {
|
|
|
4508 ins_char(c);
|
|
|
4509 if (flags & INSCHAR_CTRLV)
|
|
|
4510 redo_literal(c);
|
|
|
4511 else
|
|
|
4512 AppendCharToRedobuff(c);
|
|
|
4513 }
|
|
|
4514 }
|
|
|
4515 }
|
|
|
4516
|
|
|
4517 /*
|
|
|
4518 * Called after inserting or deleting text: When 'formatoptions' includes the
|
|
|
4519 * 'a' flag format from the current line until the end of the paragraph.
|
|
|
4520 * Keep the cursor at the same position relative to the text.
|
|
|
4521 * The caller must have saved the cursor line for undo, following ones will be
|
|
|
4522 * saved here.
|
|
|
4523 */
|
|
|
4524 void
|
|
|
4525 auto_format(trailblank, prev_line)
|
|
|
4526 int trailblank; /* when TRUE also format with trailing blank */
|
|
|
4527 int prev_line; /* may start in previous line */
|
|
|
4528 {
|
|
|
4529 pos_T pos;
|
|
|
4530 colnr_T len;
|
|
|
4531 char_u *old;
|
|
|
4532 char_u *new, *pnew;
|
|
|
4533 int wasatend;
|
|
301
|
4534 int cc;
|
|
7
|
4535
|
|
|
4536 if (!has_format_option(FO_AUTO))
|
|
|
4537 return;
|
|
|
4538
|
|
|
4539 pos = curwin->w_cursor;
|
|
|
4540 old = ml_get_curline();
|
|
|
4541
|
|
|
4542 /* may remove added space */
|
|
|
4543 check_auto_format(FALSE);
|
|
|
4544
|
|
|
4545 /* Don't format in Insert mode when the cursor is on a trailing blank, the
|
|
|
4546 * user might insert normal text next. Also skip formatting when "1" is
|
|
|
4547 * in 'formatoptions' and there is a single character before the cursor.
|
|
|
4548 * Otherwise the line would be broken and when typing another non-white
|
|
|
4549 * next they are not joined back together. */
|
|
|
4550 wasatend = (pos.col == STRLEN(old));
|
|
|
4551 if (*old != NUL && !trailblank && wasatend)
|
|
|
4552 {
|
|
|
4553 dec_cursor();
|
|
301
|
4554 cc = gchar_cursor();
|
|
|
4555 if (!WHITECHAR(cc) && curwin->w_cursor.col > 0
|
|
|
4556 && has_format_option(FO_ONE_LETTER))
|
|
7
|
4557 dec_cursor();
|
|
301
|
4558 cc = gchar_cursor();
|
|
|
4559 if (WHITECHAR(cc))
|
|
7
|
4560 {
|
|
|
4561 curwin->w_cursor = pos;
|
|
|
4562 return;
|
|
|
4563 }
|
|
|
4564 curwin->w_cursor = pos;
|
|
|
4565 }
|
|
|
4566
|
|
|
4567 #ifdef FEAT_COMMENTS
|
|
|
4568 /* With the 'c' flag in 'formatoptions' and 't' missing: only format
|
|
|
4569 * comments. */
|
|
|
4570 if (has_format_option(FO_WRAP_COMS) && !has_format_option(FO_WRAP)
|
|
|
4571 && get_leader_len(old, NULL, FALSE) == 0)
|
|
|
4572 return;
|
|
|
4573 #endif
|
|
|
4574
|
|
|
4575 /*
|
|
|
4576 * May start formatting in a previous line, so that after "x" a word is
|
|
|
4577 * moved to the previous line if it fits there now. Only when this is not
|
|
|
4578 * the start of a paragraph.
|
|
|
4579 */
|
|
|
4580 if (prev_line && !paragraph_start(curwin->w_cursor.lnum))
|
|
|
4581 {
|
|
|
4582 --curwin->w_cursor.lnum;
|
|
|
4583 if (u_save_cursor() == FAIL)
|
|
|
4584 return;
|
|
|
4585 }
|
|
|
4586
|
|
|
4587 /*
|
|
|
4588 * Do the formatting and restore the cursor position. "saved_cursor" will
|
|
|
4589 * be adjusted for the text formatting.
|
|
|
4590 */
|
|
|
4591 saved_cursor = pos;
|
|
|
4592 format_lines((linenr_T)-1);
|
|
|
4593 curwin->w_cursor = saved_cursor;
|
|
|
4594 saved_cursor.lnum = 0;
|
|
|
4595
|
|
|
4596 if (curwin->w_cursor.lnum > curbuf->b_ml.ml_line_count)
|
|
|
4597 {
|
|
|
4598 /* "cannot happen" */
|
|
|
4599 curwin->w_cursor.lnum = curbuf->b_ml.ml_line_count;
|
|
|
4600 coladvance((colnr_T)MAXCOL);
|
|
|
4601 }
|
|
|
4602 else
|
|
|
4603 check_cursor_col();
|
|
|
4604
|
|
|
4605 /* Insert mode: If the cursor is now after the end of the line while it
|
|
|
4606 * previously wasn't, the line was broken. Because of the rule above we
|
|
|
4607 * need to add a space when 'w' is in 'formatoptions' to keep a paragraph
|
|
|
4608 * formatted. */
|
|
|
4609 if (!wasatend && has_format_option(FO_WHITE_PAR))
|
|
|
4610 {
|
|
|
4611 new = ml_get_curline();
|
|
|
4612 len = STRLEN(new);
|
|
|
4613 if (curwin->w_cursor.col == len)
|
|
|
4614 {
|
|
|
4615 pnew = vim_strnsave(new, len + 2);
|
|
|
4616 pnew[len] = ' ';
|
|
|
4617 pnew[len + 1] = NUL;
|
|
|
4618 ml_replace(curwin->w_cursor.lnum, pnew, FALSE);
|
|
|
4619 /* remove the space later */
|
|
|
4620 did_add_space = TRUE;
|
|
|
4621 }
|
|
|
4622 else
|
|
|
4623 /* may remove added space */
|
|
|
4624 check_auto_format(FALSE);
|
|
|
4625 }
|
|
|
4626
|
|
|
4627 check_cursor();
|
|
|
4628 }
|
|
|
4629
|
|
|
4630 /*
|
|
|
4631 * When an extra space was added to continue a paragraph for auto-formatting,
|
|
|
4632 * delete it now. The space must be under the cursor, just after the insert
|
|
|
4633 * position.
|
|
|
4634 */
|
|
|
4635 static void
|
|
|
4636 check_auto_format(end_insert)
|
|
|
4637 int end_insert; /* TRUE when ending Insert mode */
|
|
|
4638 {
|
|
|
4639 int c = ' ';
|
|
301
|
4640 int cc;
|
|
7
|
4641
|
|
|
4642 if (did_add_space)
|
|
|
4643 {
|
|
301
|
4644 cc = gchar_cursor();
|
|
|
4645 if (!WHITECHAR(cc))
|
|
7
|
4646 /* Somehow the space was removed already. */
|
|
|
4647 did_add_space = FALSE;
|
|
|
4648 else
|
|
|
4649 {
|
|
|
4650 if (!end_insert)
|
|
|
4651 {
|
|
|
4652 inc_cursor();
|
|
|
4653 c = gchar_cursor();
|
|
|
4654 dec_cursor();
|
|
|
4655 }
|
|
|
4656 if (c != NUL)
|
|
|
4657 {
|
|
|
4658 /* The space is no longer at the end of the line, delete it. */
|
|
|
4659 del_char(FALSE);
|
|
|
4660 did_add_space = FALSE;
|
|
|
4661 }
|
|
|
4662 }
|
|
|
4663 }
|
|
|
4664 }
|
|
|
4665
|
|
|
4666 /*
|
|
|
4667 * Find out textwidth to be used for formatting:
|
|
|
4668 * if 'textwidth' option is set, use it
|
|
|
4669 * else if 'wrapmargin' option is set, use W_WIDTH(curwin) - 'wrapmargin'
|
|
|
4670 * if invalid value, use 0.
|
|
|
4671 * Set default to window width (maximum 79) for "gq" operator.
|
|
|
4672 */
|
|
|
4673 int
|
|
|
4674 comp_textwidth(ff)
|
|
|
4675 int ff; /* force formatting (for "Q" command) */
|
|
|
4676 {
|
|
|
4677 int textwidth;
|
|
|
4678
|
|
|
4679 textwidth = curbuf->b_p_tw;
|
|
|
4680 if (textwidth == 0 && curbuf->b_p_wm)
|
|
|
4681 {
|
|
|
4682 /* The width is the window width minus 'wrapmargin' minus all the
|
|
|
4683 * things that add to the margin. */
|
|
|
4684 textwidth = W_WIDTH(curwin) - curbuf->b_p_wm;
|
|
|
4685 #ifdef FEAT_CMDWIN
|
|
|
4686 if (cmdwin_type != 0)
|
|
|
4687 textwidth -= 1;
|
|
|
4688 #endif
|
|
|
4689 #ifdef FEAT_FOLDING
|
|
|
4690 textwidth -= curwin->w_p_fdc;
|
|
|
4691 #endif
|
|
|
4692 #ifdef FEAT_SIGNS
|
|
|
4693 if (curwin->w_buffer->b_signlist != NULL
|
|
|
4694 # ifdef FEAT_NETBEANS_INTG
|
|
|
4695 || usingNetbeans
|
|
|
4696 # endif
|
|
|
4697 )
|
|
|
4698 textwidth -= 1;
|
|
|
4699 #endif
|
|
|
4700 if (curwin->w_p_nu)
|
|
|
4701 textwidth -= 8;
|
|
|
4702 }
|
|
|
4703 if (textwidth < 0)
|
|
|
4704 textwidth = 0;
|
|
|
4705 if (ff && textwidth == 0)
|
|
|
4706 {
|
|
|
4707 textwidth = W_WIDTH(curwin) - 1;
|
|
|
4708 if (textwidth > 79)
|
|
|
4709 textwidth = 79;
|
|
|
4710 }
|
|
|
4711 return textwidth;
|
|
|
4712 }
|
|
|
4713
|
|
|
4714 /*
|
|
|
4715 * Put a character in the redo buffer, for when just after a CTRL-V.
|
|
|
4716 */
|
|
|
4717 static void
|
|
|
4718 redo_literal(c)
|
|
|
4719 int c;
|
|
|
4720 {
|
|
|
4721 char_u buf[10];
|
|
|
4722
|
|
|
4723 /* Only digits need special treatment. Translate them into a string of
|
|
|
4724 * three digits. */
|
|
|
4725 if (VIM_ISDIGIT(c))
|
|
|
4726 {
|
|
|
4727 sprintf((char *)buf, "%03d", c);
|
|
|
4728 AppendToRedobuff(buf);
|
|
|
4729 }
|
|
|
4730 else
|
|
|
4731 AppendCharToRedobuff(c);
|
|
|
4732 }
|
|
|
4733
|
|
|
4734 /*
|
|
|
4735 * start_arrow() is called when an arrow key is used in insert mode.
|
|
|
4736 * It resembles hitting the <ESC> key.
|
|
|
4737 */
|
|
|
4738 static void
|
|
|
4739 start_arrow(end_insert_pos)
|
|
|
4740 pos_T *end_insert_pos;
|
|
|
4741 {
|
|
|
4742 if (!arrow_used) /* something has been inserted */
|
|
|
4743 {
|
|
|
4744 AppendToRedobuff(ESC_STR);
|
|
|
4745 stop_insert(end_insert_pos, FALSE);
|
|
|
4746 arrow_used = TRUE; /* this means we stopped the current insert */
|
|
|
4747 }
|
|
221
|
4748 #ifdef FEAT_SYN_HL
|
|
|
4749 check_spell_redraw();
|
|
|
4750 #endif
|
|
7
|
4751 }
|
|
|
4752
|
|
221
|
4753 #ifdef FEAT_SYN_HL
|
|
|
4754 /*
|
|
|
4755 * If we skipped highlighting word at cursor, do it now.
|
|
|
4756 * It may be skipped again, thus reset spell_redraw_lnum first.
|
|
|
4757 */
|
|
|
4758 static void
|
|
|
4759 check_spell_redraw()
|
|
|
4760 {
|
|
|
4761 if (spell_redraw_lnum != 0)
|
|
|
4762 {
|
|
|
4763 linenr_T lnum = spell_redraw_lnum;
|
|
|
4764
|
|
|
4765 spell_redraw_lnum = 0;
|
|
|
4766 redrawWinline(lnum, FALSE);
|
|
|
4767 }
|
|
|
4768 }
|
|
|
4769 #endif
|
|
|
4770
|
|
7
|
4771 /*
|
|
|
4772 * stop_arrow() is called before a change is made in insert mode.
|
|
|
4773 * If an arrow key has been used, start a new insertion.
|
|
|
4774 * Returns FAIL if undo is impossible, shouldn't insert then.
|
|
|
4775 */
|
|
|
4776 int
|
|
|
4777 stop_arrow()
|
|
|
4778 {
|
|
|
4779 if (arrow_used)
|
|
|
4780 {
|
|
|
4781 if (u_save_cursor() == OK)
|
|
|
4782 {
|
|
|
4783 arrow_used = FALSE;
|
|
|
4784 ins_need_undo = FALSE;
|
|
|
4785 }
|
|
|
4786 Insstart = curwin->w_cursor; /* new insertion starts here */
|
|
|
4787 Insstart_textlen = linetabsize(ml_get_curline());
|
|
|
4788 ai_col = 0;
|
|
|
4789 #ifdef FEAT_VREPLACE
|
|
|
4790 if (State & VREPLACE_FLAG)
|
|
|
4791 {
|
|
|
4792 orig_line_count = curbuf->b_ml.ml_line_count;
|
|
|
4793 vr_lines_changed = 1;
|
|
|
4794 }
|
|
|
4795 #endif
|
|
|
4796 ResetRedobuff();
|
|
|
4797 AppendToRedobuff((char_u *)"1i"); /* pretend we start an insertion */
|
|
|
4798 }
|
|
|
4799 else if (ins_need_undo)
|
|
|
4800 {
|
|
|
4801 if (u_save_cursor() == OK)
|
|
|
4802 ins_need_undo = FALSE;
|
|
|
4803 }
|
|
|
4804
|
|
|
4805 #ifdef FEAT_FOLDING
|
|
|
4806 /* Always open fold at the cursor line when inserting something. */
|
|
|
4807 foldOpenCursor();
|
|
|
4808 #endif
|
|
|
4809
|
|
|
4810 return (arrow_used || ins_need_undo ? FAIL : OK);
|
|
|
4811 }
|
|
|
4812
|
|
|
4813 /*
|
|
|
4814 * do a few things to stop inserting
|
|
|
4815 */
|
|
|
4816 static void
|
|
|
4817 stop_insert(end_insert_pos, esc)
|
|
|
4818 pos_T *end_insert_pos; /* where insert ended */
|
|
|
4819 int esc; /* called by ins_esc() */
|
|
|
4820 {
|
|
|
4821 int cc;
|
|
|
4822
|
|
|
4823 stop_redo_ins();
|
|
|
4824 replace_flush(); /* abandon replace stack */
|
|
|
4825
|
|
|
4826 /*
|
|
|
4827 * save the inserted text for later redo with ^@
|
|
|
4828 */
|
|
|
4829 vim_free(last_insert);
|
|
|
4830 last_insert = get_inserted();
|
|
|
4831 last_insert_skip = new_insert_skip;
|
|
|
4832
|
|
|
4833 if (!arrow_used)
|
|
|
4834 {
|
|
|
4835 /* Auto-format now. It may seem strange to do this when stopping an
|
|
|
4836 * insertion (or moving the cursor), but it's required when appending
|
|
|
4837 * a line and having it end in a space. But only do it when something
|
|
|
4838 * was actually inserted, otherwise undo won't work. */
|
|
10
|
4839 if (!ins_need_undo && has_format_option(FO_AUTO))
|
|
7
|
4840 {
|
|
10
|
4841 pos_T tpos = curwin->w_cursor;
|
|
|
4842
|
|
7
|
4843 /* When the cursor is at the end of the line after a space the
|
|
|
4844 * formatting will move it to the following word. Avoid that by
|
|
|
4845 * moving the cursor onto the space. */
|
|
|
4846 cc = 'x';
|
|
|
4847 if (curwin->w_cursor.col > 0 && gchar_cursor() == NUL)
|
|
|
4848 {
|
|
|
4849 dec_cursor();
|
|
|
4850 cc = gchar_cursor();
|
|
|
4851 if (!vim_iswhite(cc))
|
|
10
|
4852 curwin->w_cursor = tpos;
|
|
7
|
4853 }
|
|
|
4854
|
|
|
4855 auto_format(TRUE, FALSE);
|
|
|
4856
|
|
10
|
4857 if (vim_iswhite(cc))
|
|
|
4858 {
|
|
|
4859 if (gchar_cursor() != NUL)
|
|
|
4860 inc_cursor();
|
|
|
4861 #ifdef FEAT_VIRTUALEDIT
|
|
|
4862 /* If the cursor is still at the same character, also keep
|
|
|
4863 * the "coladd". */
|
|
|
4864 if (gchar_cursor() == NUL
|
|
|
4865 && curwin->w_cursor.lnum == tpos.lnum
|
|
|
4866 && curwin->w_cursor.col == tpos.col)
|
|
|
4867 curwin->w_cursor.coladd = tpos.coladd;
|
|
|
4868 #endif
|
|
|
4869 }
|
|
7
|
4870 }
|
|
|
4871
|
|
|
4872 /* If a space was inserted for auto-formatting, remove it now. */
|
|
|
4873 check_auto_format(TRUE);
|
|
|
4874
|
|
|
4875 /* If we just did an auto-indent, remove the white space from the end
|
|
10
|
4876 * of the line, and put the cursor back.
|
|
|
4877 * Do this when ESC was used or moving the cursor up/down. */
|
|
|
4878 if (did_ai && (esc || (vim_strchr(p_cpo, CPO_INDENT) == NULL
|
|
|
4879 && curwin->w_cursor.lnum != end_insert_pos->lnum)))
|
|
7
|
4880 {
|
|
10
|
4881 pos_T tpos = curwin->w_cursor;
|
|
|
4882
|
|
|
4883 curwin->w_cursor = *end_insert_pos;
|
|
7
|
4884 if (gchar_cursor() == NUL && curwin->w_cursor.col > 0)
|
|
|
4885 --curwin->w_cursor.col;
|
|
|
4886 while (cc = gchar_cursor(), vim_iswhite(cc))
|
|
|
4887 (void)del_char(TRUE);
|
|
10
|
4888 if (curwin->w_cursor.lnum != tpos.lnum)
|
|
|
4889 curwin->w_cursor = tpos;
|
|
|
4890 else if (cc != NUL)
|
|
7
|
4891 ++curwin->w_cursor.col; /* put cursor back on the NUL */
|
|
|
4892
|
|
|
4893 #ifdef FEAT_VISUAL
|
|
|
4894 /* <C-S-Right> may have started Visual mode, adjust the position for
|
|
|
4895 * deleted characters. */
|
|
|
4896 if (VIsual_active && VIsual.lnum == curwin->w_cursor.lnum)
|
|
|
4897 {
|
|
|
4898 cc = STRLEN(ml_get_curline());
|
|
|
4899 if (VIsual.col > (colnr_T)cc)
|
|
|
4900 {
|
|
|
4901 VIsual.col = cc;
|
|
|
4902 # ifdef FEAT_VIRTUALEDIT
|
|
|
4903 VIsual.coladd = 0;
|
|
|
4904 # endif
|
|
|
4905 }
|
|
|
4906 }
|
|
|
4907 #endif
|
|
|
4908 }
|
|
|
4909 }
|
|
|
4910 did_ai = FALSE;
|
|
|
4911 #ifdef FEAT_SMARTINDENT
|
|
|
4912 did_si = FALSE;
|
|
|
4913 can_si = FALSE;
|
|
|
4914 can_si_back = FALSE;
|
|
|
4915 #endif
|
|
|
4916
|
|
|
4917 /* set '[ and '] to the inserted text */
|
|
|
4918 curbuf->b_op_start = Insstart;
|
|
|
4919 curbuf->b_op_end = *end_insert_pos;
|
|
|
4920 }
|
|
|
4921
|
|
|
4922 /*
|
|
|
4923 * Set the last inserted text to a single character.
|
|
|
4924 * Used for the replace command.
|
|
|
4925 */
|
|
|
4926 void
|
|
|
4927 set_last_insert(c)
|
|
|
4928 int c;
|
|
|
4929 {
|
|
|
4930 char_u *s;
|
|
|
4931
|
|
|
4932 vim_free(last_insert);
|
|
|
4933 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
|
|
|
4934 last_insert = alloc(MB_MAXBYTES * 3 + 5);
|
|
|
4935 #else
|
|
|
4936 last_insert = alloc(6);
|
|
|
4937 #endif
|
|
|
4938 if (last_insert != NULL)
|
|
|
4939 {
|
|
|
4940 s = last_insert;
|
|
|
4941 /* Use the CTRL-V only when entering a special char */
|
|
|
4942 if (c < ' ' || c == DEL)
|
|
|
4943 *s++ = Ctrl_V;
|
|
|
4944 s = add_char2buf(c, s);
|
|
|
4945 *s++ = ESC;
|
|
|
4946 *s++ = NUL;
|
|
|
4947 last_insert_skip = 0;
|
|
|
4948 }
|
|
|
4949 }
|
|
|
4950
|
|
359
|
4951 #if defined(EXITFREE) || defined(PROTO)
|
|
|
4952 void
|
|
|
4953 free_last_insert()
|
|
|
4954 {
|
|
|
4955 vim_free(last_insert);
|
|
|
4956 last_insert = NULL;
|
|
|
4957 }
|
|
|
4958 #endif
|
|
|
4959
|
|
7
|
4960 /*
|
|
|
4961 * Add character "c" to buffer "s". Escape the special meaning of K_SPECIAL
|
|
|
4962 * and CSI. Handle multi-byte characters.
|
|
|
4963 * Returns a pointer to after the added bytes.
|
|
|
4964 */
|
|
|
4965 char_u *
|
|
|
4966 add_char2buf(c, s)
|
|
|
4967 int c;
|
|
|
4968 char_u *s;
|
|
|
4969 {
|
|
|
4970 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
|
|
|
4971 char_u temp[MB_MAXBYTES];
|
|
|
4972 int i;
|
|
|
4973 int len;
|
|
|
4974
|
|
|
4975 len = (*mb_char2bytes)(c, temp);
|
|
|
4976 for (i = 0; i < len; ++i)
|
|
|
4977 {
|
|
|
4978 c = temp[i];
|
|
|
4979 #endif
|
|
|
4980 /* Need to escape K_SPECIAL and CSI like in the typeahead buffer. */
|
|
|
4981 if (c == K_SPECIAL)
|
|
|
4982 {
|
|
|
4983 *s++ = K_SPECIAL;
|
|
|
4984 *s++ = KS_SPECIAL;
|
|
|
4985 *s++ = KE_FILLER;
|
|
|
4986 }
|
|
|
4987 #ifdef FEAT_GUI
|
|
|
4988 else if (c == CSI)
|
|
|
4989 {
|
|
|
4990 *s++ = CSI;
|
|
|
4991 *s++ = KS_EXTRA;
|
|
|
4992 *s++ = (int)KE_CSI;
|
|
|
4993 }
|
|
|
4994 #endif
|
|
|
4995 else
|
|
|
4996 *s++ = c;
|
|
|
4997 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
|
|
|
4998 }
|
|
|
4999 #endif
|
|
|
5000 return s;
|
|
|
5001 }
|
|
|
5002
|
|
|
5003 /*
|
|
|
5004 * move cursor to start of line
|
|
|
5005 * if flags & BL_WHITE move to first non-white
|
|
|
5006 * if flags & BL_SOL move to first non-white if startofline is set,
|
|
|
5007 * otherwise keep "curswant" column
|
|
|
5008 * if flags & BL_FIX don't leave the cursor on a NUL.
|
|
|
5009 */
|
|
|
5010 void
|
|
|
5011 beginline(flags)
|
|
|
5012 int flags;
|
|
|
5013 {
|
|
|
5014 if ((flags & BL_SOL) && !p_sol)
|
|
|
5015 coladvance(curwin->w_curswant);
|
|
|
5016 else
|
|
|
5017 {
|
|
|
5018 curwin->w_cursor.col = 0;
|
|
|
5019 #ifdef FEAT_VIRTUALEDIT
|
|
|
5020 curwin->w_cursor.coladd = 0;
|
|
|
5021 #endif
|
|
|
5022
|
|
|
5023 if (flags & (BL_WHITE | BL_SOL))
|
|
|
5024 {
|
|
|
5025 char_u *ptr;
|
|
|
5026
|
|
|
5027 for (ptr = ml_get_curline(); vim_iswhite(*ptr)
|
|
|
5028 && !((flags & BL_FIX) && ptr[1] == NUL); ++ptr)
|
|
|
5029 ++curwin->w_cursor.col;
|
|
|
5030 }
|
|
|
5031 curwin->w_set_curswant = TRUE;
|
|
|
5032 }
|
|
|
5033 }
|
|
|
5034
|
|
|
5035 /*
|
|
|
5036 * oneright oneleft cursor_down cursor_up
|
|
|
5037 *
|
|
|
5038 * Move one char {right,left,down,up}.
|
|
|
5039 * Doesn't move onto the NUL past the end of the line.
|
|
|
5040 * Return OK when successful, FAIL when we hit a line of file boundary.
|
|
|
5041 */
|
|
|
5042
|
|
|
5043 int
|
|
|
5044 oneright()
|
|
|
5045 {
|
|
|
5046 char_u *ptr;
|
|
|
5047 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
|
|
|
5048 int l;
|
|
|
5049 #endif
|
|
|
5050
|
|
|
5051 #ifdef FEAT_VIRTUALEDIT
|
|
|
5052 if (virtual_active())
|
|
|
5053 {
|
|
|
5054 pos_T prevpos = curwin->w_cursor;
|
|
|
5055
|
|
|
5056 /* Adjust for multi-wide char (excluding TAB) */
|
|
|
5057 ptr = ml_get_cursor();
|
|
|
5058 coladvance(getviscol() + ((*ptr != TAB && vim_isprintc(
|
|
|
5059 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
|
|
|
5060 (*mb_ptr2char)(ptr)
|
|
|
5061 #else
|
|
|
5062 *ptr
|
|
|
5063 #endif
|
|
|
5064 ))
|
|
|
5065 ? ptr2cells(ptr) : 1));
|
|
|
5066 curwin->w_set_curswant = TRUE;
|
|
|
5067 /* Return OK if the cursor moved, FAIL otherwise (at window edge). */
|
|
|
5068 return (prevpos.col != curwin->w_cursor.col
|
|
|
5069 || prevpos.coladd != curwin->w_cursor.coladd) ? OK : FAIL;
|
|
|
5070 }
|
|
|
5071 #endif
|
|
|
5072
|
|
|
5073 ptr = ml_get_cursor();
|
|
|
5074 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
|
|
|
5075 if (has_mbyte && (l = (*mb_ptr2len_check)(ptr)) > 1)
|
|
|
5076 {
|
|
|
5077 /* The character under the cursor is a multi-byte character, move
|
|
|
5078 * several bytes right, but don't end up on the NUL. */
|
|
|
5079 if (ptr[l] == NUL)
|
|
|
5080 return FAIL;
|
|
|
5081 curwin->w_cursor.col += l;
|
|
|
5082 }
|
|
|
5083 else
|
|
|
5084 #endif
|
|
|
5085 {
|
|
|
5086 if (*ptr++ == NUL || *ptr == NUL)
|
|
|
5087 return FAIL;
|
|
|
5088 ++curwin->w_cursor.col;
|
|
|
5089 }
|
|
|
5090
|
|
|
5091 curwin->w_set_curswant = TRUE;
|
|
|
5092 return OK;
|
|
|
5093 }
|
|
|
5094
|
|
|
5095 int
|
|
|
5096 oneleft()
|
|
|
5097 {
|
|
|
5098 #ifdef FEAT_VIRTUALEDIT
|
|
|
5099 if (virtual_active())
|
|
|
5100 {
|
|
|
5101 int width;
|
|
|
5102 int v = getviscol();
|
|
|
5103
|
|
|
5104 if (v == 0)
|
|
|
5105 return FAIL;
|
|
|
5106
|
|
|
5107 # ifdef FEAT_LINEBREAK
|
|
|
5108 /* We might get stuck on 'showbreak', skip over it. */
|
|
|
5109 width = 1;
|
|
|
5110 for (;;)
|
|
|
5111 {
|
|
|
5112 coladvance(v - width);
|
|
|
5113 /* getviscol() is slow, skip it when 'showbreak' is empty and
|
|
|
5114 * there are no multi-byte characters */
|
|
|
5115 if ((*p_sbr == NUL
|
|
|
5116 # ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
|
|
|
5117 && !has_mbyte
|
|
|
5118 # endif
|
|
|
5119 ) || getviscol() < v)
|
|
|
5120 break;
|
|
|
5121 ++width;
|
|
|
5122 }
|
|
|
5123 # else
|
|
|
5124 coladvance(v - 1);
|
|
|
5125 # endif
|
|
|
5126
|
|
|
5127 if (curwin->w_cursor.coladd == 1)
|
|
|
5128 {
|
|
|
5129 char_u *ptr;
|
|
|
5130
|
|
|
5131 /* Adjust for multi-wide char (not a TAB) */
|
|
|
5132 ptr = ml_get_cursor();
|
|
|
5133 if (*ptr != TAB && vim_isprintc(
|
|
|
5134 # ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
|
|
|
5135 (*mb_ptr2char)(ptr)
|
|
|
5136 # else
|
|
|
5137 *ptr
|
|
|
5138 # endif
|
|
|
5139 ) && ptr2cells(ptr) > 1)
|
|
|
5140 curwin->w_cursor.coladd = 0;
|
|
|
5141 }
|
|
|
5142
|
|
|
5143 curwin->w_set_curswant = TRUE;
|
|
|
5144 return OK;
|
|
|
5145 }
|
|
|
5146 #endif
|
|
|
5147
|
|
|
5148 if (curwin->w_cursor.col == 0)
|
|
|
5149 return FAIL;
|
|
|
5150
|
|
|
5151 curwin->w_set_curswant = TRUE;
|
|
|
5152 --curwin->w_cursor.col;
|
|
|
5153
|
|
|
5154 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
|
|
|
5155 /* if the character on the left of the current cursor is a multi-byte
|
|
|
5156 * character, move to its first byte */
|
|
|
5157 if (has_mbyte)
|
|
|
5158 mb_adjust_cursor();
|
|
|
5159 #endif
|
|
|
5160 return OK;
|
|
|
5161 }
|
|
|
5162
|
|
|
5163 int
|
|
|
5164 cursor_up(n, upd_topline)
|
|
|
5165 long n;
|
|
|
5166 int upd_topline; /* When TRUE: update topline */
|
|
|
5167 {
|
|
|
5168 linenr_T lnum;
|
|
|
5169
|
|
|
5170 if (n > 0)
|
|
|
5171 {
|
|
|
5172 lnum = curwin->w_cursor.lnum;
|
|
161
|
5173 /* This fails if the cursor is already in the first line or the count
|
|
|
5174 * is larger than the line number and '-' is in 'cpoptions' */
|
|
|
5175 if (lnum <= 1 || (n >= lnum && vim_strchr(p_cpo, CPO_MINUS) != NULL))
|
|
7
|
5176 return FAIL;
|
|
|
5177 if (n >= lnum)
|
|
|
5178 lnum = 1;
|
|
|
5179 else
|
|
|
5180 #ifdef FEAT_FOLDING
|
|
|
5181 if (hasAnyFolding(curwin))
|
|
|
5182 {
|
|
|
5183 /*
|
|
|
5184 * Count each sequence of folded lines as one logical line.
|
|
|
5185 */
|
|
|
5186 /* go to the the start of the current fold */
|
|
|
5187 (void)hasFolding(lnum, &lnum, NULL);
|
|
|
5188
|
|
|
5189 while (n--)
|
|
|
5190 {
|
|
|
5191 /* move up one line */
|
|
|
5192 --lnum;
|
|
|
5193 if (lnum <= 1)
|
|
|
5194 break;
|
|
|
5195 /* If we entered a fold, move to the beginning, unless in
|
|
|
5196 * Insert mode or when 'foldopen' contains "all": it will open
|
|
|
5197 * in a moment. */
|
|
|
5198 if (n > 0 || !((State & INSERT) || (fdo_flags & FDO_ALL)))
|
|
|
5199 (void)hasFolding(lnum, &lnum, NULL);
|
|
|
5200 }
|
|
|
5201 if (lnum < 1)
|
|
|
5202 lnum = 1;
|
|
|
5203 }
|
|
|
5204 else
|
|
|
5205 #endif
|
|
|
5206 lnum -= n;
|
|
|
5207 curwin->w_cursor.lnum = lnum;
|
|
|
5208 }
|
|
|
5209
|
|
|
5210 /* try to advance to the column we want to be at */
|
|
|
5211 coladvance(curwin->w_curswant);
|
|
|
5212
|
|
|
5213 if (upd_topline)
|
|
|
5214 update_topline(); /* make sure curwin->w_topline is valid */
|
|
|
5215
|
|
|
5216 return OK;
|
|
|
5217 }
|
|
|
5218
|
|
|
5219 /*
|
|
|
5220 * Cursor down a number of logical lines.
|
|
|
5221 */
|
|
|
5222 int
|
|
|
5223 cursor_down(n, upd_topline)
|
|
|
5224 long n;
|
|
|
5225 int upd_topline; /* When TRUE: update topline */
|
|
|
5226 {
|
|
|
5227 linenr_T lnum;
|
|
|
5228
|
|
|
5229 if (n > 0)
|
|
|
5230 {
|
|
|
5231 lnum = curwin->w_cursor.lnum;
|
|
|
5232 #ifdef FEAT_FOLDING
|
|
|
5233 /* Move to last line of fold, will fail if it's the end-of-file. */
|
|
|
5234 (void)hasFolding(lnum, NULL, &lnum);
|
|
|
5235 #endif
|
|
161
|
5236 /* This fails if the cursor is already in the last line or would move
|
|
|
5237 * beyound the last line and '-' is in 'cpoptions' */
|
|
|
5238 if (lnum >= curbuf->b_ml.ml_line_count
|
|
|
5239 || (lnum + n > curbuf->b_ml.ml_line_count
|
|
|
5240 && vim_strchr(p_cpo, CPO_MINUS) != NULL))
|
|
7
|
5241 return FAIL;
|
|
|
5242 if (lnum + n >= curbuf->b_ml.ml_line_count)
|
|
|
5243 lnum = curbuf->b_ml.ml_line_count;
|
|
|
5244 else
|
|
|
5245 #ifdef FEAT_FOLDING
|
|
|
5246 if (hasAnyFolding(curwin))
|
|
|
5247 {
|
|
|
5248 linenr_T last;
|
|
|
5249
|
|
|
5250 /* count each sequence of folded lines as one logical line */
|
|
|
5251 while (n--)
|
|
|
5252 {
|
|
|
5253 if (hasFolding(lnum, NULL, &last))
|
|
|
5254 lnum = last + 1;
|
|
|
5255 else
|
|
|
5256 ++lnum;
|
|
|
5257 if (lnum >= curbuf->b_ml.ml_line_count)
|
|
|
5258 break;
|
|
|
5259 }
|
|
|
5260 if (lnum > curbuf->b_ml.ml_line_count)
|
|
|
5261 lnum = curbuf->b_ml.ml_line_count;
|
|
|
5262 }
|
|
|
5263 else
|
|
|
5264 #endif
|
|
|
5265 lnum += n;
|
|
|
5266 curwin->w_cursor.lnum = lnum;
|
|
|
5267 }
|
|
|
5268
|
|
|
5269 /* try to advance to the column we want to be at */
|
|
|
5270 coladvance(curwin->w_curswant);
|
|
|
5271
|
|
|
5272 if (upd_topline)
|
|
|
5273 update_topline(); /* make sure curwin->w_topline is valid */
|
|
|
5274
|
|
|
5275 return OK;
|
|
|
5276 }
|
|
|
5277
|
|
|
5278 /*
|
|
|
5279 * Stuff the last inserted text in the read buffer.
|
|
|
5280 * Last_insert actually is a copy of the redo buffer, so we
|
|
|
5281 * first have to remove the command.
|
|
|
5282 */
|
|
|
5283 int
|
|
|
5284 stuff_inserted(c, count, no_esc)
|
|
|
5285 int c; /* Command character to be inserted */
|
|
|
5286 long count; /* Repeat this many times */
|
|
|
5287 int no_esc; /* Don't add an ESC at the end */
|
|
|
5288 {
|
|
|
5289 char_u *esc_ptr;
|
|
|
5290 char_u *ptr;
|
|
|
5291 char_u *last_ptr;
|
|
|
5292 char_u last = NUL;
|
|
|
5293
|
|
|
5294 ptr = get_last_insert();
|
|
|
5295 if (ptr == NULL)
|
|
|
5296 {
|
|
|
5297 EMSG(_(e_noinstext));
|
|
|
5298 return FAIL;
|
|
|
5299 }
|
|
|
5300
|
|
|
5301 /* may want to stuff the command character, to start Insert mode */
|
|
|
5302 if (c != NUL)
|
|
|
5303 stuffcharReadbuff(c);
|
|
|
5304 if ((esc_ptr = (char_u *)vim_strrchr(ptr, ESC)) != NULL)
|
|
|
5305 *esc_ptr = NUL; /* remove the ESC */
|
|
|
5306
|
|
|
5307 /* when the last char is either "0" or "^" it will be quoted if no ESC
|
|
|
5308 * comes after it OR if it will inserted more than once and "ptr"
|
|
|
5309 * starts with ^D. -- Acevedo
|
|
|
5310 */
|
|
|
5311 last_ptr = (esc_ptr ? esc_ptr : ptr + STRLEN(ptr)) - 1;
|
|
|
5312 if (last_ptr >= ptr && (*last_ptr == '0' || *last_ptr == '^')
|
|
|
5313 && (no_esc || (*ptr == Ctrl_D && count > 1)))
|
|
|
5314 {
|
|
|
5315 last = *last_ptr;
|
|
|
5316 *last_ptr = NUL;
|
|
|
5317 }
|
|
|
5318
|
|
|
5319 do
|
|
|
5320 {
|
|
|
5321 stuffReadbuff(ptr);
|
|
|
5322 /* a trailing "0" is inserted as "<C-V>048", "^" as "<C-V>^" */
|
|
|
5323 if (last)
|
|
|
5324 stuffReadbuff((char_u *)(last == '0'
|
|
|
5325 ? IF_EB("\026\060\064\070", CTRL_V_STR "xf0")
|
|
|
5326 : IF_EB("\026^", CTRL_V_STR "^")));
|
|
|
5327 }
|
|
|
5328 while (--count > 0);
|
|
|
5329
|
|
|
5330 if (last)
|
|
|
5331 *last_ptr = last;
|
|
|
5332
|
|
|
5333 if (esc_ptr != NULL)
|
|
|
5334 *esc_ptr = ESC; /* put the ESC back */
|
|
|
5335
|
|
|
5336 /* may want to stuff a trailing ESC, to get out of Insert mode */
|
|
|
5337 if (!no_esc)
|
|
|
5338 stuffcharReadbuff(ESC);
|
|
|
5339
|
|
|
5340 return OK;
|
|
|
5341 }
|
|
|
5342
|
|
|
5343 char_u *
|
|
|
5344 get_last_insert()
|
|
|
5345 {
|
|
|
5346 if (last_insert == NULL)
|
|
|
5347 return NULL;
|
|
|
5348 return last_insert + last_insert_skip;
|
|
|
5349 }
|
|
|
5350
|
|
|
5351 /*
|
|
|
5352 * Get last inserted string, and remove trailing <Esc>.
|
|
|
5353 * Returns pointer to allocated memory (must be freed) or NULL.
|
|
|
5354 */
|
|
|
5355 char_u *
|
|
|
5356 get_last_insert_save()
|
|
|
5357 {
|
|
|
5358 char_u *s;
|
|
|
5359 int len;
|
|
|
5360
|
|
|
5361 if (last_insert == NULL)
|
|
|
5362 return NULL;
|
|
|
5363 s = vim_strsave(last_insert + last_insert_skip);
|
|
|
5364 if (s != NULL)
|
|
|
5365 {
|
|
|
5366 len = (int)STRLEN(s);
|
|
|
5367 if (len > 0 && s[len - 1] == ESC) /* remove trailing ESC */
|
|
|
5368 s[len - 1] = NUL;
|
|
|
5369 }
|
|
|
5370 return s;
|
|
|
5371 }
|
|
|
5372
|
|
|
5373 /*
|
|
|
5374 * Check the word in front of the cursor for an abbreviation.
|
|
|
5375 * Called when the non-id character "c" has been entered.
|
|
|
5376 * When an abbreviation is recognized it is removed from the text and
|
|
|
5377 * the replacement string is inserted in typebuf.tb_buf[], followed by "c".
|
|
|
5378 */
|
|
|
5379 static int
|
|
|
5380 echeck_abbr(c)
|
|
|
5381 int c;
|
|
|
5382 {
|
|
|
5383 /* Don't check for abbreviation in paste mode, when disabled and just
|
|
|
5384 * after moving around with cursor keys. */
|
|
|
5385 if (p_paste || no_abbr || arrow_used)
|
|
|
5386 return FALSE;
|
|
|
5387
|
|
|
5388 return check_abbr(c, ml_get_curline(), curwin->w_cursor.col,
|
|
|
5389 curwin->w_cursor.lnum == Insstart.lnum ? Insstart.col : 0);
|
|
|
5390 }
|
|
|
5391
|
|
|
5392 /*
|
|
|
5393 * replace-stack functions
|
|
|
5394 *
|
|
|
5395 * When replacing characters, the replaced characters are remembered for each
|
|
|
5396 * new character. This is used to re-insert the old text when backspacing.
|
|
|
5397 *
|
|
|
5398 * There is a NUL headed list of characters for each character that is
|
|
|
5399 * currently in the file after the insertion point. When BS is used, one NUL
|
|
|
5400 * headed list is put back for the deleted character.
|
|
|
5401 *
|
|
|
5402 * For a newline, there are two NUL headed lists. One contains the characters
|
|
|
5403 * that the NL replaced. The extra one stores the characters after the cursor
|
|
|
5404 * that were deleted (always white space).
|
|
|
5405 *
|
|
|
5406 * Replace_offset is normally 0, in which case replace_push will add a new
|
|
|
5407 * character at the end of the stack. If replace_offset is not 0, that many
|
|
|
5408 * characters will be left on the stack above the newly inserted character.
|
|
|
5409 */
|
|
|
5410
|
|
298
|
5411 static char_u *replace_stack = NULL;
|
|
|
5412 static long replace_stack_nr = 0; /* next entry in replace stack */
|
|
|
5413 static long replace_stack_len = 0; /* max. number of entries */
|
|
7
|
5414
|
|
|
5415 void
|
|
|
5416 replace_push(c)
|
|
|
5417 int c; /* character that is replaced (NUL is none) */
|
|
|
5418 {
|
|
|
5419 char_u *p;
|
|
|
5420
|
|
|
5421 if (replace_stack_nr < replace_offset) /* nothing to do */
|
|
|
5422 return;
|
|
|
5423 if (replace_stack_len <= replace_stack_nr)
|
|
|
5424 {
|
|
|
5425 replace_stack_len += 50;
|
|
|
5426 p = lalloc(sizeof(char_u) * replace_stack_len, TRUE);
|
|
|
5427 if (p == NULL) /* out of memory */
|
|
|
5428 {
|
|
|
5429 replace_stack_len -= 50;
|
|
|
5430 return;
|
|
|
5431 }
|
|
|
5432 if (replace_stack != NULL)
|
|
|
5433 {
|
|
|
5434 mch_memmove(p, replace_stack,
|
|
|
5435 (size_t)(replace_stack_nr * sizeof(char_u)));
|
|
|
5436 vim_free(replace_stack);
|
|
|
5437 }
|
|
|
5438 replace_stack = p;
|
|
|
5439 }
|
|
|
5440 p = replace_stack + replace_stack_nr - replace_offset;
|
|
|
5441 if (replace_offset)
|
|
|
5442 mch_memmove(p + 1, p, (size_t)(replace_offset * sizeof(char_u)));
|
|
|
5443 *p = c;
|
|
|
5444 ++replace_stack_nr;
|
|
|
5445 }
|
|
|
5446
|
|
|
5447 /*
|
|
|
5448 * call replace_push(c) with replace_offset set to the first NUL.
|
|
|
5449 */
|
|
|
5450 static void
|
|
|
5451 replace_push_off(c)
|
|
|
5452 int c;
|
|
|
5453 {
|
|
|
5454 char_u *p;
|
|
|
5455
|
|
|
5456 p = replace_stack + replace_stack_nr;
|
|
|
5457 for (replace_offset = 1; replace_offset < replace_stack_nr;
|
|
|
5458 ++replace_offset)
|
|
|
5459 if (*--p == NUL)
|
|
|
5460 break;
|
|
|
5461 replace_push(c);
|
|
|
5462 replace_offset = 0;
|
|
|
5463 }
|
|
|
5464
|
|
|
5465 /*
|
|
|
5466 * Pop one item from the replace stack.
|
|
|
5467 * return -1 if stack empty
|
|
|
5468 * return replaced character or NUL otherwise
|
|
|
5469 */
|
|
|
5470 static int
|
|
|
5471 replace_pop()
|
|
|
5472 {
|
|
|
5473 if (replace_stack_nr == 0)
|
|
|
5474 return -1;
|
|
|
5475 return (int)replace_stack[--replace_stack_nr];
|
|
|
5476 }
|
|
|
5477
|
|
|
5478 /*
|
|
|
5479 * Join the top two items on the replace stack. This removes to "off"'th NUL
|
|
|
5480 * encountered.
|
|
|
5481 */
|
|
|
5482 static void
|
|
|
5483 replace_join(off)
|
|
|
5484 int off; /* offset for which NUL to remove */
|
|
|
5485 {
|
|
|
5486 int i;
|
|
|
5487
|
|
|
5488 for (i = replace_stack_nr; --i >= 0; )
|
|
|
5489 if (replace_stack[i] == NUL && off-- <= 0)
|
|
|
5490 {
|
|
|
5491 --replace_stack_nr;
|
|
|
5492 mch_memmove(replace_stack + i, replace_stack + i + 1,
|
|
|
5493 (size_t)(replace_stack_nr - i));
|
|
|
5494 return;
|
|
|
5495 }
|
|
|
5496 }
|
|
|
5497
|
|
|
5498 /*
|
|
|
5499 * Pop bytes from the replace stack until a NUL is found, and insert them
|
|
|
5500 * before the cursor. Can only be used in REPLACE or VREPLACE mode.
|
|
|
5501 */
|
|
|
5502 static void
|
|
|
5503 replace_pop_ins()
|
|
|
5504 {
|
|
|
5505 int cc;
|
|
|
5506 int oldState = State;
|
|
|
5507
|
|
|
5508 State = NORMAL; /* don't want REPLACE here */
|
|
|
5509 while ((cc = replace_pop()) > 0)
|
|
|
5510 {
|
|
|
5511 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
|
|
|
5512 mb_replace_pop_ins(cc);
|
|
|
5513 #else
|
|
|
5514 ins_char(cc);
|
|
|
5515 #endif
|
|
|
5516 dec_cursor();
|
|
|
5517 }
|
|
|
5518 State = oldState;
|
|
|
5519 }
|
|
|
5520
|
|
|
5521 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
|
|
|
5522 /*
|
|
|
5523 * Insert bytes popped from the replace stack. "cc" is the first byte. If it
|
|
|
5524 * indicates a multi-byte char, pop the other bytes too.
|
|
|
5525 */
|
|
|
5526 static void
|
|
|
5527 mb_replace_pop_ins(cc)
|
|
|
5528 int cc;
|
|
|
5529 {
|
|
|
5530 int n;
|
|
|
5531 char_u buf[MB_MAXBYTES];
|
|
|
5532 int i;
|
|
|
5533 int c;
|
|
|
5534
|
|
|
5535 if (has_mbyte && (n = MB_BYTE2LEN(cc)) > 1)
|
|
|
5536 {
|
|
|
5537 buf[0] = cc;
|
|
|
5538 for (i = 1; i < n; ++i)
|
|
|
5539 buf[i] = replace_pop();
|
|
|
5540 ins_bytes_len(buf, n);
|
|
|
5541 }
|
|
|
5542 else
|
|
|
5543 ins_char(cc);
|
|
|
5544
|
|
|
5545 if (enc_utf8)
|
|
|
5546 /* Handle composing chars. */
|
|
|
5547 for (;;)
|
|
|
5548 {
|
|
|
5549 c = replace_pop();
|
|
|
5550 if (c == -1) /* stack empty */
|
|
|
5551 break;
|
|
|
5552 if ((n = MB_BYTE2LEN(c)) == 1)
|
|
|
5553 {
|
|
|
5554 /* Not a multi-byte char, put it back. */
|
|
|
5555 replace_push(c);
|
|
|
5556 break;
|
|
|
5557 }
|
|
|
5558 else
|
|
|
5559 {
|
|
|
5560 buf[0] = c;
|
|
|
5561 for (i = 1; i < n; ++i)
|
|
|
5562 buf[i] = replace_pop();
|
|
|
5563 if (utf_iscomposing(utf_ptr2char(buf)))
|
|
|
5564 ins_bytes_len(buf, n);
|
|
|
5565 else
|
|
|
5566 {
|
|
|
5567 /* Not a composing char, put it back. */
|
|
|
5568 for (i = n - 1; i >= 0; --i)
|
|
|
5569 replace_push(buf[i]);
|
|
|
5570 break;
|
|
|
5571 }
|
|
|
5572 }
|
|
|
5573 }
|
|
|
5574 }
|
|
|
5575 #endif
|
|
|
5576
|
|
|
5577 /*
|
|
|
5578 * make the replace stack empty
|
|
|
5579 * (called when exiting replace mode)
|
|
|
5580 */
|
|
|
5581 static void
|
|
|
5582 replace_flush()
|
|
|
5583 {
|
|
|
5584 vim_free(replace_stack);
|
|
|
5585 replace_stack = NULL;
|
|
|
5586 replace_stack_len = 0;
|
|
|
5587 replace_stack_nr = 0;
|
|
|
5588 }
|
|
|
5589
|
|
|
5590 /*
|
|
|
5591 * Handle doing a BS for one character.
|
|
|
5592 * cc < 0: replace stack empty, just move cursor
|
|
|
5593 * cc == 0: character was inserted, delete it
|
|
|
5594 * cc > 0: character was replaced, put cc (first byte of original char) back
|
|
|
5595 * and check for more characters to be put back
|
|
|
5596 */
|
|
|
5597 static void
|
|
|
5598 replace_do_bs()
|
|
|
5599 {
|
|
|
5600 int cc;
|
|
|
5601 #ifdef FEAT_VREPLACE
|
|
|
5602 int orig_len = 0;
|
|
|
5603 int ins_len;
|
|
|
5604 int orig_vcols = 0;
|
|
|
5605 colnr_T start_vcol;
|
|
|
5606 char_u *p;
|
|
|
5607 int i;
|
|
|
5608 int vcol;
|
|
|
5609 #endif
|
|
|
5610
|
|
|
5611 cc = replace_pop();
|
|
|
5612 if (cc > 0)
|
|
|
5613 {
|
|
|
5614 #ifdef FEAT_VREPLACE
|
|
|
5615 if (State & VREPLACE_FLAG)
|
|
|
5616 {
|
|
|
5617 /* Get the number of screen cells used by the character we are
|
|
|
5618 * going to delete. */
|
|
|
5619 getvcol(curwin, &curwin->w_cursor, NULL, &start_vcol, NULL);
|
|
|
5620 orig_vcols = chartabsize(ml_get_cursor(), start_vcol);
|
|
|
5621 }
|
|
|
5622 #endif
|
|
|
5623 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
|
|
|
5624 if (has_mbyte)
|
|
|
5625 {
|
|
|
5626 del_char(FALSE);
|
|
|
5627 # ifdef FEAT_VREPLACE
|
|
|
5628 if (State & VREPLACE_FLAG)
|
|
|
5629 orig_len = STRLEN(ml_get_cursor());
|
|
|
5630 # endif
|
|
|
5631 replace_push(cc);
|
|
|
5632 }
|
|
|
5633 else
|
|
|
5634 #endif
|
|
|
5635 {
|
|
|
5636 pchar_cursor(cc);
|
|
|
5637 #ifdef FEAT_VREPLACE
|
|
|
5638 if (State & VREPLACE_FLAG)
|
|
|
5639 orig_len = STRLEN(ml_get_cursor()) - 1;
|
|
|
5640 #endif
|
|
|
5641 }
|
|
|
5642 replace_pop_ins();
|
|
|
5643
|
|
|
5644 #ifdef FEAT_VREPLACE
|
|
|
5645 if (State & VREPLACE_FLAG)
|
|
|
5646 {
|
|
|
5647 /* Get the number of screen cells used by the inserted characters */
|
|
|
5648 p = ml_get_cursor();
|
|
|
5649 ins_len = STRLEN(p) - orig_len;
|
|
|
5650 vcol = start_vcol;
|
|
|
5651 for (i = 0; i < ins_len; ++i)
|
|
|
5652 {
|
|
|
5653 vcol += chartabsize(p + i, vcol);
|
|
|
5654 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
|
|
|
5655 i += (*mb_ptr2len_check)(p) - 1;
|
|
|
5656 #endif
|
|
|
5657 }
|
|
|
5658 vcol -= start_vcol;
|
|
|
5659
|
|
|
5660 /* Delete spaces that were inserted after the cursor to keep the
|
|
|
5661 * text aligned. */
|
|
|
5662 curwin->w_cursor.col += ins_len;
|
|
|
5663 while (vcol > orig_vcols && gchar_cursor() == ' ')
|
|
|
5664 {
|
|
|
5665 del_char(FALSE);
|
|
|
5666 ++orig_vcols;
|
|
|
5667 }
|
|
|
5668 curwin->w_cursor.col -= ins_len;
|
|
|
5669 }
|
|
|
5670 #endif
|
|
|
5671
|
|
|
5672 /* mark the buffer as changed and prepare for displaying */
|
|
|
5673 changed_bytes(curwin->w_cursor.lnum, curwin->w_cursor.col);
|
|
|
5674 }
|
|
|
5675 else if (cc == 0)
|
|
|
5676 (void)del_char(FALSE);
|
|
|
5677 }
|
|
|
5678
|
|
|
5679 #ifdef FEAT_CINDENT
|
|
|
5680 /*
|
|
|
5681 * Return TRUE if C-indenting is on.
|
|
|
5682 */
|
|
|
5683 static int
|
|
|
5684 cindent_on()
|
|
|
5685 {
|
|
|
5686 return (!p_paste && (curbuf->b_p_cin
|
|
|
5687 # ifdef FEAT_EVAL
|
|
|
5688 || *curbuf->b_p_inde != NUL
|
|
|
5689 # endif
|
|
|
5690 ));
|
|
|
5691 }
|
|
|
5692 #endif
|
|
|
5693
|
|
|
5694 #if defined(FEAT_LISP) || defined(FEAT_CINDENT) || defined(PROTO)
|
|
|
5695 /*
|
|
|
5696 * Re-indent the current line, based on the current contents of it and the
|
|
|
5697 * surrounding lines. Fixing the cursor position seems really easy -- I'm very
|
|
|
5698 * confused what all the part that handles Control-T is doing that I'm not.
|
|
|
5699 * "get_the_indent" should be get_c_indent, get_expr_indent or get_lisp_indent.
|
|
|
5700 */
|
|
|
5701
|
|
|
5702 void
|
|
|
5703 fixthisline(get_the_indent)
|
|
|
5704 int (*get_the_indent) __ARGS((void));
|
|
|
5705 {
|
|
|
5706 change_indent(INDENT_SET, get_the_indent(), FALSE, 0);
|
|
|
5707 if (linewhite(curwin->w_cursor.lnum))
|
|
|
5708 did_ai = TRUE; /* delete the indent if the line stays empty */
|
|
|
5709 }
|
|
|
5710
|
|
|
5711 void
|
|
|
5712 fix_indent()
|
|
|
5713 {
|
|
|
5714 if (p_paste)
|
|
|
5715 return;
|
|
|
5716 # ifdef FEAT_LISP
|
|
|
5717 if (curbuf->b_p_lisp && curbuf->b_p_ai)
|
|
|
5718 fixthisline(get_lisp_indent);
|
|
|
5719 # endif
|
|
|
5720 # if defined(FEAT_LISP) && defined(FEAT_CINDENT)
|
|
|
5721 else
|
|
|
5722 # endif
|
|
|
5723 # ifdef FEAT_CINDENT
|
|
|
5724 if (cindent_on())
|
|
|
5725 do_c_expr_indent();
|
|
|
5726 # endif
|
|
|
5727 }
|
|
|
5728
|
|
|
5729 #endif
|
|
|
5730
|
|
|
5731 #ifdef FEAT_CINDENT
|
|
|
5732 /*
|
|
|
5733 * return TRUE if 'cinkeys' contains the key "keytyped",
|
|
|
5734 * when == '*': Only if key is preceded with '*' (indent before insert)
|
|
|
5735 * when == '!': Only if key is prededed with '!' (don't insert)
|
|
|
5736 * when == ' ': Only if key is not preceded with '*'(indent afterwards)
|
|
|
5737 *
|
|
|
5738 * "keytyped" can have a few special values:
|
|
|
5739 * KEY_OPEN_FORW
|
|
|
5740 * KEY_OPEN_BACK
|
|
|
5741 * KEY_COMPLETE just finished completion.
|
|
|
5742 *
|
|
|
5743 * If line_is_empty is TRUE accept keys with '0' before them.
|
|
|
5744 */
|
|
|
5745 int
|
|
|
5746 in_cinkeys(keytyped, when, line_is_empty)
|
|
|
5747 int keytyped;
|
|
|
5748 int when;
|
|
|
5749 int line_is_empty;
|
|
|
5750 {
|
|
|
5751 char_u *look;
|
|
|
5752 int try_match;
|
|
|
5753 int try_match_word;
|
|
|
5754 char_u *p;
|
|
|
5755 char_u *line;
|
|
|
5756 int icase;
|
|
|
5757 int i;
|
|
|
5758
|
|
|
5759 #ifdef FEAT_EVAL
|
|
|
5760 if (*curbuf->b_p_inde != NUL)
|
|
|
5761 look = curbuf->b_p_indk; /* 'indentexpr' set: use 'indentkeys' */
|
|
|
5762 else
|
|
|
5763 #endif
|
|
|
5764 look = curbuf->b_p_cink; /* 'indentexpr' empty: use 'cinkeys' */
|
|
|
5765 while (*look)
|
|
|
5766 {
|
|
|
5767 /*
|
|
|
5768 * Find out if we want to try a match with this key, depending on
|
|
|
5769 * 'when' and a '*' or '!' before the key.
|
|
|
5770 */
|
|
|
5771 switch (when)
|
|
|
5772 {
|
|
|
5773 case '*': try_match = (*look == '*'); break;
|
|
|
5774 case '!': try_match = (*look == '!'); break;
|
|
|
5775 default: try_match = (*look != '*'); break;
|
|
|
5776 }
|
|
|
5777 if (*look == '*' || *look == '!')
|
|
|
5778 ++look;
|
|
|
5779
|
|
|
5780 /*
|
|
|
5781 * If there is a '0', only accept a match if the line is empty.
|
|
|
5782 * But may still match when typing last char of a word.
|
|
|
5783 */
|
|
|
5784 if (*look == '0')
|
|
|
5785 {
|
|
|
5786 try_match_word = try_match;
|
|
|
5787 if (!line_is_empty)
|
|
|
5788 try_match = FALSE;
|
|
|
5789 ++look;
|
|
|
5790 }
|
|
|
5791 else
|
|
|
5792 try_match_word = FALSE;
|
|
|
5793
|
|
|
5794 /*
|
|
|
5795 * does it look like a control character?
|
|
|
5796 */
|
|
|
5797 if (*look == '^'
|
|
|
5798 #ifdef EBCDIC
|
|
|
5799 && (Ctrl_chr(look[1]) != 0)
|
|
|
5800 #else
|
|
|
5801 && look[1] >= '?' && look[1] <= '_'
|
|
|
5802 #endif
|
|
|
5803 )
|
|
|
5804 {
|
|
|
5805 if (try_match && keytyped == Ctrl_chr(look[1]))
|
|
|
5806 return TRUE;
|
|
|
5807 look += 2;
|
|
|
5808 }
|
|
|
5809 /*
|
|
|
5810 * 'o' means "o" command, open forward.
|
|
|
5811 * 'O' means "O" command, open backward.
|
|
|
5812 */
|
|
|
5813 else if (*look == 'o')
|
|
|
5814 {
|
|
|
5815 if (try_match && keytyped == KEY_OPEN_FORW)
|
|
|
5816 return TRUE;
|
|
|
5817 ++look;
|
|
|
5818 }
|
|
|
5819 else if (*look == 'O')
|
|
|
5820 {
|
|
|
5821 if (try_match && keytyped == KEY_OPEN_BACK)
|
|
|
5822 return TRUE;
|
|
|
5823 ++look;
|
|
|
5824 }
|
|
|
5825
|
|
|
5826 /*
|
|
|
5827 * 'e' means to check for "else" at start of line and just before the
|
|
|
5828 * cursor.
|
|
|
5829 */
|
|
|
5830 else if (*look == 'e')
|
|
|
5831 {
|
|
|
5832 if (try_match && keytyped == 'e' && curwin->w_cursor.col >= 4)
|
|
|
5833 {
|
|
|
5834 p = ml_get_curline();
|
|
|
5835 if (skipwhite(p) == p + curwin->w_cursor.col - 4 &&
|
|
|
5836 STRNCMP(p + curwin->w_cursor.col - 4, "else", 4) == 0)
|
|
|
5837 return TRUE;
|
|
|
5838 }
|
|
|
5839 ++look;
|
|
|
5840 }
|
|
|
5841
|
|
|
5842 /*
|
|
|
5843 * ':' only causes an indent if it is at the end of a label or case
|
|
|
5844 * statement, or when it was before typing the ':' (to fix
|
|
|
5845 * class::method for C++).
|
|
|
5846 */
|
|
|
5847 else if (*look == ':')
|
|
|
5848 {
|
|
|
5849 if (try_match && keytyped == ':')
|
|
|
5850 {
|
|
|
5851 p = ml_get_curline();
|
|
|
5852 if (cin_iscase(p) || cin_isscopedecl(p) || cin_islabel(30))
|
|
|
5853 return TRUE;
|
|
|
5854 if (curwin->w_cursor.col > 2
|
|
|
5855 && p[curwin->w_cursor.col - 1] == ':'
|
|
|
5856 && p[curwin->w_cursor.col - 2] == ':')
|
|
|
5857 {
|
|
|
5858 p[curwin->w_cursor.col - 1] = ' ';
|
|
|
5859 i = (cin_iscase(p) || cin_isscopedecl(p)
|
|
|
5860 || cin_islabel(30));
|
|
|
5861 p = ml_get_curline();
|
|
|
5862 p[curwin->w_cursor.col - 1] = ':';
|
|
|
5863 if (i)
|
|
|
5864 return TRUE;
|
|
|
5865 }
|
|
|
5866 }
|
|
|
5867 ++look;
|
|
|
5868 }
|
|
|
5869
|
|
|
5870
|
|
|
5871 /*
|
|
|
5872 * Is it a key in <>, maybe?
|
|
|
5873 */
|
|
|
5874 else if (*look == '<')
|
|
|
5875 {
|
|
|
5876 if (try_match)
|
|
|
5877 {
|
|
|
5878 /*
|
|
|
5879 * make up some named keys <o>, <O>, <e>, <0>, <>>, <<>, <*>,
|
|
|
5880 * <:> and <!> so that people can re-indent on o, O, e, 0, <,
|
|
|
5881 * >, *, : and ! keys if they really really want to.
|
|
|
5882 */
|
|
|
5883 if (vim_strchr((char_u *)"<>!*oOe0:", look[1]) != NULL
|
|
|
5884 && keytyped == look[1])
|
|
|
5885 return TRUE;
|
|
|
5886
|
|
|
5887 if (keytyped == get_special_key_code(look + 1))
|
|
|
5888 return TRUE;
|
|
|
5889 }
|
|
|
5890 while (*look && *look != '>')
|
|
|
5891 look++;
|
|
|
5892 while (*look == '>')
|
|
|
5893 look++;
|
|
|
5894 }
|
|
|
5895
|
|
|
5896 /*
|
|
|
5897 * Is it a word: "=word"?
|
|
|
5898 */
|
|
|
5899 else if (*look == '=' && look[1] != ',' && look[1] != NUL)
|
|
|
5900 {
|
|
|
5901 ++look;
|
|
|
5902 if (*look == '~')
|
|
|
5903 {
|
|
|
5904 icase = TRUE;
|
|
|
5905 ++look;
|
|
|
5906 }
|
|
|
5907 else
|
|
|
5908 icase = FALSE;
|
|
|
5909 p = vim_strchr(look, ',');
|
|
|
5910 if (p == NULL)
|
|
|
5911 p = look + STRLEN(look);
|
|
|
5912 if ((try_match || try_match_word)
|
|
|
5913 && curwin->w_cursor.col >= (colnr_T)(p - look))
|
|
|
5914 {
|
|
|
5915 int match = FALSE;
|
|
|
5916
|
|
|
5917 #ifdef FEAT_INS_EXPAND
|
|
|
5918 if (keytyped == KEY_COMPLETE)
|
|
|
5919 {
|
|
|
5920 char_u *s;
|
|
|
5921
|
|
|
5922 /* Just completed a word, check if it starts with "look".
|
|
|
5923 * search back for the start of a word. */
|
|
|
5924 line = ml_get_curline();
|
|
|
5925 # ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
|
|
|
5926 if (has_mbyte)
|
|
|
5927 {
|
|
|
5928 char_u *n;
|
|
|
5929
|
|
|
5930 for (s = line + curwin->w_cursor.col; s > line; s = n)
|
|
|
5931 {
|
|
|
5932 n = mb_prevptr(line, s);
|
|
|
5933 if (!vim_iswordp(n))
|
|
|
5934 break;
|
|
|
5935 }
|
|
|
5936 }
|
|
|
5937 else
|
|
|
5938 # endif
|
|
|
5939 for (s = line + curwin->w_cursor.col; s > line; --s)
|
|
|
5940 if (!vim_iswordc(s[-1]))
|
|
|
5941 break;
|
|
|
5942 if (s + (p - look) <= line + curwin->w_cursor.col
|
|
|
5943 && (icase
|
|
|
5944 ? MB_STRNICMP(s, look, p - look)
|
|
|
5945 : STRNCMP(s, look, p - look)) == 0)
|
|
|
5946 match = TRUE;
|
|
|
5947 }
|
|
|
5948 else
|
|
|
5949 #endif
|
|
|
5950 /* TODO: multi-byte */
|
|
|
5951 if (keytyped == (int)p[-1] || (icase && keytyped < 256
|
|
|
5952 && TOLOWER_LOC(keytyped) == TOLOWER_LOC((int)p[-1])))
|
|
|
5953 {
|
|
|
5954 line = ml_get_cursor();
|
|
|
5955 if ((curwin->w_cursor.col == (colnr_T)(p - look)
|
|
|
5956 || !vim_iswordc(line[-(p - look) - 1]))
|
|
|
5957 && (icase
|
|
|
5958 ? MB_STRNICMP(line - (p - look), look, p - look)
|
|
|
5959 : STRNCMP(line - (p - look), look, p - look))
|
|
|
5960 == 0)
|
|
|
5961 match = TRUE;
|
|
|
5962 }
|
|
|
5963 if (match && try_match_word && !try_match)
|
|
|
5964 {
|
|
|
5965 /* "0=word": Check if there are only blanks before the
|
|
|
5966 * word. */
|
|
|
5967 line = ml_get_curline();
|
|
|
5968 if ((int)(skipwhite(line) - line) !=
|
|
|
5969 (int)(curwin->w_cursor.col - (p - look)))
|
|
|
5970 match = FALSE;
|
|
|
5971 }
|
|
|
5972 if (match)
|
|
|
5973 return TRUE;
|
|
|
5974 }
|
|
|
5975 look = p;
|
|
|
5976 }
|
|
|
5977
|
|
|
5978 /*
|
|
|
5979 * ok, it's a boring generic character.
|
|
|
5980 */
|
|
|
5981 else
|
|
|
5982 {
|
|
|
5983 if (try_match && *look == keytyped)
|
|
|
5984 return TRUE;
|
|
|
5985 ++look;
|
|
|
5986 }
|
|
|
5987
|
|
|
5988 /*
|
|
|
5989 * Skip over ", ".
|
|
|
5990 */
|
|
|
5991 look = skip_to_option_part(look);
|
|
|
5992 }
|
|
|
5993 return FALSE;
|
|
|
5994 }
|
|
|
5995 #endif /* FEAT_CINDENT */
|
|
|
5996
|
|
|
5997 #if defined(FEAT_RIGHTLEFT) || defined(PROTO)
|
|
|
5998 /*
|
|
|
5999 * Map Hebrew keyboard when in hkmap mode.
|
|
|
6000 */
|
|
|
6001 int
|
|
|
6002 hkmap(c)
|
|
|
6003 int c;
|
|
|
6004 {
|
|
|
6005 if (p_hkmapp) /* phonetic mapping, by Ilya Dogolazky */
|
|
|
6006 {
|
|
|
6007 enum {hALEF=0, BET, GIMEL, DALET, HEI, VAV, ZAIN, HET, TET, IUD,
|
|
|
6008 KAFsofit, hKAF, LAMED, MEMsofit, MEM, NUNsofit, NUN, SAMEH, AIN,
|
|
|
6009 PEIsofit, PEI, ZADIsofit, ZADI, KOF, RESH, hSHIN, TAV};
|
|
|
6010 static char_u map[26] =
|
|
|
6011 {(char_u)hALEF/*a*/, (char_u)BET /*b*/, (char_u)hKAF /*c*/,
|
|
|
6012 (char_u)DALET/*d*/, (char_u)-1 /*e*/, (char_u)PEIsofit/*f*/,
|
|
|
6013 (char_u)GIMEL/*g*/, (char_u)HEI /*h*/, (char_u)IUD /*i*/,
|
|
|
6014 (char_u)HET /*j*/, (char_u)KOF /*k*/, (char_u)LAMED /*l*/,
|
|
|
6015 (char_u)MEM /*m*/, (char_u)NUN /*n*/, (char_u)SAMEH /*o*/,
|
|
|
6016 (char_u)PEI /*p*/, (char_u)-1 /*q*/, (char_u)RESH /*r*/,
|
|
|
6017 (char_u)ZAIN /*s*/, (char_u)TAV /*t*/, (char_u)TET /*u*/,
|
|
|
6018 (char_u)VAV /*v*/, (char_u)hSHIN/*w*/, (char_u)-1 /*x*/,
|
|
|
6019 (char_u)AIN /*y*/, (char_u)ZADI /*z*/};
|
|
|
6020
|
|
|
6021 if (c == 'N' || c == 'M' || c == 'P' || c == 'C' || c == 'Z')
|
|
|
6022 return (int)(map[CharOrd(c)] - 1 + p_aleph);
|
|
|
6023 /* '-1'='sofit' */
|
|
|
6024 else if (c == 'x')
|
|
|
6025 return 'X';
|
|
|
6026 else if (c == 'q')
|
|
|
6027 return '\''; /* {geresh}={'} */
|
|
|
6028 else if (c == 246)
|
|
|
6029 return ' '; /* \"o --> ' ' for a german keyboard */
|
|
|
6030 else if (c == 228)
|
|
|
6031 return ' '; /* \"a --> ' ' -- / -- */
|
|
|
6032 else if (c == 252)
|
|
|
6033 return ' '; /* \"u --> ' ' -- / -- */
|
|
|
6034 #ifdef EBCDIC
|
|
|
6035 else if (islower(c))
|
|
|
6036 #else
|
|
|
6037 /* NOTE: islower() does not do the right thing for us on Linux so we
|
|
|
6038 * do this the same was as 5.7 and previous, so it works correctly on
|
|
|
6039 * all systems. Specifically, the e.g. Delete and Arrow keys are
|
|
|
6040 * munged and won't work if e.g. searching for Hebrew text.
|
|
|
6041 */
|
|
|
6042 else if (c >= 'a' && c <= 'z')
|
|
|
6043 #endif
|
|
|
6044 return (int)(map[CharOrdLow(c)] + p_aleph);
|
|
|
6045 else
|
|
|
6046 return c;
|
|
|
6047 }
|
|
|
6048 else
|
|
|
6049 {
|
|
|
6050 switch (c)
|
|
|
6051 {
|
|
|
6052 case '`': return ';';
|
|
|
6053 case '/': return '.';
|
|
|
6054 case '\'': return ',';
|
|
|
6055 case 'q': return '/';
|
|
|
6056 case 'w': return '\'';
|
|
|
6057
|
|
|
6058 /* Hebrew letters - set offset from 'a' */
|
|
|
6059 case ',': c = '{'; break;
|
|
|
6060 case '.': c = 'v'; break;
|
|
|
6061 case ';': c = 't'; break;
|
|
|
6062 default: {
|
|
|
6063 static char str[] = "zqbcxlsjphmkwonu ydafe rig";
|
|
|
6064
|
|
|
6065 #ifdef EBCDIC
|
|
|
6066 /* see note about islower() above */
|
|
|
6067 if (!islower(c))
|
|
|
6068 #else
|
|
|
6069 if (c < 'a' || c > 'z')
|
|
|
6070 #endif
|
|
|
6071 return c;
|
|
|
6072 c = str[CharOrdLow(c)];
|
|
|
6073 break;
|
|
|
6074 }
|
|
|
6075 }
|
|
|
6076
|
|
|
6077 return (int)(CharOrdLow(c) + p_aleph);
|
|
|
6078 }
|
|
|
6079 }
|
|
|
6080 #endif
|
|
|
6081
|
|
|
6082 static void
|
|
|
6083 ins_reg()
|
|
|
6084 {
|
|
|
6085 int need_redraw = FALSE;
|
|
|
6086 int regname;
|
|
|
6087 int literally = 0;
|
|
|
6088
|
|
|
6089 /*
|
|
|
6090 * If we are going to wait for a character, show a '"'.
|
|
|
6091 */
|
|
|
6092 pc_status = PC_STATUS_UNSET;
|
|
|
6093 if (redrawing() && !char_avail())
|
|
|
6094 {
|
|
|
6095 /* may need to redraw when no more chars available now */
|
|
|
6096 ins_redraw();
|
|
|
6097
|
|
|
6098 edit_putchar('"', TRUE);
|
|
|
6099 #ifdef FEAT_CMDL_INFO
|
|
|
6100 add_to_showcmd_c(Ctrl_R);
|
|
|
6101 #endif
|
|
|
6102 }
|
|
|
6103
|
|
|
6104 #ifdef USE_ON_FLY_SCROLL
|
|
|
6105 dont_scroll = TRUE; /* disallow scrolling here */
|
|
|
6106 #endif
|
|
|
6107
|
|
|
6108 /*
|
|
|
6109 * Don't map the register name. This also prevents the mode message to be
|
|
|
6110 * deleted when ESC is hit.
|
|
|
6111 */
|
|
|
6112 ++no_mapping;
|
|
|
6113 regname = safe_vgetc();
|
|
|
6114 #ifdef FEAT_LANGMAP
|
|
|
6115 LANGMAP_ADJUST(regname, TRUE);
|
|
|
6116 #endif
|
|
|
6117 if (regname == Ctrl_R || regname == Ctrl_O || regname == Ctrl_P)
|
|
|
6118 {
|
|
|
6119 /* Get a third key for literal register insertion */
|
|
|
6120 literally = regname;
|
|
|
6121 #ifdef FEAT_CMDL_INFO
|
|
|
6122 add_to_showcmd_c(literally);
|
|
|
6123 #endif
|
|
|
6124 regname = safe_vgetc();
|
|
|
6125 #ifdef FEAT_LANGMAP
|
|
|
6126 LANGMAP_ADJUST(regname, TRUE);
|
|
|
6127 #endif
|
|
|
6128 }
|
|
|
6129 --no_mapping;
|
|
|
6130
|
|
|
6131 #ifdef FEAT_EVAL
|
|
|
6132 /*
|
|
|
6133 * Don't call u_sync() while getting the expression,
|
|
|
6134 * evaluating it or giving an error message for it!
|
|
|
6135 */
|
|
|
6136 ++no_u_sync;
|
|
|
6137 if (regname == '=')
|
|
|
6138 {
|
|
133
|
6139 # ifdef USE_IM_CONTROL
|
|
7
|
6140 int im_on = im_get_status();
|
|
133
|
6141 # endif
|
|
7
|
6142 regname = get_expr_register();
|
|
133
|
6143 # ifdef USE_IM_CONTROL
|
|
7
|
6144 /* Restore the Input Method. */
|
|
|
6145 if (im_on)
|
|
|
6146 im_set_active(TRUE);
|
|
133
|
6147 # endif
|
|
7
|
6148 }
|
|
140
|
6149 if (regname == NUL || !valid_yank_reg(regname, FALSE))
|
|
|
6150 {
|
|
|
6151 vim_beep();
|
|
7
|
6152 need_redraw = TRUE; /* remove the '"' */
|
|
140
|
6153 }
|
|
7
|
6154 else
|
|
|
6155 {
|
|
|
6156 #endif
|
|
|
6157 if (literally == Ctrl_O || literally == Ctrl_P)
|
|
|
6158 {
|
|
|
6159 /* Append the command to the redo buffer. */
|
|
|
6160 AppendCharToRedobuff(Ctrl_R);
|
|
|
6161 AppendCharToRedobuff(literally);
|
|
|
6162 AppendCharToRedobuff(regname);
|
|
|
6163
|
|
|
6164 do_put(regname, BACKWARD, 1L,
|
|
|
6165 (literally == Ctrl_P ? PUT_FIXINDENT : 0) | PUT_CURSEND);
|
|
|
6166 }
|
|
|
6167 else if (insert_reg(regname, literally) == FAIL)
|
|
|
6168 {
|
|
|
6169 vim_beep();
|
|
|
6170 need_redraw = TRUE; /* remove the '"' */
|
|
|
6171 }
|
|
133
|
6172 else if (stop_insert_mode)
|
|
|
6173 /* When the '=' register was used and a function was invoked that
|
|
|
6174 * did ":stopinsert" then stuff_empty() returns FALSE but we won't
|
|
|
6175 * insert anything, need to remove the '"' */
|
|
|
6176 need_redraw = TRUE;
|
|
|
6177
|
|
7
|
6178 #ifdef FEAT_EVAL
|
|
|
6179 }
|
|
|
6180 --no_u_sync;
|
|
|
6181 #endif
|
|
|
6182 #ifdef FEAT_CMDL_INFO
|
|
|
6183 clear_showcmd();
|
|
|
6184 #endif
|
|
|
6185
|
|
|
6186 /* If the inserted register is empty, we need to remove the '"' */
|
|
|
6187 if (need_redraw || stuff_empty())
|
|
|
6188 edit_unputchar();
|
|
|
6189 }
|
|
|
6190
|
|
|
6191 /*
|
|
|
6192 * CTRL-G commands in Insert mode.
|
|
|
6193 */
|
|
|
6194 static void
|
|
|
6195 ins_ctrl_g()
|
|
|
6196 {
|
|
|
6197 int c;
|
|
|
6198
|
|
|
6199 #ifdef FEAT_INS_EXPAND
|
|
|
6200 /* Right after CTRL-X the cursor will be after the ruler. */
|
|
|
6201 setcursor();
|
|
|
6202 #endif
|
|
|
6203
|
|
|
6204 /*
|
|
|
6205 * Don't map the second key. This also prevents the mode message to be
|
|
|
6206 * deleted when ESC is hit.
|
|
|
6207 */
|
|
|
6208 ++no_mapping;
|
|
|
6209 c = safe_vgetc();
|
|
|
6210 --no_mapping;
|
|
|
6211 switch (c)
|
|
|
6212 {
|
|
|
6213 /* CTRL-G k and CTRL-G <Up>: cursor up to Insstart.col */
|
|
|
6214 case K_UP:
|
|
|
6215 case Ctrl_K:
|
|
|
6216 case 'k': ins_up(TRUE);
|
|
|
6217 break;
|
|
|
6218
|
|
|
6219 /* CTRL-G j and CTRL-G <Down>: cursor down to Insstart.col */
|
|
|
6220 case K_DOWN:
|
|
|
6221 case Ctrl_J:
|
|
|
6222 case 'j': ins_down(TRUE);
|
|
|
6223 break;
|
|
|
6224
|
|
|
6225 /* CTRL-G u: start new undoable edit */
|
|
|
6226 case 'u': u_sync();
|
|
|
6227 ins_need_undo = TRUE;
|
|
|
6228 break;
|
|
|
6229
|
|
|
6230 /* Unknown CTRL-G command, reserved for future expansion. */
|
|
|
6231 default: vim_beep();
|
|
|
6232 }
|
|
|
6233 }
|
|
|
6234
|
|
|
6235 /*
|
|
449
|
6236 * CTRL-^ in Insert mode.
|
|
|
6237 */
|
|
|
6238 static void
|
|
|
6239 ins_ctrl_hat()
|
|
|
6240 {
|
|
|
6241 if (map_to_exists_mode((char_u *)"", LANGMAP))
|
|
|
6242 {
|
|
|
6243 /* ":lmap" mappings exists, Toggle use of ":lmap" mappings. */
|
|
|
6244 if (State & LANGMAP)
|
|
|
6245 {
|
|
|
6246 curbuf->b_p_iminsert = B_IMODE_NONE;
|
|
|
6247 State &= ~LANGMAP;
|
|
|
6248 }
|
|
|
6249 else
|
|
|
6250 {
|
|
|
6251 curbuf->b_p_iminsert = B_IMODE_LMAP;
|
|
|
6252 State |= LANGMAP;
|
|
|
6253 #ifdef USE_IM_CONTROL
|
|
|
6254 im_set_active(FALSE);
|
|
|
6255 #endif
|
|
|
6256 }
|
|
|
6257 }
|
|
|
6258 #ifdef USE_IM_CONTROL
|
|
|
6259 else
|
|
|
6260 {
|
|
|
6261 /* There are no ":lmap" mappings, toggle IM */
|
|
|
6262 if (im_get_status())
|
|
|
6263 {
|
|
|
6264 curbuf->b_p_iminsert = B_IMODE_NONE;
|
|
|
6265 im_set_active(FALSE);
|
|
|
6266 }
|
|
|
6267 else
|
|
|
6268 {
|
|
|
6269 curbuf->b_p_iminsert = B_IMODE_IM;
|
|
|
6270 State &= ~LANGMAP;
|
|
|
6271 im_set_active(TRUE);
|
|
|
6272 }
|
|
|
6273 }
|
|
|
6274 #endif
|
|
|
6275 set_iminsert_global();
|
|
|
6276 showmode();
|
|
|
6277 #ifdef FEAT_GUI
|
|
|
6278 /* may show different cursor shape or color */
|
|
|
6279 if (gui.in_use)
|
|
|
6280 gui_update_cursor(TRUE, FALSE);
|
|
|
6281 #endif
|
|
|
6282 #if defined(FEAT_WINDOWS) && defined(FEAT_KEYMAP)
|
|
|
6283 /* Show/unshow value of 'keymap' in status lines. */
|
|
|
6284 status_redraw_curbuf();
|
|
|
6285 #endif
|
|
|
6286 }
|
|
|
6287
|
|
|
6288 /*
|
|
7
|
6289 * Handle ESC in insert mode.
|
|
|
6290 * Returns TRUE when leaving insert mode, FALSE when going to repeat the
|
|
|
6291 * insert.
|
|
|
6292 */
|
|
|
6293 static int
|
|
|
6294 ins_esc(count, cmdchar)
|
|
|
6295 long *count;
|
|
|
6296 int cmdchar;
|
|
|
6297 {
|
|
|
6298 int temp;
|
|
|
6299 static int disabled_redraw = FALSE;
|
|
|
6300
|
|
449
|
6301 #ifdef FEAT_SYN_HL
|
|
|
6302 check_spell_redraw();
|
|
|
6303 #endif
|
|
7
|
6304 #if defined(FEAT_HANGULIN)
|
|
|
6305 # if defined(ESC_CHG_TO_ENG_MODE)
|
|
|
6306 hangul_input_state_set(0);
|
|
|
6307 # endif
|
|
|
6308 if (composing_hangul)
|
|
|
6309 {
|
|
|
6310 push_raw_key(composing_hangul_buffer, 2);
|
|
|
6311 composing_hangul = 0;
|
|
|
6312 }
|
|
|
6313 #endif
|
|
|
6314 #if defined(FEAT_MBYTE) && defined(MACOS_CLASSIC)
|
|
|
6315 previous_script = GetScriptManagerVariable(smKeyScript);
|
|
|
6316 KeyScript(smKeyRoman); /* or smKeySysScript */
|
|
|
6317 #endif
|
|
|
6318
|
|
|
6319 temp = curwin->w_cursor.col;
|
|
|
6320 if (disabled_redraw)
|
|
|
6321 {
|
|
|
6322 --RedrawingDisabled;
|
|
|
6323 disabled_redraw = FALSE;
|
|
|
6324 }
|
|
|
6325 if (!arrow_used)
|
|
|
6326 {
|
|
|
6327 /*
|
|
|
6328 * Don't append the ESC for "r<CR>" and "grx".
|
|
75
|
6329 * When 'insertmode' is set only CTRL-L stops Insert mode. Needed for
|
|
|
6330 * when "count" is non-zero.
|
|
7
|
6331 */
|
|
|
6332 if (cmdchar != 'r' && cmdchar != 'v')
|
|
75
|
6333 AppendToRedobuff(p_im ? (char_u *)"\014" : ESC_STR);
|
|
7
|
6334
|
|
|
6335 /*
|
|
|
6336 * Repeating insert may take a long time. Check for
|
|
|
6337 * interrupt now and then.
|
|
|
6338 */
|
|
|
6339 if (*count > 0)
|
|
|
6340 {
|
|
|
6341 line_breakcheck();
|
|
|
6342 if (got_int)
|
|
|
6343 *count = 0;
|
|
|
6344 }
|
|
|
6345
|
|
|
6346 if (--*count > 0) /* repeat what was typed */
|
|
|
6347 {
|
|
164
|
6348 /* Vi repeats the insert without replacing characters. */
|
|
|
6349 if (vim_strchr(p_cpo, CPO_REPLCNT) != NULL)
|
|
|
6350 State &= ~REPLACE_FLAG;
|
|
|
6351
|
|
7
|
6352 (void)start_redo_ins();
|
|
|
6353 if (cmdchar == 'r' || cmdchar == 'v')
|
|
|
6354 stuffReadbuff(ESC_STR); /* no ESC in redo buffer */
|
|
|
6355 ++RedrawingDisabled;
|
|
|
6356 disabled_redraw = TRUE;
|
|
|
6357 return FALSE; /* repeat the insert */
|
|
|
6358 }
|
|
|
6359 stop_insert(&curwin->w_cursor, TRUE);
|
|
|
6360 undisplay_dollar();
|
|
|
6361 }
|
|
|
6362
|
|
|
6363 /* When an autoindent was removed, curswant stays after the
|
|
|
6364 * indent */
|
|
|
6365 if (restart_edit == NUL && (colnr_T)temp == curwin->w_cursor.col)
|
|
|
6366 curwin->w_set_curswant = TRUE;
|
|
|
6367
|
|
|
6368 /* Remember the last Insert position in the '^ mark. */
|
|
|
6369 if (!cmdmod.keepjumps)
|
|
|
6370 curbuf->b_last_insert = curwin->w_cursor;
|
|
|
6371
|
|
|
6372 /*
|
|
|
6373 * The cursor should end up on the last inserted character.
|
|
|
6374 */
|
|
|
6375 if ((curwin->w_cursor.col != 0
|
|
|
6376 #ifdef FEAT_VIRTUALEDIT
|
|
|
6377 || curwin->w_cursor.coladd > 0
|
|
|
6378 #endif
|
|
|
6379 ) && (restart_edit == NUL
|
|
|
6380 || (gchar_cursor() == NUL
|
|
|
6381 #ifdef FEAT_VISUAL
|
|
|
6382 && !VIsual_active
|
|
|
6383 #endif
|
|
|
6384 ))
|
|
|
6385 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT
|
|
|
6386 && !revins_on
|
|
|
6387 #endif
|
|
|
6388 )
|
|
|
6389 {
|
|
|
6390 #ifdef FEAT_VIRTUALEDIT
|
|
|
6391 if (curwin->w_cursor.coladd > 0 || ve_flags == VE_ALL)
|
|
|
6392 {
|
|
|
6393 oneleft();
|
|
|
6394 if (restart_edit != NUL)
|
|
|
6395 ++curwin->w_cursor.coladd;
|
|
|
6396 }
|
|
|
6397 else
|
|
|
6398 #endif
|
|
|
6399 {
|
|
|
6400 --curwin->w_cursor.col;
|
|
|
6401 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
|
|
|
6402 /* Correct cursor for multi-byte character. */
|
|
|
6403 if (has_mbyte)
|
|
|
6404 mb_adjust_cursor();
|
|
|
6405 #endif
|
|
|
6406 }
|
|
|
6407 }
|
|
|
6408
|
|
|
6409 #ifdef USE_IM_CONTROL
|
|
|
6410 /* Disable IM to allow typing English directly for Normal mode commands.
|
|
|
6411 * When ":lmap" is enabled don't change 'iminsert' (IM can be enabled as
|
|
|
6412 * well). */
|
|
|
6413 if (!(State & LANGMAP))
|
|
|
6414 im_save_status(&curbuf->b_p_iminsert);
|
|
|
6415 im_set_active(FALSE);
|
|
|
6416 #endif
|
|
|
6417
|
|
|
6418 State = NORMAL;
|
|
|
6419 /* need to position cursor again (e.g. when on a TAB ) */
|
|
|
6420 changed_cline_bef_curs();
|
|
|
6421
|
|
|
6422 #ifdef FEAT_MOUSE
|
|
|
6423 setmouse();
|
|
|
6424 #endif
|
|
|
6425 #ifdef CURSOR_SHAPE
|
|
|
6426 ui_cursor_shape(); /* may show different cursor shape */
|
|
|
6427 #endif
|
|
|
6428
|
|
|
6429 /*
|
|
|
6430 * When recording or for CTRL-O, need to display the new mode.
|
|
|
6431 * Otherwise remove the mode message.
|
|
|
6432 */
|
|
|
6433 if (Recording || restart_edit != NUL)
|
|
|
6434 showmode();
|
|
|
6435 else if (p_smd)
|
|
|
6436 MSG("");
|
|
|
6437
|
|
|
6438 return TRUE; /* exit Insert mode */
|
|
|
6439 }
|
|
|
6440
|
|
|
6441 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT
|
|
|
6442 /*
|
|
|
6443 * Toggle language: hkmap and revins_on.
|
|
|
6444 * Move to end of reverse inserted text.
|
|
|
6445 */
|
|
|
6446 static void
|
|
|
6447 ins_ctrl_()
|
|
|
6448 {
|
|
|
6449 if (revins_on && revins_chars && revins_scol >= 0)
|
|
|
6450 {
|
|
|
6451 while (gchar_cursor() != NUL && revins_chars--)
|
|
|
6452 ++curwin->w_cursor.col;
|
|
|
6453 }
|
|
|
6454 p_ri = !p_ri;
|
|
|
6455 revins_on = (State == INSERT && p_ri);
|
|
|
6456 if (revins_on)
|
|
|
6457 {
|
|
|
6458 revins_scol = curwin->w_cursor.col;
|
|
|
6459 revins_legal++;
|
|
|
6460 revins_chars = 0;
|
|
|
6461 undisplay_dollar();
|
|
|
6462 }
|
|
|
6463 else
|
|
|
6464 revins_scol = -1;
|
|
|
6465 #ifdef FEAT_FKMAP
|
|
|
6466 if (p_altkeymap)
|
|
|
6467 {
|
|
|
6468 /*
|
|
|
6469 * to be consistent also for redo command, using '.'
|
|
|
6470 * set arrow_used to true and stop it - causing to redo
|
|
|
6471 * characters entered in one mode (normal/reverse insert).
|
|
|
6472 */
|
|
|
6473 arrow_used = TRUE;
|
|
|
6474 (void)stop_arrow();
|
|
|
6475 p_fkmap = curwin->w_p_rl ^ p_ri;
|
|
|
6476 if (p_fkmap && p_ri)
|
|
|
6477 State = INSERT;
|
|
|
6478 }
|
|
|
6479 else
|
|
|
6480 #endif
|
|
|
6481 p_hkmap = curwin->w_p_rl ^ p_ri; /* be consistent! */
|
|
|
6482 showmode();
|
|
|
6483 }
|
|
|
6484 #endif
|
|
|
6485
|
|
|
6486 #ifdef FEAT_VISUAL
|
|
|
6487 /*
|
|
|
6488 * If 'keymodel' contains "startsel", may start selection.
|
|
|
6489 * Returns TRUE when a CTRL-O and other keys stuffed.
|
|
|
6490 */
|
|
|
6491 static int
|
|
|
6492 ins_start_select(c)
|
|
|
6493 int c;
|
|
|
6494 {
|
|
|
6495 if (km_startsel)
|
|
|
6496 switch (c)
|
|
|
6497 {
|
|
|
6498 case K_KHOME:
|
|
|
6499 case K_KEND:
|
|
|
6500 case K_PAGEUP:
|
|
|
6501 case K_KPAGEUP:
|
|
|
6502 case K_PAGEDOWN:
|
|
|
6503 case K_KPAGEDOWN:
|
|
|
6504 # ifdef MACOS
|
|
|
6505 case K_LEFT:
|
|
|
6506 case K_RIGHT:
|
|
|
6507 case K_UP:
|
|
|
6508 case K_DOWN:
|
|
|
6509 case K_END:
|
|
|
6510 case K_HOME:
|
|
|
6511 # endif
|
|
|
6512 if (!(mod_mask & MOD_MASK_SHIFT))
|
|
|
6513 break;
|
|
|
6514 /* FALLTHROUGH */
|
|
|
6515 case K_S_LEFT:
|
|
|
6516 case K_S_RIGHT:
|
|
|
6517 case K_S_UP:
|
|
|
6518 case K_S_DOWN:
|
|
|
6519 case K_S_END:
|
|
|
6520 case K_S_HOME:
|
|
|
6521 /* Start selection right away, the cursor can move with
|
|
|
6522 * CTRL-O when beyond the end of the line. */
|
|
|
6523 start_selection();
|
|
|
6524
|
|
|
6525 /* Execute the key in (insert) Select mode. */
|
|
|
6526 stuffcharReadbuff(Ctrl_O);
|
|
|
6527 if (mod_mask)
|
|
|
6528 {
|
|
|
6529 char_u buf[4];
|
|
|
6530
|
|
|
6531 buf[0] = K_SPECIAL;
|
|
|
6532 buf[1] = KS_MODIFIER;
|
|
|
6533 buf[2] = mod_mask;
|
|
|
6534 buf[3] = NUL;
|
|
|
6535 stuffReadbuff(buf);
|
|
|
6536 }
|
|
|
6537 stuffcharReadbuff(c);
|
|
|
6538 return TRUE;
|
|
|
6539 }
|
|
|
6540 return FALSE;
|
|
|
6541 }
|
|
|
6542 #endif
|
|
|
6543
|
|
|
6544 /*
|
|
449
|
6545 * <Insert> key in Insert mode: toggle insert/remplace mode.
|
|
|
6546 */
|
|
|
6547 static void
|
|
|
6548 ins_insert(replaceState)
|
|
|
6549 int replaceState;
|
|
|
6550 {
|
|
|
6551 #ifdef FEAT_FKMAP
|
|
|
6552 if (p_fkmap && p_ri)
|
|
|
6553 {
|
|
|
6554 beep_flush();
|
|
|
6555 EMSG(farsi_text_3); /* encoded in Farsi */
|
|
|
6556 return;
|
|
|
6557 }
|
|
|
6558 #endif
|
|
|
6559
|
|
|
6560 #ifdef FEAT_AUTOCMD
|
|
|
6561 set_vim_var_string(VV_INSERTMODE,
|
|
|
6562 (char_u *)((State & REPLACE_FLAG) ? "i" :
|
|
|
6563 replaceState == VREPLACE ? "v" : "r"), 1);
|
|
|
6564 apply_autocmds(EVENT_INSERTCHANGE, NULL, NULL, FALSE, curbuf);
|
|
|
6565 #endif
|
|
|
6566 if (State & REPLACE_FLAG)
|
|
|
6567 State = INSERT | (State & LANGMAP);
|
|
|
6568 else
|
|
|
6569 State = replaceState | (State & LANGMAP);
|
|
|
6570 AppendCharToRedobuff(K_INS);
|
|
|
6571 showmode();
|
|
|
6572 #ifdef CURSOR_SHAPE
|
|
|
6573 ui_cursor_shape(); /* may show different cursor shape */
|
|
|
6574 #endif
|
|
|
6575 }
|
|
|
6576
|
|
|
6577 /*
|
|
|
6578 * Pressed CTRL-O in Insert mode.
|
|
|
6579 */
|
|
|
6580 static void
|
|
|
6581 ins_ctrl_o()
|
|
|
6582 {
|
|
|
6583 #ifdef FEAT_VREPLACE
|
|
|
6584 if (State & VREPLACE_FLAG)
|
|
|
6585 restart_edit = 'V';
|
|
|
6586 else
|
|
|
6587 #endif
|
|
|
6588 if (State & REPLACE_FLAG)
|
|
|
6589 restart_edit = 'R';
|
|
|
6590 else
|
|
|
6591 restart_edit = 'I';
|
|
|
6592 #ifdef FEAT_VIRTUALEDIT
|
|
|
6593 if (virtual_active())
|
|
|
6594 ins_at_eol = FALSE; /* cursor always keeps its column */
|
|
|
6595 else
|
|
|
6596 #endif
|
|
|
6597 ins_at_eol = (gchar_cursor() == NUL);
|
|
|
6598 }
|
|
|
6599
|
|
|
6600 /*
|
|
7
|
6601 * If the cursor is on an indent, ^T/^D insert/delete one
|
|
|
6602 * shiftwidth. Otherwise ^T/^D behave like a "<<" or ">>".
|
|
|
6603 * Always round the indent to 'shiftwith', this is compatible
|
|
|
6604 * with vi. But vi only supports ^T and ^D after an
|
|
|
6605 * autoindent, we support it everywhere.
|
|
|
6606 */
|
|
|
6607 static void
|
|
|
6608 ins_shift(c, lastc)
|
|
|
6609 int c;
|
|
|
6610 int lastc;
|
|
|
6611 {
|
|
|
6612 if (stop_arrow() == FAIL)
|
|
|
6613 return;
|
|
|
6614 AppendCharToRedobuff(c);
|
|
|
6615
|
|
|
6616 /*
|
|
|
6617 * 0^D and ^^D: remove all indent.
|
|
|
6618 */
|
|
|
6619 if ((lastc == '0' || lastc == '^') && curwin->w_cursor.col)
|
|
|
6620 {
|
|
|
6621 --curwin->w_cursor.col;
|
|
|
6622 (void)del_char(FALSE); /* delete the '^' or '0' */
|
|
|
6623 /* In Replace mode, restore the characters that '^' or '0' replaced. */
|
|
|
6624 if (State & REPLACE_FLAG)
|
|
|
6625 replace_pop_ins();
|
|
|
6626 if (lastc == '^')
|
|
|
6627 old_indent = get_indent(); /* remember curr. indent */
|
|
|
6628 change_indent(INDENT_SET, 0, TRUE, 0);
|
|
|
6629 }
|
|
|
6630 else
|
|
|
6631 change_indent(c == Ctrl_D ? INDENT_DEC : INDENT_INC, 0, TRUE, 0);
|
|
|
6632
|
|
|
6633 if (did_ai && *skipwhite(ml_get_curline()) != NUL)
|
|
|
6634 did_ai = FALSE;
|
|
|
6635 #ifdef FEAT_SMARTINDENT
|
|
|
6636 did_si = FALSE;
|
|
|
6637 can_si = FALSE;
|
|
|
6638 can_si_back = FALSE;
|
|
|
6639 #endif
|
|
|
6640 #ifdef FEAT_CINDENT
|
|
|
6641 can_cindent = FALSE; /* no cindenting after ^D or ^T */
|
|
|
6642 #endif
|
|
|
6643 }
|
|
|
6644
|
|
|
6645 static void
|
|
|
6646 ins_del()
|
|
|
6647 {
|
|
|
6648 int temp;
|
|
|
6649
|
|
|
6650 if (stop_arrow() == FAIL)
|
|
|
6651 return;
|
|
|
6652 if (gchar_cursor() == NUL) /* delete newline */
|
|
|
6653 {
|
|
|
6654 temp = curwin->w_cursor.col;
|
|
|
6655 if (!can_bs(BS_EOL) /* only if "eol" included */
|
|
|
6656 || u_save((linenr_T)(curwin->w_cursor.lnum - 1),
|
|
|
6657 (linenr_T)(curwin->w_cursor.lnum + 2)) == FAIL
|
|
|
6658 || do_join(FALSE) == FAIL)
|
|
|
6659 vim_beep();
|
|
|
6660 else
|
|
|
6661 curwin->w_cursor.col = temp;
|
|
|
6662 }
|
|
|
6663 else if (del_char(FALSE) == FAIL) /* delete char under cursor */
|
|
|
6664 vim_beep();
|
|
|
6665 did_ai = FALSE;
|
|
|
6666 #ifdef FEAT_SMARTINDENT
|
|
|
6667 did_si = FALSE;
|
|
|
6668 can_si = FALSE;
|
|
|
6669 can_si_back = FALSE;
|
|
|
6670 #endif
|
|
|
6671 AppendCharToRedobuff(K_DEL);
|
|
|
6672 }
|
|
|
6673
|
|
|
6674 /*
|
|
|
6675 * Handle Backspace, delete-word and delete-line in Insert mode.
|
|
|
6676 * Return TRUE when backspace was actually used.
|
|
|
6677 */
|
|
|
6678 static int
|
|
|
6679 ins_bs(c, mode, inserted_space_p)
|
|
|
6680 int c;
|
|
|
6681 int mode;
|
|
|
6682 int *inserted_space_p;
|
|
|
6683 {
|
|
|
6684 linenr_T lnum;
|
|
|
6685 int cc;
|
|
|
6686 int temp = 0; /* init for GCC */
|
|
|
6687 colnr_T mincol;
|
|
|
6688 int did_backspace = FALSE;
|
|
|
6689 int in_indent;
|
|
|
6690 int oldState;
|
|
|
6691 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
|
|
|
6692 int p1, p2;
|
|
|
6693 #endif
|
|
|
6694
|
|
|
6695 /*
|
|
|
6696 * can't delete anything in an empty file
|
|
|
6697 * can't backup past first character in buffer
|
|
|
6698 * can't backup past starting point unless 'backspace' > 1
|
|
|
6699 * can backup to a previous line if 'backspace' == 0
|
|
|
6700 */
|
|
|
6701 if ( bufempty()
|
|
|
6702 || (
|
|
|
6703 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT
|
|
|
6704 !revins_on &&
|
|
|
6705 #endif
|
|
|
6706 ((curwin->w_cursor.lnum == 1 && curwin->w_cursor.col == 0)
|
|
|
6707 || (!can_bs(BS_START)
|
|
|
6708 && (arrow_used
|
|
|
6709 || (curwin->w_cursor.lnum == Insstart.lnum
|
|
|
6710 && curwin->w_cursor.col <= Insstart.col)))
|
|
|
6711 || (!can_bs(BS_INDENT) && !arrow_used && ai_col > 0
|
|
|
6712 && curwin->w_cursor.col <= ai_col)
|
|
|
6713 || (!can_bs(BS_EOL) && curwin->w_cursor.col == 0))))
|
|
|
6714 {
|
|
|
6715 vim_beep();
|
|
|
6716 return FALSE;
|
|
|
6717 }
|
|
|
6718
|
|
|
6719 if (stop_arrow() == FAIL)
|
|
|
6720 return FALSE;
|
|
|
6721 in_indent = inindent(0);
|
|
|
6722 #ifdef FEAT_CINDENT
|
|
|
6723 if (in_indent)
|
|
|
6724 can_cindent = FALSE;
|
|
|
6725 #endif
|
|
|
6726 #ifdef FEAT_COMMENTS
|
|
|
6727 end_comment_pending = NUL; /* After BS, don't auto-end comment */
|
|
|
6728 #endif
|
|
|
6729 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT
|
|
|
6730 if (revins_on) /* put cursor after last inserted char */
|
|
|
6731 inc_cursor();
|
|
|
6732 #endif
|
|
|
6733
|
|
|
6734 #ifdef FEAT_VIRTUALEDIT
|
|
|
6735 /* Virtualedit:
|
|
|
6736 * BACKSPACE_CHAR eats a virtual space
|
|
|
6737 * BACKSPACE_WORD eats all coladd
|
|
|
6738 * BACKSPACE_LINE eats all coladd and keeps going
|
|
|
6739 */
|
|
|
6740 if (curwin->w_cursor.coladd > 0)
|
|
|
6741 {
|
|
|
6742 if (mode == BACKSPACE_CHAR)
|
|
|
6743 {
|
|
|
6744 --curwin->w_cursor.coladd;
|
|
|
6745 return TRUE;
|
|
|
6746 }
|
|
|
6747 if (mode == BACKSPACE_WORD)
|
|
|
6748 {
|
|
|
6749 curwin->w_cursor.coladd = 0;
|
|
|
6750 return TRUE;
|
|
|
6751 }
|
|
|
6752 curwin->w_cursor.coladd = 0;
|
|
|
6753 }
|
|
|
6754 #endif
|
|
|
6755
|
|
|
6756 /*
|
|
|
6757 * delete newline!
|
|
|
6758 */
|
|
|
6759 if (curwin->w_cursor.col == 0)
|
|
|
6760 {
|
|
|
6761 lnum = Insstart.lnum;
|
|
|
6762 if (curwin->w_cursor.lnum == Insstart.lnum
|
|
|
6763 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT
|
|
|
6764 || revins_on
|
|
|
6765 #endif
|
|
|
6766 )
|
|
|
6767 {
|
|
|
6768 if (u_save((linenr_T)(curwin->w_cursor.lnum - 2),
|
|
|
6769 (linenr_T)(curwin->w_cursor.lnum + 1)) == FAIL)
|
|
|
6770 return FALSE;
|
|
|
6771 --Insstart.lnum;
|
|
|
6772 Insstart.col = MAXCOL;
|
|
|
6773 }
|
|
|
6774 /*
|
|
|
6775 * In replace mode:
|
|
|
6776 * cc < 0: NL was inserted, delete it
|
|
|
6777 * cc >= 0: NL was replaced, put original characters back
|
|
|
6778 */
|
|
|
6779 cc = -1;
|
|
|
6780 if (State & REPLACE_FLAG)
|
|
|
6781 cc = replace_pop(); /* returns -1 if NL was inserted */
|
|
|
6782 /*
|
|
|
6783 * In replace mode, in the line we started replacing, we only move the
|
|
|
6784 * cursor.
|
|
|
6785 */
|
|
|
6786 if ((State & REPLACE_FLAG) && curwin->w_cursor.lnum <= lnum)
|
|
|
6787 {
|
|
|
6788 dec_cursor();
|
|
|
6789 }
|
|
|
6790 else
|
|
|
6791 {
|
|
|
6792 #ifdef FEAT_VREPLACE
|
|
|
6793 if (!(State & VREPLACE_FLAG)
|
|
|
6794 || curwin->w_cursor.lnum > orig_line_count)
|
|
|
6795 #endif
|
|
|
6796 {
|
|
|
6797 temp = gchar_cursor(); /* remember current char */
|
|
|
6798 --curwin->w_cursor.lnum;
|
|
278
|
6799
|
|
|
6800 /* When "aw" is in 'formatoptions' we must delete the space at
|
|
|
6801 * the end of the line, otherwise the line will be broken
|
|
|
6802 * again when auto-formatting. */
|
|
|
6803 if (has_format_option(FO_AUTO)
|
|
|
6804 && has_format_option(FO_WHITE_PAR))
|
|
|
6805 {
|
|
|
6806 char_u *ptr = ml_get_buf(curbuf, curwin->w_cursor.lnum,
|
|
|
6807 TRUE);
|
|
|
6808 int len;
|
|
|
6809
|
|
|
6810 len = STRLEN(ptr);
|
|
|
6811 if (len > 0 && ptr[len - 1] == ' ')
|
|
|
6812 ptr[len - 1] = NUL;
|
|
|
6813 }
|
|
|
6814
|
|
7
|
6815 (void)do_join(FALSE);
|
|
|
6816 if (temp == NUL && gchar_cursor() != NUL)
|
|
|
6817 inc_cursor();
|
|
|
6818 }
|
|
|
6819 #ifdef FEAT_VREPLACE
|
|
|
6820 else
|
|
|
6821 dec_cursor();
|
|
|
6822 #endif
|
|
|
6823
|
|
|
6824 /*
|
|
|
6825 * In REPLACE mode we have to put back the text that was replaced
|
|
|
6826 * by the NL. On the replace stack is first a NUL-terminated
|
|
|
6827 * sequence of characters that were deleted and then the
|
|
|
6828 * characters that NL replaced.
|
|
|
6829 */
|
|
|
6830 if (State & REPLACE_FLAG)
|
|
|
6831 {
|
|
|
6832 /*
|
|
|
6833 * Do the next ins_char() in NORMAL state, to
|
|
|
6834 * prevent ins_char() from replacing characters and
|
|
|
6835 * avoiding showmatch().
|
|
|
6836 */
|
|
|
6837 oldState = State;
|
|
|
6838 State = NORMAL;
|
|
|
6839 /*
|
|
|
6840 * restore characters (blanks) deleted after cursor
|
|
|
6841 */
|
|
|
6842 while (cc > 0)
|
|
|
6843 {
|
|
|
6844 temp = curwin->w_cursor.col;
|
|
|
6845 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
|
|
|
6846 mb_replace_pop_ins(cc);
|
|
|
6847 #else
|
|
|
6848 ins_char(cc);
|
|
|
6849 #endif
|
|
|
6850 curwin->w_cursor.col = temp;
|
|
|
6851 cc = replace_pop();
|
|
|
6852 }
|
|
|
6853 /* restore the characters that NL replaced */
|
|
|
6854 replace_pop_ins();
|
|
|
6855 State = oldState;
|
|
|
6856 }
|
|
|
6857 }
|
|
|
6858 did_ai = FALSE;
|
|
|
6859 }
|
|
|
6860 else
|
|
|
6861 {
|
|
|
6862 /*
|
|
|
6863 * Delete character(s) before the cursor.
|
|
|
6864 */
|
|
|
6865 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT
|
|
|
6866 if (revins_on) /* put cursor on last inserted char */
|
|
|
6867 dec_cursor();
|
|
|
6868 #endif
|
|
|
6869 mincol = 0;
|
|
|
6870 /* keep indent */
|
|
|
6871 if (mode == BACKSPACE_LINE && curbuf->b_p_ai
|
|
|
6872 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT
|
|
|
6873 && !revins_on
|
|
|
6874 #endif
|
|
|
6875 )
|
|
|
6876 {
|
|
|
6877 temp = curwin->w_cursor.col;
|
|
|
6878 beginline(BL_WHITE);
|
|
|
6879 if (curwin->w_cursor.col < (colnr_T)temp)
|
|
|
6880 mincol = curwin->w_cursor.col;
|
|
|
6881 curwin->w_cursor.col = temp;
|
|
|
6882 }
|
|
|
6883
|
|
|
6884 /*
|
|
|
6885 * Handle deleting one 'shiftwidth' or 'softtabstop'.
|
|
|
6886 */
|
|
|
6887 if ( mode == BACKSPACE_CHAR
|
|
|
6888 && ((p_sta && in_indent)
|
|
|
6889 || (curbuf->b_p_sts
|
|
|
6890 && (*(ml_get_cursor() - 1) == TAB
|
|
|
6891 || (*(ml_get_cursor() - 1) == ' '
|
|
|
6892 && (!*inserted_space_p
|
|
|
6893 || arrow_used))))))
|
|
|
6894 {
|
|
|
6895 int ts;
|
|
|
6896 colnr_T vcol;
|
|
|
6897 colnr_T want_vcol;
|
|
|
6898 int extra = 0;
|
|
|
6899
|
|
|
6900 *inserted_space_p = FALSE;
|
|
|
6901 if (p_sta)
|
|
|
6902 ts = curbuf->b_p_sw;
|
|
|
6903 else
|
|
|
6904 ts = curbuf->b_p_sts;
|
|
|
6905 /* Compute the virtual column where we want to be. Since
|
|
|
6906 * 'showbreak' may get in the way, need to get the last column of
|
|
|
6907 * the previous character. */
|
|
|
6908 getvcol(curwin, &curwin->w_cursor, &vcol, NULL, NULL);
|
|
|
6909 dec_cursor();
|
|
|
6910 getvcol(curwin, &curwin->w_cursor, NULL, NULL, &want_vcol);
|
|
|
6911 inc_cursor();
|
|
|
6912 want_vcol = (want_vcol / ts) * ts;
|
|
|
6913
|
|
|
6914 /* delete characters until we are at or before want_vcol */
|
|
|
6915 while (vcol > want_vcol
|
|
|
6916 && (cc = *(ml_get_cursor() - 1), vim_iswhite(cc)))
|
|
|
6917 {
|
|
|
6918 dec_cursor();
|
|
|
6919 getvcol(curwin, &curwin->w_cursor, &vcol, NULL, NULL);
|
|
|
6920 if (State & REPLACE_FLAG)
|
|
|
6921 {
|
|
|
6922 /* Don't delete characters before the insert point when in
|
|
|
6923 * Replace mode */
|
|
|
6924 if (curwin->w_cursor.lnum != Insstart.lnum
|
|
|
6925 || curwin->w_cursor.col >= Insstart.col)
|
|
|
6926 {
|
|
|
6927 #if 0 /* what was this for? It causes problems when sw != ts. */
|
|
|
6928 if (State == REPLACE && (int)vcol < want_vcol)
|
|
|
6929 {
|
|
|
6930 (void)del_char(FALSE);
|
|
|
6931 extra = 2; /* don't pop too much */
|
|
|
6932 }
|
|
|
6933 else
|
|
|
6934 #endif
|
|
|
6935 replace_do_bs();
|
|
|
6936 }
|
|
|
6937 }
|
|
|
6938 else
|
|
|
6939 (void)del_char(FALSE);
|
|
|
6940 }
|
|
|
6941
|
|
|
6942 /* insert extra spaces until we are at want_vcol */
|
|
|
6943 while (vcol < want_vcol)
|
|
|
6944 {
|
|
|
6945 /* Remember the first char we inserted */
|
|
|
6946 if (curwin->w_cursor.lnum == Insstart.lnum
|
|
|
6947 && curwin->w_cursor.col < Insstart.col)
|
|
|
6948 Insstart.col = curwin->w_cursor.col;
|
|
|
6949
|
|
|
6950 #ifdef FEAT_VREPLACE
|
|
|
6951 if (State & VREPLACE_FLAG)
|
|
|
6952 ins_char(' ');
|
|
|
6953 else
|
|
|
6954 #endif
|
|
|
6955 {
|
|
|
6956 ins_str((char_u *)" ");
|
|
|
6957 if ((State & REPLACE_FLAG) && extra <= 1)
|
|
|
6958 {
|
|
|
6959 if (extra)
|
|
|
6960 replace_push_off(NUL);
|
|
|
6961 else
|
|
|
6962 replace_push(NUL);
|
|
|
6963 }
|
|
|
6964 if (extra == 2)
|
|
|
6965 extra = 1;
|
|
|
6966 }
|
|
|
6967 getvcol(curwin, &curwin->w_cursor, &vcol, NULL, NULL);
|
|
|
6968 }
|
|
|
6969 }
|
|
|
6970
|
|
|
6971 /*
|
|
|
6972 * Delete upto starting point, start of line or previous word.
|
|
|
6973 */
|
|
|
6974 else do
|
|
|
6975 {
|
|
|
6976 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT
|
|
|
6977 if (!revins_on) /* put cursor on char to be deleted */
|
|
|
6978 #endif
|
|
|
6979 dec_cursor();
|
|
|
6980
|
|
|
6981 /* start of word? */
|
|
|
6982 if (mode == BACKSPACE_WORD && !vim_isspace(gchar_cursor()))
|
|
|
6983 {
|
|
|
6984 mode = BACKSPACE_WORD_NOT_SPACE;
|
|
|
6985 temp = vim_iswordc(gchar_cursor());
|
|
|
6986 }
|
|
|
6987 /* end of word? */
|
|
|
6988 else if (mode == BACKSPACE_WORD_NOT_SPACE
|
|
|
6989 && (vim_isspace(cc = gchar_cursor())
|
|
|
6990 || vim_iswordc(cc) != temp))
|
|
|
6991 {
|
|
|
6992 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT
|
|
|
6993 if (!revins_on)
|
|
|
6994 #endif
|
|
|
6995 inc_cursor();
|
|
|
6996 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT
|
|
|
6997 else if (State & REPLACE_FLAG)
|
|
|
6998 dec_cursor();
|
|
|
6999 #endif
|
|
|
7000 break;
|
|
|
7001 }
|
|
|
7002 if (State & REPLACE_FLAG)
|
|
|
7003 replace_do_bs();
|
|
|
7004 else
|
|
|
7005 {
|
|
|
7006 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
|
|
|
7007 if (enc_utf8 && p_deco)
|
|
|
7008 (void)utfc_ptr2char(ml_get_cursor(), &p1, &p2);
|
|
|
7009 #endif
|
|
|
7010 (void)del_char(FALSE);
|
|
|
7011 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
|
|
|
7012 /*
|
|
|
7013 * If p1 or p2 is non-zero, there are combining characters we
|
|
|
7014 * need to take account of. Don't back up before the base
|
|
|
7015 * character.
|
|
|
7016 */
|
|
|
7017 if (enc_utf8 && p_deco && (p1 != NUL || p2 != NUL))
|
|
|
7018 inc_cursor();
|
|
|
7019 #endif
|
|
|
7020 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT
|
|
|
7021 if (revins_chars)
|
|
|
7022 {
|
|
|
7023 revins_chars--;
|
|
|
7024 revins_legal++;
|
|
|
7025 }
|
|
|
7026 if (revins_on && gchar_cursor() == NUL)
|
|
|
7027 break;
|
|
|
7028 #endif
|
|
|
7029 }
|
|
|
7030 /* Just a single backspace?: */
|
|
|
7031 if (mode == BACKSPACE_CHAR)
|
|
|
7032 break;
|
|
|
7033 } while (
|
|
|
7034 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT
|
|
|
7035 revins_on ||
|
|
|
7036 #endif
|
|
|
7037 (curwin->w_cursor.col > mincol
|
|
|
7038 && (curwin->w_cursor.lnum != Insstart.lnum
|
|
|
7039 || curwin->w_cursor.col != Insstart.col)));
|
|
|
7040 did_backspace = TRUE;
|
|
|
7041 }
|
|
|
7042 #ifdef FEAT_SMARTINDENT
|
|
|
7043 did_si = FALSE;
|
|
|
7044 can_si = FALSE;
|
|
|
7045 can_si_back = FALSE;
|
|
|
7046 #endif
|
|
|
7047 if (curwin->w_cursor.col <= 1)
|
|
|
7048 did_ai = FALSE;
|
|
|
7049 /*
|
|
|
7050 * It's a little strange to put backspaces into the redo
|
|
|
7051 * buffer, but it makes auto-indent a lot easier to deal
|
|
|
7052 * with.
|
|
|
7053 */
|
|
|
7054 AppendCharToRedobuff(c);
|
|
|
7055
|
|
|
7056 /* If deleted before the insertion point, adjust it */
|
|
|
7057 if (curwin->w_cursor.lnum == Insstart.lnum
|
|
|
7058 && curwin->w_cursor.col < Insstart.col)
|
|
|
7059 Insstart.col = curwin->w_cursor.col;
|
|
|
7060
|
|
|
7061 /* vi behaviour: the cursor moves backward but the character that
|
|
|
7062 * was there remains visible
|
|
|
7063 * Vim behaviour: the cursor moves backward and the character that
|
|
|
7064 * was there is erased from the screen.
|
|
|
7065 * We can emulate the vi behaviour by pretending there is a dollar
|
|
|
7066 * displayed even when there isn't.
|
|
|
7067 * --pkv Sun Jan 19 01:56:40 EST 2003 */
|
|
|
7068 if (vim_strchr(p_cpo, CPO_BACKSPACE) != NULL && dollar_vcol == 0)
|
|
|
7069 dollar_vcol = curwin->w_virtcol;
|
|
|
7070
|
|
|
7071 return did_backspace;
|
|
|
7072 }
|
|
|
7073
|
|
|
7074 #ifdef FEAT_MOUSE
|
|
|
7075 static void
|
|
|
7076 ins_mouse(c)
|
|
|
7077 int c;
|
|
|
7078 {
|
|
|
7079 pos_T tpos;
|
|
|
7080
|
|
|
7081 # ifdef FEAT_GUI
|
|
|
7082 /* When GUI is active, also move/paste when 'mouse' is empty */
|
|
|
7083 if (!gui.in_use)
|
|
|
7084 # endif
|
|
|
7085 if (!mouse_has(MOUSE_INSERT))
|
|
|
7086 return;
|
|
|
7087
|
|
|
7088 undisplay_dollar();
|
|
|
7089 tpos = curwin->w_cursor;
|
|
|
7090 if (do_mouse(NULL, c, BACKWARD, 1L, 0))
|
|
|
7091 {
|
|
|
7092 start_arrow(&tpos);
|
|
|
7093 # ifdef FEAT_CINDENT
|
|
|
7094 can_cindent = TRUE;
|
|
|
7095 # endif
|
|
|
7096 }
|
|
|
7097
|
|
|
7098 #ifdef FEAT_WINDOWS
|
|
|
7099 /* redraw status lines (in case another window became active) */
|
|
|
7100 redraw_statuslines();
|
|
|
7101 #endif
|
|
|
7102 }
|
|
|
7103
|
|
|
7104 static void
|
|
|
7105 ins_mousescroll(up)
|
|
|
7106 int up;
|
|
|
7107 {
|
|
|
7108 pos_T tpos;
|
|
|
7109 # if defined(FEAT_GUI) && defined(FEAT_WINDOWS)
|
|
|
7110 win_T *old_curwin;
|
|
|
7111 # endif
|
|
|
7112
|
|
|
7113 tpos = curwin->w_cursor;
|
|
|
7114
|
|
|
7115 # if defined(FEAT_GUI) && defined(FEAT_WINDOWS)
|
|
|
7116 old_curwin = curwin;
|
|
|
7117
|
|
|
7118 /* Currently the mouse coordinates are only known in the GUI. */
|
|
|
7119 if (gui.in_use && mouse_row >= 0 && mouse_col >= 0)
|
|
|
7120 {
|
|
|
7121 int row, col;
|
|
|
7122
|
|
|
7123 row = mouse_row;
|
|
|
7124 col = mouse_col;
|
|
|
7125
|
|
|
7126 /* find the window at the pointer coordinates */
|
|
|
7127 curwin = mouse_find_win(&row, &col);
|
|
|
7128 curbuf = curwin->w_buffer;
|
|
|
7129 }
|
|
|
7130 if (curwin == old_curwin)
|
|
|
7131 # endif
|
|
|
7132 undisplay_dollar();
|
|
|
7133
|
|
|
7134 if (mod_mask & (MOD_MASK_SHIFT | MOD_MASK_CTRL))
|
|
|
7135 scroll_redraw(up, (long)(curwin->w_botline - curwin->w_topline));
|
|
|
7136 else
|
|
|
7137 scroll_redraw(up, 3L);
|
|
|
7138
|
|
|
7139 # if defined(FEAT_GUI) && defined(FEAT_WINDOWS)
|
|
|
7140 curwin->w_redr_status = TRUE;
|
|
|
7141
|
|
|
7142 curwin = old_curwin;
|
|
|
7143 curbuf = curwin->w_buffer;
|
|
|
7144 # endif
|
|
|
7145
|
|
|
7146 if (!equalpos(curwin->w_cursor, tpos))
|
|
|
7147 {
|
|
|
7148 start_arrow(&tpos);
|
|
|
7149 # ifdef FEAT_CINDENT
|
|
|
7150 can_cindent = TRUE;
|
|
|
7151 # endif
|
|
|
7152 }
|
|
|
7153 }
|
|
|
7154 #endif
|
|
|
7155
|
|
|
7156 #ifdef FEAT_GUI
|
|
|
7157 void
|
|
|
7158 ins_scroll()
|
|
|
7159 {
|
|
|
7160 pos_T tpos;
|
|
|
7161
|
|
|
7162 undisplay_dollar();
|
|
|
7163 tpos = curwin->w_cursor;
|
|
|
7164 if (gui_do_scroll())
|
|
|
7165 {
|
|
|
7166 start_arrow(&tpos);
|
|
|
7167 # ifdef FEAT_CINDENT
|
|
|
7168 can_cindent = TRUE;
|
|
|
7169 # endif
|
|
|
7170 }
|
|
|
7171 }
|
|
|
7172
|
|
|
7173 void
|
|
|
7174 ins_horscroll()
|
|
|
7175 {
|
|
|
7176 pos_T tpos;
|
|
|
7177
|
|
|
7178 undisplay_dollar();
|
|
|
7179 tpos = curwin->w_cursor;
|
|
|
7180 if (gui_do_horiz_scroll())
|
|
|
7181 {
|
|
|
7182 start_arrow(&tpos);
|
|
|
7183 # ifdef FEAT_CINDENT
|
|
|
7184 can_cindent = TRUE;
|
|
|
7185 # endif
|
|
|
7186 }
|
|
|
7187 }
|
|
|
7188 #endif
|
|
|
7189
|
|
|
7190 static void
|
|
|
7191 ins_left()
|
|
|
7192 {
|
|
|
7193 pos_T tpos;
|
|
|
7194
|
|
|
7195 #ifdef FEAT_FOLDING
|
|
|
7196 if ((fdo_flags & FDO_HOR) && KeyTyped)
|
|
|
7197 foldOpenCursor();
|
|
|
7198 #endif
|
|
|
7199 undisplay_dollar();
|
|
|
7200 tpos = curwin->w_cursor;
|
|
|
7201 if (oneleft() == OK)
|
|
|
7202 {
|
|
|
7203 start_arrow(&tpos);
|
|
|
7204 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT
|
|
|
7205 /* If exit reversed string, position is fixed */
|
|
|
7206 if (revins_scol != -1 && (int)curwin->w_cursor.col >= revins_scol)
|
|
|
7207 revins_legal++;
|
|
|
7208 revins_chars++;
|
|
|
7209 #endif
|
|
|
7210 }
|
|
|
7211
|
|
|
7212 /*
|
|
|
7213 * if 'whichwrap' set for cursor in insert mode may go to
|
|
|
7214 * previous line
|
|
|
7215 */
|
|
|
7216 else if (vim_strchr(p_ww, '[') != NULL && curwin->w_cursor.lnum > 1)
|
|
|
7217 {
|
|
|
7218 start_arrow(&tpos);
|
|
|
7219 --(curwin->w_cursor.lnum);
|
|
|
7220 coladvance((colnr_T)MAXCOL);
|
|
|
7221 curwin->w_set_curswant = TRUE; /* so we stay at the end */
|
|
|
7222 }
|
|
|
7223 else
|
|
|
7224 vim_beep();
|
|
|
7225 }
|
|
|
7226
|
|
|
7227 static void
|
|
|
7228 ins_home(c)
|
|
|
7229 int c;
|
|
|
7230 {
|
|
|
7231 pos_T tpos;
|
|
|
7232
|
|
|
7233 #ifdef FEAT_FOLDING
|
|
|
7234 if ((fdo_flags & FDO_HOR) && KeyTyped)
|
|
|
7235 foldOpenCursor();
|
|
|
7236 #endif
|
|
|
7237 undisplay_dollar();
|
|
|
7238 tpos = curwin->w_cursor;
|
|
|
7239 if (c == K_C_HOME)
|
|
|
7240 curwin->w_cursor.lnum = 1;
|
|
|
7241 curwin->w_cursor.col = 0;
|
|
|
7242 #ifdef FEAT_VIRTUALEDIT
|
|
|
7243 curwin->w_cursor.coladd = 0;
|
|
|
7244 #endif
|
|
|
7245 curwin->w_curswant = 0;
|
|
|
7246 start_arrow(&tpos);
|
|
|
7247 }
|
|
|
7248
|
|
|
7249 static void
|
|
|
7250 ins_end(c)
|
|
|
7251 int c;
|
|
|
7252 {
|
|
|
7253 pos_T tpos;
|
|
|
7254
|
|
|
7255 #ifdef FEAT_FOLDING
|
|
|
7256 if ((fdo_flags & FDO_HOR) && KeyTyped)
|
|
|
7257 foldOpenCursor();
|
|
|
7258 #endif
|
|
|
7259 undisplay_dollar();
|
|
|
7260 tpos = curwin->w_cursor;
|
|
|
7261 if (c == K_C_END)
|
|
|
7262 curwin->w_cursor.lnum = curbuf->b_ml.ml_line_count;
|
|
|
7263 coladvance((colnr_T)MAXCOL);
|
|
|
7264 curwin->w_curswant = MAXCOL;
|
|
|
7265
|
|
|
7266 start_arrow(&tpos);
|
|
|
7267 }
|
|
|
7268
|
|
|
7269 static void
|
|
|
7270 ins_s_left()
|
|
|
7271 {
|
|
|
7272 #ifdef FEAT_FOLDING
|
|
|
7273 if ((fdo_flags & FDO_HOR) && KeyTyped)
|
|
|
7274 foldOpenCursor();
|
|
|
7275 #endif
|
|
|
7276 undisplay_dollar();
|
|
|
7277 if (curwin->w_cursor.lnum > 1 || curwin->w_cursor.col > 0)
|
|
|
7278 {
|
|
|
7279 start_arrow(&curwin->w_cursor);
|
|
|
7280 (void)bck_word(1L, FALSE, FALSE);
|
|
|
7281 curwin->w_set_curswant = TRUE;
|
|
|
7282 }
|
|
|
7283 else
|
|
|
7284 vim_beep();
|
|
|
7285 }
|
|
|
7286
|
|
|
7287 static void
|
|
|
7288 ins_right()
|
|
|
7289 {
|
|
|
7290 #ifdef FEAT_FOLDING
|
|
|
7291 if ((fdo_flags & FDO_HOR) && KeyTyped)
|
|
|
7292 foldOpenCursor();
|
|
|
7293 #endif
|
|
|
7294 undisplay_dollar();
|
|
|
7295 if (gchar_cursor() != NUL || virtual_active()
|
|
|
7296 )
|
|
|
7297 {
|
|
|
7298 start_arrow(&curwin->w_cursor);
|
|
|
7299 curwin->w_set_curswant = TRUE;
|
|
|
7300 #ifdef FEAT_VIRTUALEDIT
|
|
|
7301 if (virtual_active())
|
|
|
7302 oneright();
|
|
|
7303 else
|
|
|
7304 #endif
|
|
|
7305 {
|
|
|
7306 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
|
|
|
7307 if (has_mbyte)
|
|
|
7308 curwin->w_cursor.col += (*mb_ptr2len_check)(ml_get_cursor());
|
|
|
7309 else
|
|
|
7310 #endif
|
|
|
7311 ++curwin->w_cursor.col;
|
|
|
7312 }
|
|
|
7313
|
|
|
7314 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT
|
|
|
7315 revins_legal++;
|
|
|
7316 if (revins_chars)
|
|
|
7317 revins_chars--;
|
|
|
7318 #endif
|
|
|
7319 }
|
|
|
7320 /* if 'whichwrap' set for cursor in insert mode, may move the
|
|
|
7321 * cursor to the next line */
|
|
|
7322 else if (vim_strchr(p_ww, ']') != NULL
|
|
|
7323 && curwin->w_cursor.lnum < curbuf->b_ml.ml_line_count)
|
|
|
7324 {
|
|
|
7325 start_arrow(&curwin->w_cursor);
|
|
|
7326 curwin->w_set_curswant = TRUE;
|
|
|
7327 ++curwin->w_cursor.lnum;
|
|
|
7328 curwin->w_cursor.col = 0;
|
|
|
7329 }
|
|
|
7330 else
|
|
|
7331 vim_beep();
|
|
|
7332 }
|
|
|
7333
|
|
|
7334 static void
|
|
|
7335 ins_s_right()
|
|
|
7336 {
|
|
|
7337 #ifdef FEAT_FOLDING
|
|
|
7338 if ((fdo_flags & FDO_HOR) && KeyTyped)
|
|
|
7339 foldOpenCursor();
|
|
|
7340 #endif
|
|
|
7341 undisplay_dollar();
|
|
|
7342 if (curwin->w_cursor.lnum < curbuf->b_ml.ml_line_count
|
|
|
7343 || gchar_cursor() != NUL)
|
|
|
7344 {
|
|
|
7345 start_arrow(&curwin->w_cursor);
|
|
|
7346 (void)fwd_word(1L, FALSE, 0);
|
|
|
7347 curwin->w_set_curswant = TRUE;
|
|
|
7348 }
|
|
|
7349 else
|
|
|
7350 vim_beep();
|
|
|
7351 }
|
|
|
7352
|
|
|
7353 static void
|
|
|
7354 ins_up(startcol)
|
|
|
7355 int startcol; /* when TRUE move to Insstart.col */
|
|
|
7356 {
|
|
|
7357 pos_T tpos;
|
|
|
7358 linenr_T old_topline = curwin->w_topline;
|
|
|
7359 #ifdef FEAT_DIFF
|
|
|
7360 int old_topfill = curwin->w_topfill;
|
|
|
7361 #endif
|
|
|
7362
|
|
|
7363 undisplay_dollar();
|
|
|
7364 tpos = curwin->w_cursor;
|
|
|
7365 if (cursor_up(1L, TRUE) == OK)
|
|
|
7366 {
|
|
|
7367 if (startcol)
|
|
|
7368 coladvance(getvcol_nolist(&Insstart));
|
|
|
7369 if (old_topline != curwin->w_topline
|
|
|
7370 #ifdef FEAT_DIFF
|
|
|
7371 || old_topfill != curwin->w_topfill
|
|
|
7372 #endif
|
|
|
7373 )
|
|
|
7374 redraw_later(VALID);
|
|
|
7375 start_arrow(&tpos);
|
|
|
7376 #ifdef FEAT_CINDENT
|
|
|
7377 can_cindent = TRUE;
|
|
|
7378 #endif
|
|
|
7379 }
|
|
|
7380 else
|
|
|
7381 vim_beep();
|
|
|
7382 }
|
|
|
7383
|
|
|
7384 static void
|
|
|
7385 ins_pageup()
|
|
|
7386 {
|
|
|
7387 pos_T tpos;
|
|
|
7388
|
|
|
7389 undisplay_dollar();
|
|
|
7390 tpos = curwin->w_cursor;
|
|
|
7391 if (onepage(BACKWARD, 1L) == OK)
|
|
|
7392 {
|
|
|
7393 start_arrow(&tpos);
|
|
|
7394 #ifdef FEAT_CINDENT
|
|
|
7395 can_cindent = TRUE;
|
|
|
7396 #endif
|
|
|
7397 }
|
|
|
7398 else
|
|
|
7399 vim_beep();
|
|
|
7400 }
|
|
|
7401
|
|
|
7402 static void
|
|
|
7403 ins_down(startcol)
|
|
|
7404 int startcol; /* when TRUE move to Insstart.col */
|
|
|
7405 {
|
|
|
7406 pos_T tpos;
|
|
|
7407 linenr_T old_topline = curwin->w_topline;
|
|
|
7408 #ifdef FEAT_DIFF
|
|
|
7409 int old_topfill = curwin->w_topfill;
|
|
|
7410 #endif
|
|
|
7411
|
|
|
7412 undisplay_dollar();
|
|
|
7413 tpos = curwin->w_cursor;
|
|
|
7414 if (cursor_down(1L, TRUE) == OK)
|
|
|
7415 {
|
|
|
7416 if (startcol)
|
|
|
7417 coladvance(getvcol_nolist(&Insstart));
|
|
|
7418 if (old_topline != curwin->w_topline
|
|
|
7419 #ifdef FEAT_DIFF
|
|
|
7420 || old_topfill != curwin->w_topfill
|
|
|
7421 #endif
|
|
|
7422 )
|
|
|
7423 redraw_later(VALID);
|
|
|
7424 start_arrow(&tpos);
|
|
|
7425 #ifdef FEAT_CINDENT
|
|
|
7426 can_cindent = TRUE;
|
|
|
7427 #endif
|
|
|
7428 }
|
|
|
7429 else
|
|
|
7430 vim_beep();
|
|
|
7431 }
|
|
|
7432
|
|
|
7433 static void
|
|
|
7434 ins_pagedown()
|
|
|
7435 {
|
|
|
7436 pos_T tpos;
|
|
|
7437
|
|
|
7438 undisplay_dollar();
|
|
|
7439 tpos = curwin->w_cursor;
|
|
|
7440 if (onepage(FORWARD, 1L) == OK)
|
|
|
7441 {
|
|
|
7442 start_arrow(&tpos);
|
|
|
7443 #ifdef FEAT_CINDENT
|
|
|
7444 can_cindent = TRUE;
|
|
|
7445 #endif
|
|
|
7446 }
|
|
|
7447 else
|
|
|
7448 vim_beep();
|
|
|
7449 }
|
|
|
7450
|
|
|
7451 #ifdef FEAT_DND
|
|
|
7452 static void
|
|
|
7453 ins_drop()
|
|
|
7454 {
|
|
|
7455 do_put('~', BACKWARD, 1L, PUT_CURSEND);
|
|
|
7456 }
|
|
|
7457 #endif
|
|
|
7458
|
|
|
7459 /*
|
|
|
7460 * Handle TAB in Insert or Replace mode.
|
|
|
7461 * Return TRUE when the TAB needs to be inserted like a normal character.
|
|
|
7462 */
|
|
|
7463 static int
|
|
|
7464 ins_tab()
|
|
|
7465 {
|
|
|
7466 int ind;
|
|
|
7467 int i;
|
|
|
7468 int temp;
|
|
|
7469
|
|
|
7470 if (Insstart_blank_vcol == MAXCOL && curwin->w_cursor.lnum == Insstart.lnum)
|
|
|
7471 Insstart_blank_vcol = get_nolist_virtcol();
|
|
|
7472 if (echeck_abbr(TAB + ABBR_OFF))
|
|
|
7473 return FALSE;
|
|
|
7474
|
|
|
7475 ind = inindent(0);
|
|
|
7476 #ifdef FEAT_CINDENT
|
|
|
7477 if (ind)
|
|
|
7478 can_cindent = FALSE;
|
|
|
7479 #endif
|
|
|
7480
|
|
|
7481 /*
|
|
|
7482 * When nothing special, insert TAB like a normal character
|
|
|
7483 */
|
|
|
7484 if (!curbuf->b_p_et
|
|
|
7485 && !(p_sta && ind && curbuf->b_p_ts != curbuf->b_p_sw)
|
|
|
7486 && curbuf->b_p_sts == 0)
|
|
|
7487 return TRUE;
|
|
|
7488
|
|
|
7489 if (stop_arrow() == FAIL)
|
|
|
7490 return TRUE;
|
|
|
7491
|
|
|
7492 did_ai = FALSE;
|
|
|
7493 #ifdef FEAT_SMARTINDENT
|
|
|
7494 did_si = FALSE;
|
|
|
7495 can_si = FALSE;
|
|
|
7496 can_si_back = FALSE;
|
|
|
7497 #endif
|
|
|
7498 AppendToRedobuff((char_u *)"\t");
|
|
|
7499
|
|
|
7500 if (p_sta && ind) /* insert tab in indent, use 'shiftwidth' */
|
|
|
7501 temp = (int)curbuf->b_p_sw;
|
|
|
7502 else if (curbuf->b_p_sts > 0) /* use 'softtabstop' when set */
|
|
|
7503 temp = (int)curbuf->b_p_sts;
|
|
|
7504 else /* otherwise use 'tabstop' */
|
|
|
7505 temp = (int)curbuf->b_p_ts;
|
|
|
7506 temp -= get_nolist_virtcol() % temp;
|
|
|
7507
|
|
|
7508 /*
|
|
|
7509 * Insert the first space with ins_char(). It will delete one char in
|
|
|
7510 * replace mode. Insert the rest with ins_str(); it will not delete any
|
|
|
7511 * chars. For VREPLACE mode, we use ins_char() for all characters.
|
|
|
7512 */
|
|
|
7513 ins_char(' ');
|
|
|
7514 while (--temp > 0)
|
|
|
7515 {
|
|
|
7516 #ifdef FEAT_VREPLACE
|
|
|
7517 if (State & VREPLACE_FLAG)
|
|
|
7518 ins_char(' ');
|
|
|
7519 else
|
|
|
7520 #endif
|
|
|
7521 {
|
|
|
7522 ins_str((char_u *)" ");
|
|
|
7523 if (State & REPLACE_FLAG) /* no char replaced */
|
|
|
7524 replace_push(NUL);
|
|
|
7525 }
|
|
|
7526 }
|
|
|
7527
|
|
|
7528 /*
|
|
|
7529 * When 'expandtab' not set: Replace spaces by TABs where possible.
|
|
|
7530 */
|
|
|
7531 if (!curbuf->b_p_et && (curbuf->b_p_sts || (p_sta && ind)))
|
|
|
7532 {
|
|
|
7533 char_u *ptr;
|
|
|
7534 #ifdef FEAT_VREPLACE
|
|
|
7535 char_u *saved_line = NULL; /* init for GCC */
|
|
|
7536 pos_T pos;
|
|
|
7537 #endif
|
|
|
7538 pos_T fpos;
|
|
|
7539 pos_T *cursor;
|
|
|
7540 colnr_T want_vcol, vcol;
|
|
|
7541 int change_col = -1;
|
|
|
7542 int save_list = curwin->w_p_list;
|
|
|
7543
|
|
|
7544 /*
|
|
|
7545 * Get the current line. For VREPLACE mode, don't make real changes
|
|
|
7546 * yet, just work on a copy of the line.
|
|
|
7547 */
|
|
|
7548 #ifdef FEAT_VREPLACE
|
|
|
7549 if (State & VREPLACE_FLAG)
|
|
|
7550 {
|
|
|
7551 pos = curwin->w_cursor;
|
|
|
7552 cursor = &pos;
|
|
|
7553 saved_line = vim_strsave(ml_get_curline());
|
|
|
7554 if (saved_line == NULL)
|
|
|
7555 return FALSE;
|
|
|
7556 ptr = saved_line + pos.col;
|
|
|
7557 }
|
|
|
7558 else
|
|
|
7559 #endif
|
|
|
7560 {
|
|
|
7561 ptr = ml_get_cursor();
|
|
|
7562 cursor = &curwin->w_cursor;
|
|
|
7563 }
|
|
|
7564
|
|
|
7565 /* When 'L' is not in 'cpoptions' a tab always takes up 'ts' spaces. */
|
|
|
7566 if (vim_strchr(p_cpo, CPO_LISTWM) == NULL)
|
|
|
7567 curwin->w_p_list = FALSE;
|
|
|
7568
|
|
|
7569 /* Find first white before the cursor */
|
|
|
7570 fpos = curwin->w_cursor;
|
|
|
7571 while (fpos.col > 0 && vim_iswhite(ptr[-1]))
|
|
|
7572 {
|
|
|
7573 --fpos.col;
|
|
|
7574 --ptr;
|
|
|
7575 }
|
|
|
7576
|
|
|
7577 /* In Replace mode, don't change characters before the insert point. */
|
|
|
7578 if ((State & REPLACE_FLAG)
|
|
|
7579 && fpos.lnum == Insstart.lnum
|
|
|
7580 && fpos.col < Insstart.col)
|
|
|
7581 {
|
|
|
7582 ptr += Insstart.col - fpos.col;
|
|
|
7583 fpos.col = Insstart.col;
|
|
|
7584 }
|
|
|
7585
|
|
|
7586 /* compute virtual column numbers of first white and cursor */
|
|
|
7587 getvcol(curwin, &fpos, &vcol, NULL, NULL);
|
|
|
7588 getvcol(curwin, cursor, &want_vcol, NULL, NULL);
|
|
|
7589
|
|
|
7590 /* Use as many TABs as possible. Beware of 'showbreak' and
|
|
|
7591 * 'linebreak' adding extra virtual columns. */
|
|
|
7592 while (vim_iswhite(*ptr))
|
|
|
7593 {
|
|
|
7594 i = lbr_chartabsize((char_u *)"\t", vcol);
|
|
|
7595 if (vcol + i > want_vcol)
|
|
|
7596 break;
|
|
|
7597 if (*ptr != TAB)
|
|
|
7598 {
|
|
|
7599 *ptr = TAB;
|
|
|
7600 if (change_col < 0)
|
|
|
7601 {
|
|
|
7602 change_col = fpos.col; /* Column of first change */
|
|
|
7603 /* May have to adjust Insstart */
|
|
|
7604 if (fpos.lnum == Insstart.lnum && fpos.col < Insstart.col)
|
|
|
7605 Insstart.col = fpos.col;
|
|
|
7606 }
|
|
|
7607 }
|
|
|
7608 ++fpos.col;
|
|
|
7609 ++ptr;
|
|
|
7610 vcol += i;
|
|
|
7611 }
|
|
|
7612
|
|
|
7613 if (change_col >= 0)
|
|
|
7614 {
|
|
|
7615 int repl_off = 0;
|
|
|
7616
|
|
|
7617 /* Skip over the spaces we need. */
|
|
|
7618 while (vcol < want_vcol && *ptr == ' ')
|
|
|
7619 {
|
|
|
7620 vcol += lbr_chartabsize(ptr, vcol);
|
|
|
7621 ++ptr;
|
|
|
7622 ++repl_off;
|
|
|
7623 }
|
|
|
7624 if (vcol > want_vcol)
|
|
|
7625 {
|
|
|
7626 /* Must have a char with 'showbreak' just before it. */
|
|
|
7627 --ptr;
|
|
|
7628 --repl_off;
|
|
|
7629 }
|
|
|
7630 fpos.col += repl_off;
|
|
|
7631
|
|
|
7632 /* Delete following spaces. */
|
|
|
7633 i = cursor->col - fpos.col;
|
|
|
7634 if (i > 0)
|
|
|
7635 {
|
|
|
7636 mch_memmove(ptr, ptr + i, STRLEN(ptr + i) + 1);
|
|
|
7637 /* correct replace stack. */
|
|
|
7638 if ((State & REPLACE_FLAG)
|
|
|
7639 #ifdef FEAT_VREPLACE
|
|
|
7640 && !(State & VREPLACE_FLAG)
|
|
|
7641 #endif
|
|
|
7642 )
|
|
|
7643 for (temp = i; --temp >= 0; )
|
|
|
7644 replace_join(repl_off);
|
|
|
7645 }
|
|
33
|
7646 #ifdef FEAT_NETBEANS_INTG
|
|
|
7647 if (usingNetbeans)
|
|
|
7648 {
|
|
|
7649 netbeans_removed(curbuf, fpos.lnum, cursor->col,
|
|
|
7650 (long)(i + 1));
|
|
|
7651 netbeans_inserted(curbuf, fpos.lnum, cursor->col,
|
|
|
7652 (char_u *)"\t", 1);
|
|
|
7653 }
|
|
|
7654 #endif
|
|
7
|
7655 cursor->col -= i;
|
|
|
7656
|
|
|
7657 #ifdef FEAT_VREPLACE
|
|
|
7658 /*
|
|
|
7659 * In VREPLACE mode, we haven't changed anything yet. Do it now by
|
|
|
7660 * backspacing over the changed spacing and then inserting the new
|
|
|
7661 * spacing.
|
|
|
7662 */
|
|
|
7663 if (State & VREPLACE_FLAG)
|
|
|
7664 {
|
|
|
7665 /* Backspace from real cursor to change_col */
|
|
|
7666 backspace_until_column(change_col);
|
|
|
7667
|
|
|
7668 /* Insert each char in saved_line from changed_col to
|
|
|
7669 * ptr-cursor */
|
|
|
7670 ins_bytes_len(saved_line + change_col,
|
|
|
7671 cursor->col - change_col);
|
|
|
7672 }
|
|
|
7673 #endif
|
|
|
7674 }
|
|
|
7675
|
|
|
7676 #ifdef FEAT_VREPLACE
|
|
|
7677 if (State & VREPLACE_FLAG)
|
|
|
7678 vim_free(saved_line);
|
|
|
7679 #endif
|
|
|
7680 curwin->w_p_list = save_list;
|
|
|
7681 }
|
|
|
7682
|
|
|
7683 return FALSE;
|
|
|
7684 }
|
|
|
7685
|
|
|
7686 /*
|
|
|
7687 * Handle CR or NL in insert mode.
|
|
|
7688 * Return TRUE when out of memory or can't undo.
|
|
|
7689 */
|
|
|
7690 static int
|
|
|
7691 ins_eol(c)
|
|
|
7692 int c;
|
|
|
7693 {
|
|
|
7694 int i;
|
|
|
7695
|
|
|
7696 if (echeck_abbr(c + ABBR_OFF))
|
|
|
7697 return FALSE;
|
|
|
7698 if (stop_arrow() == FAIL)
|
|
|
7699 return TRUE;
|
|
|
7700 undisplay_dollar();
|
|
|
7701
|
|
|
7702 /*
|
|
|
7703 * Strange Vi behaviour: In Replace mode, typing a NL will not delete the
|
|
|
7704 * character under the cursor. Only push a NUL on the replace stack,
|
|
|
7705 * nothing to put back when the NL is deleted.
|
|
|
7706 */
|
|
|
7707 if ((State & REPLACE_FLAG)
|
|
|
7708 #ifdef FEAT_VREPLACE
|
|
|
7709 && !(State & VREPLACE_FLAG)
|
|
|
7710 #endif
|
|
|
7711 )
|
|
|
7712 replace_push(NUL);
|
|
|
7713
|
|
|
7714 /*
|
|
|
7715 * In VREPLACE mode, a NL replaces the rest of the line, and starts
|
|
|
7716 * replacing the next line, so we push all of the characters left on the
|
|
|
7717 * line onto the replace stack. This is not done here though, it is done
|
|
|
7718 * in open_line().
|
|
|
7719 */
|
|
|
7720
|
|
|
7721 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT
|
|
|
7722 # ifdef FEAT_FKMAP
|
|
|
7723 if (p_altkeymap && p_fkmap)
|
|
|
7724 fkmap(NL);
|
|
|
7725 # endif
|
|
|
7726 /* NL in reverse insert will always start in the end of
|
|
|
7727 * current line. */
|
|
|
7728 if (revins_on)
|
|
|
7729 curwin->w_cursor.col += (colnr_T)STRLEN(ml_get_cursor());
|
|
|
7730 #endif
|
|
|
7731
|
|
|
7732 AppendToRedobuff(NL_STR);
|
|
|
7733 i = open_line(FORWARD,
|
|
|
7734 #ifdef FEAT_COMMENTS
|
|
|
7735 has_format_option(FO_RET_COMS) ? OPENLINE_DO_COM :
|
|
|
7736 #endif
|
|
|
7737 0, old_indent);
|
|
|
7738 old_indent = 0;
|
|
|
7739 #ifdef FEAT_CINDENT
|
|
|
7740 can_cindent = TRUE;
|
|
|
7741 #endif
|
|
|
7742
|
|
|
7743 return (!i);
|
|
|
7744 }
|
|
|
7745
|
|
|
7746 #ifdef FEAT_DIGRAPHS
|
|
|
7747 /*
|
|
|
7748 * Handle digraph in insert mode.
|
|
|
7749 * Returns character still to be inserted, or NUL when nothing remaining to be
|
|
|
7750 * done.
|
|
|
7751 */
|
|
|
7752 static int
|
|
|
7753 ins_digraph()
|
|
|
7754 {
|
|
|
7755 int c;
|
|
|
7756 int cc;
|
|
|
7757
|
|
|
7758 pc_status = PC_STATUS_UNSET;
|
|
|
7759 if (redrawing() && !char_avail())
|
|
|
7760 {
|
|
|
7761 /* may need to redraw when no more chars available now */
|
|
|
7762 ins_redraw();
|
|
|
7763
|
|
|
7764 edit_putchar('?', TRUE);
|
|
|
7765 #ifdef FEAT_CMDL_INFO
|
|
|
7766 add_to_showcmd_c(Ctrl_K);
|
|
|
7767 #endif
|
|
|
7768 }
|
|
|
7769
|
|
|
7770 #ifdef USE_ON_FLY_SCROLL
|
|
|
7771 dont_scroll = TRUE; /* disallow scrolling here */
|
|
|
7772 #endif
|
|
|
7773
|
|
|
7774 /* don't map the digraph chars. This also prevents the
|
|
|
7775 * mode message to be deleted when ESC is hit */
|
|
|
7776 ++no_mapping;
|
|
|
7777 ++allow_keys;
|
|
|
7778 c = safe_vgetc();
|
|
|
7779 --no_mapping;
|
|
|
7780 --allow_keys;
|
|
|
7781 if (IS_SPECIAL(c) || mod_mask) /* special key */
|
|
|
7782 {
|
|
|
7783 #ifdef FEAT_CMDL_INFO
|
|
|
7784 clear_showcmd();
|
|
|
7785 #endif
|
|
|
7786 insert_special(c, TRUE, FALSE);
|
|
|
7787 return NUL;
|
|
|
7788 }
|
|
|
7789 if (c != ESC)
|
|
|
7790 {
|
|
|
7791 if (redrawing() && !char_avail())
|
|
|
7792 {
|
|
|
7793 /* may need to redraw when no more chars available now */
|
|
|
7794 ins_redraw();
|
|
|
7795
|
|
|
7796 if (char2cells(c) == 1)
|
|
|
7797 {
|
|
|
7798 /* first remove the '?', otherwise it's restored when typing
|
|
|
7799 * an ESC next */
|
|
|
7800 edit_unputchar();
|
|
|
7801 ins_redraw();
|
|
|
7802 edit_putchar(c, TRUE);
|
|
|
7803 }
|
|
|
7804 #ifdef FEAT_CMDL_INFO
|
|
|
7805 add_to_showcmd_c(c);
|
|
|
7806 #endif
|
|
|
7807 }
|
|
|
7808 ++no_mapping;
|
|
|
7809 ++allow_keys;
|
|
|
7810 cc = safe_vgetc();
|
|
|
7811 --no_mapping;
|
|
|
7812 --allow_keys;
|
|
|
7813 if (cc != ESC)
|
|
|
7814 {
|
|
|
7815 AppendToRedobuff((char_u *)CTRL_V_STR);
|
|
|
7816 c = getdigraph(c, cc, TRUE);
|
|
|
7817 #ifdef FEAT_CMDL_INFO
|
|
|
7818 clear_showcmd();
|
|
|
7819 #endif
|
|
|
7820 return c;
|
|
|
7821 }
|
|
|
7822 }
|
|
|
7823 edit_unputchar();
|
|
|
7824 #ifdef FEAT_CMDL_INFO
|
|
|
7825 clear_showcmd();
|
|
|
7826 #endif
|
|
|
7827 return NUL;
|
|
|
7828 }
|
|
|
7829 #endif
|
|
|
7830
|
|
|
7831 /*
|
|
|
7832 * Handle CTRL-E and CTRL-Y in Insert mode: copy char from other line.
|
|
|
7833 * Returns the char to be inserted, or NUL if none found.
|
|
|
7834 */
|
|
|
7835 static int
|
|
|
7836 ins_copychar(lnum)
|
|
|
7837 linenr_T lnum;
|
|
|
7838 {
|
|
|
7839 int c;
|
|
|
7840 int temp;
|
|
|
7841 char_u *ptr, *prev_ptr;
|
|
|
7842
|
|
|
7843 if (lnum < 1 || lnum > curbuf->b_ml.ml_line_count)
|
|
|
7844 {
|
|
|
7845 vim_beep();
|
|
|
7846 return NUL;
|
|
|
7847 }
|
|
|
7848
|
|
|
7849 /* try to advance to the cursor column */
|
|
|
7850 temp = 0;
|
|
|
7851 ptr = ml_get(lnum);
|
|
|
7852 prev_ptr = ptr;
|
|
|
7853 validate_virtcol();
|
|
|
7854 while ((colnr_T)temp < curwin->w_virtcol && *ptr != NUL)
|
|
|
7855 {
|
|
|
7856 prev_ptr = ptr;
|
|
|
7857 temp += lbr_chartabsize_adv(&ptr, (colnr_T)temp);
|
|
|
7858 }
|
|
|
7859 if ((colnr_T)temp > curwin->w_virtcol)
|
|
|
7860 ptr = prev_ptr;
|
|
|
7861
|
|
|
7862 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
|
|
|
7863 c = (*mb_ptr2char)(ptr);
|
|
|
7864 #else
|
|
|
7865 c = *ptr;
|
|
|
7866 #endif
|
|
|
7867 if (c == NUL)
|
|
|
7868 vim_beep();
|
|
|
7869 return c;
|
|
|
7870 }
|
|
|
7871
|
|
449
|
7872 /*
|
|
|
7873 * CTRL-Y or CTRL-E typed in Insert mode.
|
|
|
7874 */
|
|
|
7875 static int
|
|
|
7876 ins_ctrl_ey(tc)
|
|
|
7877 int tc;
|
|
|
7878 {
|
|
|
7879 int c = tc;
|
|
|
7880
|
|
|
7881 #ifdef FEAT_INS_EXPAND
|
|
|
7882 if (ctrl_x_mode == CTRL_X_SCROLL)
|
|
|
7883 {
|
|
|
7884 if (c == Ctrl_Y)
|
|
|
7885 scrolldown_clamp();
|
|
|
7886 else
|
|
|
7887 scrollup_clamp();
|
|
|
7888 redraw_later(VALID);
|
|
|
7889 }
|
|
|
7890 else
|
|
|
7891 #endif
|
|
|
7892 {
|
|
|
7893 c = ins_copychar(curwin->w_cursor.lnum + (c == Ctrl_Y ? -1 : 1));
|
|
|
7894 if (c != NUL)
|
|
|
7895 {
|
|
|
7896 long tw_save;
|
|
|
7897
|
|
|
7898 /* The character must be taken literally, insert like it
|
|
|
7899 * was typed after a CTRL-V, and pretend 'textwidth'
|
|
|
7900 * wasn't set. Digits, 'o' and 'x' are special after a
|
|
|
7901 * CTRL-V, don't use it for these. */
|
|
|
7902 if (c < 256 && !isalnum(c))
|
|
|
7903 AppendToRedobuff((char_u *)CTRL_V_STR); /* CTRL-V */
|
|
|
7904 tw_save = curbuf->b_p_tw;
|
|
|
7905 curbuf->b_p_tw = -1;
|
|
|
7906 insert_special(c, TRUE, FALSE);
|
|
|
7907 curbuf->b_p_tw = tw_save;
|
|
|
7908 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT
|
|
|
7909 revins_chars++;
|
|
|
7910 revins_legal++;
|
|
|
7911 #endif
|
|
|
7912 c = Ctrl_V; /* pretend CTRL-V is last character */
|
|
|
7913 auto_format(FALSE, TRUE);
|
|
|
7914 }
|
|
|
7915 }
|
|
|
7916 return c;
|
|
|
7917 }
|
|
|
7918
|
|
7
|
7919 #ifdef FEAT_SMARTINDENT
|
|
|
7920 /*
|
|
|
7921 * Try to do some very smart auto-indenting.
|
|
|
7922 * Used when inserting a "normal" character.
|
|
|
7923 */
|
|
|
7924 static void
|
|
|
7925 ins_try_si(c)
|
|
|
7926 int c;
|
|
|
7927 {
|
|
|
7928 pos_T *pos, old_pos;
|
|
|
7929 char_u *ptr;
|
|
|
7930 int i;
|
|
|
7931 int temp;
|
|
|
7932
|
|
|
7933 /*
|
|
|
7934 * do some very smart indenting when entering '{' or '}'
|
|
|
7935 */
|
|
|
7936 if (((did_si || can_si_back) && c == '{') || (can_si && c == '}'))
|
|
|
7937 {
|
|
|
7938 /*
|
|
|
7939 * for '}' set indent equal to indent of line containing matching '{'
|
|
|
7940 */
|
|
|
7941 if (c == '}' && (pos = findmatch(NULL, '{')) != NULL)
|
|
|
7942 {
|
|
|
7943 old_pos = curwin->w_cursor;
|
|
|
7944 /*
|
|
|
7945 * If the matching '{' has a ')' immediately before it (ignoring
|
|
|
7946 * white-space), then line up with the start of the line
|
|
|
7947 * containing the matching '(' if there is one. This handles the
|
|
|
7948 * case where an "if (..\n..) {" statement continues over multiple
|
|
|
7949 * lines -- webb
|
|
|
7950 */
|
|
|
7951 ptr = ml_get(pos->lnum);
|
|
|
7952 i = pos->col;
|
|
|
7953 if (i > 0) /* skip blanks before '{' */
|
|
|
7954 while (--i > 0 && vim_iswhite(ptr[i]))
|
|
|
7955 ;
|
|
|
7956 curwin->w_cursor.lnum = pos->lnum;
|
|
|
7957 curwin->w_cursor.col = i;
|
|
|
7958 if (ptr[i] == ')' && (pos = findmatch(NULL, '(')) != NULL)
|
|
|
7959 curwin->w_cursor = *pos;
|
|
|
7960 i = get_indent();
|
|
|
7961 curwin->w_cursor = old_pos;
|
|
|
7962 #ifdef FEAT_VREPLACE
|
|
|
7963 if (State & VREPLACE_FLAG)
|
|
|
7964 change_indent(INDENT_SET, i, FALSE, NUL);
|
|
|
7965 else
|
|
|
7966 #endif
|
|
|
7967 (void)set_indent(i, SIN_CHANGED);
|
|
|
7968 }
|
|
|
7969 else if (curwin->w_cursor.col > 0)
|
|
|
7970 {
|
|
|
7971 /*
|
|
|
7972 * when inserting '{' after "O" reduce indent, but not
|
|
|
7973 * more than indent of previous line
|
|
|
7974 */
|
|
|
7975 temp = TRUE;
|
|
|
7976 if (c == '{' && can_si_back && curwin->w_cursor.lnum > 1)
|
|
|
7977 {
|
|
|
7978 old_pos = curwin->w_cursor;
|
|
|
7979 i = get_indent();
|
|
|
7980 while (curwin->w_cursor.lnum > 1)
|
|
|
7981 {
|
|
|
7982 ptr = skipwhite(ml_get(--(curwin->w_cursor.lnum)));
|
|
|
7983
|
|
|
7984 /* ignore empty lines and lines starting with '#'. */
|
|
|
7985 if (*ptr != '#' && *ptr != NUL)
|
|
|
7986 break;
|
|
|
7987 }
|
|
|
7988 if (get_indent() >= i)
|
|
|
7989 temp = FALSE;
|
|
|
7990 curwin->w_cursor = old_pos;
|
|
|
7991 }
|
|
|
7992 if (temp)
|
|
|
7993 shift_line(TRUE, FALSE, 1);
|
|
|
7994 }
|
|
|
7995 }
|
|
|
7996
|
|
|
7997 /*
|
|
|
7998 * set indent of '#' always to 0
|
|
|
7999 */
|
|
|
8000 if (curwin->w_cursor.col > 0 && can_si && c == '#')
|
|
|
8001 {
|
|
|
8002 /* remember current indent for next line */
|
|
|
8003 old_indent = get_indent();
|
|
|
8004 (void)set_indent(0, SIN_CHANGED);
|
|
|
8005 }
|
|
|
8006
|
|
|
8007 /* Adjust ai_col, the char at this position can be deleted. */
|
|
|
8008 if (ai_col > curwin->w_cursor.col)
|
|
|
8009 ai_col = curwin->w_cursor.col;
|
|
|
8010 }
|
|
|
8011 #endif
|
|
|
8012
|
|
|
8013 /*
|
|
|
8014 * Get the value that w_virtcol would have when 'list' is off.
|
|
|
8015 * Unless 'cpo' contains the 'L' flag.
|
|
|
8016 */
|
|
|
8017 static colnr_T
|
|
|
8018 get_nolist_virtcol()
|
|
|
8019 {
|
|
|
8020 if (curwin->w_p_list && vim_strchr(p_cpo, CPO_LISTWM) == NULL)
|
|
|
8021 return getvcol_nolist(&curwin->w_cursor);
|
|
|
8022 validate_virtcol();
|
|
|
8023 return curwin->w_virtcol;
|
|
|
8024 }
|
